Conditions: Pain
Keywords: chronic pain opioid
Allocation: RANDOMIZED | Intervention model: PARALLEL
Enrollment: 73
Healthy volunteers: no

Brief summary:
Tapentadol has already been studied in adults. This study is needed to find out if tapentadol works and is safe to use in children and adolescents with long-term pain.

Detailed description:
During the first 2 weeks of the study (Part 1), participants were given either tapentadol or morphine prolonged-release (PR) tablets. Assignment was done randomly (like tossing a coin). The participant and the caregiver knew which medication the child was taking. The primary endpoint was based on data collected in Part 1 of this study.

If eligible and willing, participants from Part 1 could enter a 12 month follow-up period (Part 2). In Part 2 of this study, participants were either treated with tapentadol PR tablets or entered observations arms where they were not treated at all or with standard of care.

Arms:
arm 1: 10 milligram (mg) or 30 mg tablets were taken orally twice daily. Starting doses varied from 10 to 40 mg morphine PR twice daily depending on participant's weight; if necessary, doses were gradually increased up to a maximum dose defined per weight group.

The highest dose defined for participants weighing 55 kg and more was 200 mg per day. arm 2: 25 mg or 100 mg tablets were taken orally twice daily. Starting doses varied from 25 to 100 mg tapentadol PR twice daily depending on participant's weight. If necessary, doses were gradually increased up to a maximum dose defined per weight group.

The highest dose defined for participants weighing 55 kg and more was 500 mg per day. arm 3: Participants on tapentadol PR in Part 1 of the study continued on the current dose of tapentadol PR in Part 2 and if necessary could modify their tapentadol PR dosage. Participants who were randomized to morphine PR in Part 1 of the study were rotated to tapentadol PR in Part 2 with 70 percent of their current morphine equivalent dose or lower. The dosage could be increased gradually up to approximately 4.5 mg/kg body weight tapentadol PR twice daily. arm 4: Participants who completed tapentadol PR in Part 1 of the study or discontinued tapentadol treatment early in Part 1 could continue directly in the observation period in Part 2 for up to 12 months (with standard-of-care treatment if needed). arm 5: Participants who completed morphine PR treatment in Part 1 of the study or discontinued early from morphine treatment in Part 1 could continue directly in the observation period in Part 2 (with standard-of-care treatment if needed). arm 6: Participants who completed tapentadol PR or morphine PR treatment in Part 1 of the study could enter the Observation Period for up to 12 months (with standard-of-care treatment if needed) after they had discontinued from tapentadol PR treatment in Part 2.

Interventions: intervention 1: Tapentadol prolonged release intervention 2: Morphine prolonged release
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: None intervention 2: None

Protocol document:
Prot_000.pdf: 
NCT02151682


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 2 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Version
Date
DMS Version:
Valid for
Original:
28 Apr 2014
DMS version 4.0
All countries
Amendment 01
26 Jun 2014
DMS version 5.0
All countries
Amendment 02
23 Jun 2015
DMS version 6.0
All countries
Amendment 03
07 Dec 2016
DMS version 7.0
United States (US)
Amendment 04
23 May 2017
DMS version 8.0
All countries
Amendment 05
27 Jul 2017
DMS version 9.0
All countries
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 3 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS
Trial objectives:
The trial objectives for Part 1 of the trial are:
•
To assess the 14-day safety and efficacy of tapentadol PR in comparison to morphine PR in 
subjects aged from 6 years to less than 18 years suffering from long-term pain requiring 
prolonged release opioid treatment.
•
To evaluate the pharmacokinetic profile of tapentadol and its major metabolite 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide after multiple doses of tapentadol PR tablets. 
The trial objective for Part 2 of the trial is:
•
To describe the long-term safety profile covering up to a 12-month period with treatment of 
tapentadol PR taken twice daily (Tapentadol Period) in subjects aged 6 years or older 
suffering from long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment, or in subjects 
without tapentadol treatment (Observation Period) aged 6 years or older who have received 
at least 1 dose of investigational medicinal product (IMP).
Trial design:
This is a 2-part trial: 
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, randomized, multi-site, open-label, 
active-controlled, parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 18 years, suffering from 
long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to allocate 69 subjects in 
a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice daily.
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic evaluations will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR.
Part 2 is an open-label Extension Period with tapentadol treatment (Tapentadol Period) or an 
observation period without tapentadol treatment (Observation Period) lasting for up to 12 months.
Definition of the primary endpoint
Part 1 (primary analysis of the trial)
The primary endpoint is a binary variable “responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” if both 
of the following criteria are met:
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period (Part 1).
•
One of the following calculated from the scheduled pain assessments (“pain right now”) 
documented during the last 3 days of the Treatment Period:
−
Average pain <50 on a visual analog scale (VAS) for subjects aged 12 years to less 
than 18 years; or <5 on the Faces Pain Scale–revised (FPS-R) for subjects aged 6 years 
to less than 12 years.
−
Average reduction from baseline of pain ≥20 on a VAS for subjects aged 12 years to 
less than 18 years; or ≥2 on the FPS-R for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years.
The proportion of subjects classified as responders will be assessed and compared between the 
treatment groups.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 4 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Age groups are determined at Visit V2. Baseline pain is defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, 
and will be assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and before the first intake of IMP. 
Definition of the secondary endpoints
The main secondary endpoints are:
Part 1
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline (Visit V2) of total scores for the 
modified constipation assessment scale (CAS).
Part 1 and Part 2
•
Tolerability as assessed by the number and type of adverse events and adverse drug 
reactions by treatment group during the different trial periods, on a subject and event level.
Definition of other endpoints
Other endpoints compared between treatment groups at each measurement time point are: 
Part 1 - Treatment Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit V2):
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the VAS.
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the FPS-R.
•
Use of rescue medication as assessed by number of doses of rescue medication taken at 
different dose levels of IMP.
•
Description of population pharmacokinetics of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide. 
•
Palatability and acceptability as assessed by differences within treatment groups of the 5-
point hedonic faces scale with the verbal rating score at Visit V3 and Visit VE (the End of 
Treatment Visit).
Part 2 - Tapentadol Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit VE):
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the VAS.
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the FPS-R.
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline of total scores for the modified CAS.
Part 2 - Observation Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit VE or Visit ET [Early 
Termination Visit]):
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline of total scores for the modified CAS.
Part 1 or Part 2 - other endpoints:
•
Opiate withdrawal symptoms as assessed by the scale score of the subjective opiate 
withdrawal scale (SOWS) questionnaire at individual time points and changes to baseline.
•
Time to discontinuation of IMP assessed by a survival analysis.
Trial population
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the 
trial) and suffer from long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment for at least 
14 days after Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1), and who comply with the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria given in Section 1.3. Long-term pain is defined as any pain condition that requires a 
minimum of 14 days of treatment with a strong oral opioid. Subjects that could be considered for 
the trial include, but not exclusively, those with expected long-term post-surgical pain (e.g., spinal
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 5 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
surgery), cancer-related pain (including pain caused by treatment) as well as chronic indications 
with moderate to severe pain.
The age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 12 years to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 25% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less 
than 12 years. At least 15 subjects must be treated with tapentadol PR for a minimum of 12 weeks.
Trial treatments
The 2 IMPs are:
•
Tapentadol PR tablets containing 25 mg or 100 mg tapentadol (Part 1 and Tapentadol
Period of Part 2).
•
Morphine PR tablets containing 10 mg or 30 mg morphine sulfate (Part 1 only).
The IMP will be taken for 14 days in Part 1. 
Regardless of the treatment received during the treatment period, subjects who are still in need of a 
prolonged release opioid will be given the possibility to enter the Tapentadol Period (Part 2) for up 
to 12 months. Dosing will be twice daily with a dosing interval of ~12 hours (but not less than 
6 hours). 
The initial dose administered will be adjusted to the weight of the subject and then titrated to the 
subject’s optimal dose (see Section 10.2.3 of the body of the protocol). Subjects will be titrated to 
the therapeutic effect, defined as a balance between self-reported analgesia and side effects based 
on the judgment of the investigator and within the given limits as defined per weight group (see 
Table 2 for tapentadol PR and Table 3 for morphine PR in the body of the protocol) after consulting 
the investigator at visits or by using telephone contacts throughout the period of treatment with 
IMP, in Part 1 and Part 2.
Doses may only be increased after a minimum of 2 days (4 scheduled intakes of IMP) on a dose.
The dose can be reduced at any time, but the investigator must be informed as soon as possible.
Rescue medication
During Part 1 only, morphine oral solution will be supplied by the sponsor as rescue medication for 
both treatment groups.
Concomitant medications/therapies
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments 
are also considered to be allowed.
Subjects will be allowed to participate in trials of marketed therapeutic medications and therapies
(including trials of antibody therapies) at the same time as participating in this trial.
Allowed concomitant medications/therapies with timely or dose restrictions are:
On the day of allocation to IMP (Visit V2):
•
Weak and strong opioids up to a morphine-equivalent dose of <3.5 mg/kg per day.
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE):
•
Rescue medication (morphine oral solution) provided by the sponsor.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 6 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE 
until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Intravenous opioids during surgery.
During the Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Immediate release strong opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and incidental pain. 
Forbidden prior and concomitant medication/therapies are:
Before allocation to IMP (Visit V2) and during the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) 
and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
From 14 days prior to Visit V2 until the last intake of IMP: Monoamine oxidase inhibitors. 
•
From 30 days prior to Visit V2 until the last intake of IMP: Any medication or medical 
devices without a marketing authorization for human use.
Subjects may not undergo a washout of the above for the purposes of the trial.
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE 
until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Non-trial supplied opioids (unless covered by allowed concomitant treatments).
Caution should be exercised with concomitant medication that:
•
May enhance the risk of central nervous or respiratory depression.
•
Is a serotoninergic medicinal product (e.g., selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors). 
•
Is a strong enzyme inducer (e.g., rifampicin, phenobarbital, St John’s Wort) that is started 
or stopped during the intake of IMP.
Trial period
Estimated date of first subject in: Oct 2014.
Part 1, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2018.
Part 2, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2019.
Each subject is expected to be treated with IMP for 14 days in Part 1. Subjects will be in Part 2 for 
up to 12-months. In total, for each subject, the trial duration will be ~13 months.
Course of the trial
The trial will comprise 2 parts.
Part 1: After the Enrollment Visit, all subjects complying with the inclusion/exclusion criteria will 
enter Part 1. Part 1 of the trial will be completed after the last subject has attended Visit VE. Data of 
Part 1 will comprise the primary analysis of the trial.
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic evaluations will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR.
Part 2 comprises a 12-month Extension Period with tapentadol treatment (Tapentadol Period) or 
without treatment (Observation Period).
Tapentadol Period (12 months): Subjects completing the Treatment Period (Part 1) with 
tapentadol PR or morphine PR and who have need for continued opioid treatment can enter the 
Tapentadol Period. They will be treated with tapentadol PR for up to 12 months until Visit F12M (a 
12-month visit relative to Visit VE). As withdrawal symptoms may occur in subjects transferring 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 7 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
from morphine PR to tapentadol PR, because they start tapentadol PR at 70% of the equivalent 
morphine dose, these subjects will have 2 additional visits at the beginning of the Part 2 Tapentadol 
Period (Visit M1 and Visit M2). 
Observation Period (12 months): Subjects not completing the Treatment Period (Part 1), but who 
have taken at least 1 dose of IMP, and those who complete the Treatment Period but do not want to 
continue with tapentadol PR, will enter the Observation Period (12 months). Subjects will be 
followed until Visit F12M. Subjects in the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 may stop treatment early 
(before Visit F12M) and switch to Observation period for the remainder of Part 2.
Part 2 of the trial will be completed after the last subject has completed or discontinued from the 
trial.
See Section 1.1 for a summary of the trial as a flow diagram and Section 1.2 for tabular schedules 
of events for each period.
Blood sampling volumes
The volumes of blood taken for each assessment may vary due to trial site requirements; however, 
the expected total blood volume drawn per subject during the trial (Part 1: 12 mL and Part 2: 
25 mL) should not generally exceed 37 mL (excluding any blood that is discarded). Additional 
blood may be drawn if a (serious) adverse event occurs or if the investigator considers it necessary. 
Key data collected
Subject characteristics data:
•
Demographic data (date of signing the informed consent/assent form, sex, age, and 
race/ethnicity).
•
Medical history including pain history.
•
Prior and concomitant medication and therapies.
Other data:
•
Acceptability and palatability of IMP.
Pharmacokinetic data:
•
Serum pharmacokinetics (serum concentrations of tapentadol and
tapentadol-O-glucuronide). Blood samples for pharmacokinetic evaluations will only be 
drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR.
Safety data:
•
Adverse events.
•
Vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Twelve-lead electrocardiogram (ECG).
•
Safety laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis).
•
Urine test for drugs of abuse outcome.
•
Urine pregnancy test outcome.
•
Physical examination.
•
Height and body weight.
•
SOWS questionnaire.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 8 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Modified CAS questionnaire.
Efficacy data:
•
Pain intensities assessed using a VAS and the FPS-R.
•
Rescue medication use.
Population pharmacokinetic and pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic methods
Pharmacokinetic data collected in this trial will be used to validate exposure predictions obtained 
with a pediatric tapentadol PR population-pharmacokinetic model developed previously by the 
sponsor. The validation process will enable assessment of tapentadol accumulation in this pediatric 
population during administration of tapentadol PR. The model will be subsequently updated with 
the pharmacokinetic data collected in this trial.
Sample size rationale
The sample size was estimated to reject the null hypothesis of the inferiority of tapentadol PR to 
morphine PR when comparing responders evaluated at the end of the 14-day Treatment Period 
(Part 1, i.e., the primary endpoint). The percentage of responders in both treatment groups is 
estimated to be 80% based on data from previous trials and extrapolation to the trial population 
under investigation. The non-inferiority margin is set to a difference of 20% for the primary 
endpoint.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR using a Farrington-
Manning test by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% power and a 1-sided 
significance level of alpha = 0.1, 69 subjects are required in the Full Analysis Set (FAS), assuming 
a 2:1 randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR.
Statistical methods
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 and Part 2. The analysis for Part 1 will take into 
consideration the Treatment Period of Part 1. The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2.
Part 1
For the Treatment Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before starting IMP (i.e., Visit V1, Visit V2, or an unscheduled visit).
For pain assessments, the baseline pain is defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be 
assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and before the first intake of IMP.
Part 2
For the Tapentadol Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before or at Visit VE.
For the Observation Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before or at:
•
Visit VE for subjects entering the Observation Period directly after Part 1.
•
Visit ET for subjects switching from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 9 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
General
For continuous variables, descriptive statistics will include the number of observations, arithmetic 
mean, standard deviation, minimum, first quartile (Q1), median, third quartile (Q3), and maximum. 
For categorical variables, frequency counts and percentages will be used to summarize the results. If 
applicable, changes from the baseline or predefined time points will be presented descriptively.
Data will also be listed and summarized using graphical displays, as appropriate.
Main analysis of the trial
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all subjects have completed the first 12 weeks
(Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2.
Primary efficacy endpoint
The analysis of the primary endpoint will be performed on the data collected during the Treatment 
Period (Part 1). The FAS will be the primary analysis set and the Per Protocol Set will be used as a 
sensitivity analysis set. The primary analysis will assess the null-hypothesis of inferiority of the 
responder rate of tapentadol PR compared to the responder rate of morphine PR versus the 
alternative, that the responder rate of tapentadol PR is non–inferior to the responder rate of 
morphine PR by a non-inferiority margin of a difference of 20%. 
As this endpoint is a binomial event rate, it will be summarized by descriptive statistics grouped by 
treatment group. The standard maximum likelihood estimators for the proportion of subjects 
classified as responders in each group will be the estimated proportions adjusted for the baseline 
pain intensity, age group, and underlying pain condition. To obtain these estimators, a logistic 
regression model will be fitted to the response using the baseline pain intensity, age group, 
treatment, and underlying pain condition as explanatory variables. The Farrington-Manning test will 
then be applied and an 80% confidence interval calculated.
In addition, a Bayesian logistic regression model will be fitted as a sensitivity analysis.
Analysis of safety data
Adverse events will be categorized by seriousness, intensity, outcome, countermeasures, and 
relationship to IMP and will be tabulated by system organ class and preferred term. Adverse events 
will be tabulated separately for the treatment periods.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 10 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.1
Flow diagram summary of the trial (Part 1 and Part 2)
1.1.1
Flow diagram for subjects completing Part 1 and Part 2
Vx = visit number x; VE = End of Treatment Visit for the Treatment Period; F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE; 
F7D = final post treatment visit; OPx = an unscheduled visit in the Observation Period when the subject stops further 
participation in the trial; Visit OPn = visit at n months in the Observation Period; PR = prolonged release.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 11 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.1.2
Flow diagram for subjects discontinuing investigational medicinal 
product or the trial during Part 1 or Part 2
Subjects transferring before Visit F12M from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period will continue in the 
Observation Period starting from the same trial day number.
Vx = visit number x; VE = End of Treatment Visit for the Treatment Period; ET = early termination Visit after stopping 
investigational medicinal product during the Tapentadol Period; F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE; F7D = final 
post treatment visit; OPx = an unscheduled visit in the Observation Period when the subject stops further participation 
in the trial; Visit OPn = visit at n months in the Observation Period; PR = prolonged release.
1.2
Schedule of events
The visit time windows are not cumulative, and visits should be performed at the times specified 
within the given time window.
Phone contacts can be made at any time, e.g., if the subject wants to report adverse events, or has 
questions regarding concomitant medication intake/therapies. If no trial site visit takes place, phone 
contacts are mandatory if the subject would like to up or down titrate the IMP. A trial site visit may 
be performed as a home visit after prior approval by the sponsor.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 12 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.2.1
Part 1: Enrollment Visit and Treatment Period (Visit V1 to Visit VE)
Period
Enrollment
Treatment Period
Visit
V1
V2
V3
VEa
F7Db
Day (range)
-14 to 1
1
8 (±1)
15 (±1)
Obtain informed consent/assent s
X
Record demographic data
X
Record age
X
Xc
X
Record medical history
X
Record pain history
X
Record prior medication intake/therapies
X
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies
X
Xc
X
X
X
Perform physical examination 
X
Xc,d
Xd
Xd
Record height
X
X
Record body weight
X
Xc
X
X
Record vital signs
X
Xc
X
X
X
Record 12-lead ECG t
X
X
Take blood for central laboratory
X
X
Take blood for local laboratory e
X
Perform urine pregnancy test f
X
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis (safety laboratory)
X
X
Perform urine test for drugs of abuse
X
Evaluate subject suitability for trial participation: Check 
inclusion/exclusion criteria g
X
X
Diary set up
X
Dispense diary
X
Train/instruct subjects, parents, or legal guardian how:
1. To use the diary to record pain assessments twice daily 
(VAS and FPS-R) k until Visit VE.
2. To record intake of IMP and rescue medication, including
time of administration.
X
X
Xh
Check diary compliance
X
X
Collect diary
Xi
Record pain assessment in diary (VAS, FPS-R)
Xj
Record “pain right now” in CRF (VAS, FPS-R)
Xh
Complete questionnaires l
- Modified constipation assessment scale
X
X
X
- Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
Xm,b
Xm
- Acceptability and palatability of IMP
X
X
Allocate subjects 
X
Collect returned IMP and rescue medication
X
X
Perform drug accountability n
X
X
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken during 
Visit V2, within 24 hours after randomization. Day 1 is the 
X
X
Xh
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 13 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Period
Enrollment
Treatment Period
Visit
V1
V2
V3
VEa
F7Db
Day (range)
-14 to 1
1
8 (±1)
15 (±1)
day of first IMP intake)
Dispense rescue medication
X
X
Discuss IMP titration/dose adjustment 
X
X
Xh
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), guardian(s), or caregiver on 
IMP/rescue medication use. Exchange instruction sheet if 
necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
X
X
Xh,o
Take blood sample for serum pharmacokinetics p
X
X
X
Dispense subject trial card
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
Xc
X
X
X
Document changes of each ongoing adverse event
X
Check discontinuation criteria for IMP intake
X
X
Check subject eligibility for the Tapentadol Period or 
Observation Period and assign subject to Tapentadol Period 
or Observation Period
Xq,r
Instruct the subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver 
about the Tapentadol and Observation Periods
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial cards (if
the subject is discontinuing from the trial)
X
Non-invasive procedures, e.g., recording of pain assessment, should be performed before invasive procedures.
a) Visit VE must also be performed within 3 days after last intake of IMP if IMP is stopped during the Treatment 
Period.
b) Only for subjects going in to the Observation Period. This visit is performed 7 (±2) days after the last intake of IMP.
c) If Visit V1 and Visit V2 are on the same day, assessments scheduled for both visits will not be repeated at Visit V2.
d) Document that a physical examination was performed and record the changes from the previous assessment.
e) Local laboratory parameters needed are: total serum bilirubin, serum albumin, aspartate transaminase, alanine 
transaminase, and serum creatinine (the creatinine clearance will be calculated in the electronic CRF). The local 
laboratory sample does not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable results from the same local laboratory are 
available from a blood sample obtained in the 14 days prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
f) In female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
g) Compliance with the exclusion criteria will be checked based on local laboratory values. 
h) Only for subjects going into the Tapentadol Period (except for recording rescue medication).
i) Not for subjects entering the Tapentadol Period (Part 2). 
j) “Pain right now” will be documented in the diary at Visit V2 using the VAS and FPS-R before any painful or 
unpleasant procedure, and before the first intake of IMP as a baseline value. 
k) “Pain right now” will be documented in the diary twice daily (preferably before dosing).
l) The caregiver, parent, or legal guardian may assist the subject completing the questionnaires.
m) Complete once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of IMP. At Visit VE, or earlier if applicable, dispense 
the questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the completed questionnaires. 
n) Comprises:
•
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
•
Confirm whether returned amount of rescue medication matches expected amount to be returned. 
•
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
o) Train subject, parent(s), or guardian(s) on tapentadol PR use for subjects entering the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 14 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
p) Samples will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR for the determination of serum concentrations of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide: 1 sample at Visit V2 (1 hour to 6 hours after IMP intake for out-patients and 
3 hours to 6 hours after IMP intake for hospitalized subjects), 1 sample at Visit V3, and 1 sample at Visit VE (at any 
time during the visit, but after pain assessments). 
q) Subjects completing the Treatment Period (Part 1) with tapentadol PR or morphine PR and who have need for 
continued opioid treatment can enter the Tapentadol Period. Subjects not completing the Treatment Period (Part 1), but 
who have taken at least 1 dose of IMP, and those who complete the Treatment Period but do not want to continue with 
tapentadol PR, will enter the Observation Period (12 months). Subjects will be followed until Visit F12M. Subjects in 
the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 may stop treatment early (before Visit F12M) and switch to Observation period for the 
remainder of Part 2.
r) Assignment needs to be documented in the case report form and the interactive response technology system. 
s) The informed consent/assent may be obtained earlier than Day -14.
t) The inclusion as well as discontinuation of a subject will be based on the judgment of the investigator. If the subject
has been included but fulfills any of the discontinuation criteria based on the ECG analysis report of the central ECG 
laboratory, the ECG must be repeated within 1 week of receiving the central ECG report and the subject must be 
discontinued if any of the discontinuation criteria is confirmed by the investigator.
Demographic data = date of signing the informed consent/assent form, sex, age, and race/ethnicity; Safety
laboratory = hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis; Serum pharmacokinetics = serum concentrations of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide; Vital signs = respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse 
rate.
VE = End of Treatment Visit after stopping IMP during the Treatment Period; Vx = visit number x; F7D = final post 
treatment visit; F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE.
CRF = case report form; ECG = electrocardiogram; IMP = investigational medicinal product; FPS-R = Faces Pain 
Scale-revised; VAS = visual analog scale; PR = prolonged release.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 15 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.2.2
Part 2: Tapentadol Period
Period
Tapentadol Period 
Visit 
M1 a
M2 a
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
TP12
ETbc
F12Mb
F7Dd
Day (range)
7 (±2)
14 (±2)
28 (±5)
56 (±5)
84 (±5)
112 (±5)
140 (±5)
168 (±5)
196 (±5)
224 (±5)
252 (±5)
280 (±5)
308 (±5)
336 (±5)
Early
Termin-
ation
365 
(±14)
Record concomitant medication 
intake/therapies
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform physical examination
Xe
Xe
Xe
Record height
X
X
X
X
X
X
Record body weight
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Record vital signs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Complete questionnaires f
- Modified constipation 
assessment scale
X
X
- Subjective opiate withdrawal 
scale
Xg
Xg
Xg
Record “pain right now” in CRF 
(VAS, FPS-R)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Take blood for central laboratory
X
X
X
X
X
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick 
urinalysis (safety laboratory)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform urine pregnancy test h
X
X
X
X
X
X
Train/instruct subject how to use 
diary to record intake of IMP, 
including time of administration.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 16 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Period
Tapentadol Period 
Visit 
M1 a
M2 a
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
TP12
ETbc
F12Mb
F7Dd
Day (range)
7 (±2)
14 (±2)
28 (±5)
56 (±5)
84 (±5)
112 (±5)
140 (±5)
168 (±5)
196 (±5)
224 (±5)
252 (±5)
280 (±5)
308 (±5)
336 (±5)
Early
Termin-
ation
365 
(±14)
Check diary compliance
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Collect diary
X
X
Collect returned IMP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform drug accountability i
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dispense IMP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Discuss IMP titration/dose 
adjustment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), 
guardian(s), or caregiver on IMP 
use. Exchange instruction sheet 
if necessary (e.g., due to weight 
change)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Check discontinuation criteria
for IMP intake
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., 
collect subject trial cards
X
Days are referenced by last intake of IMP in Part 1. 
a) Visit M1 and Visit M2 are only for subjects who were allocated to morphine PR in the Treatment Period.
b) If Visit F12M and Visit ET are performed on the same day, assessments scheduled for both visits will not be repeated at Visit F12M.
c) Visit ET must be performed within 3 days after last intake of IMP if IMP is stopped before Visit F12M in Part 2.
d) Visit F7D is performed 7 (±2) days after the last intake of IMP.
e) Document that a physical examination was performed and record the changes from the previous assessment.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 17 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
f) The caregiver, parent, or legal guardian may assist the subject completing the questionnaires.
g) Once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of IMP (normally Visit F12M or at Visit ET in case of early termination). At Visit F12M, or as applicable, dispense the 
questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the completed questionnaires.
h) In female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
i) Comprises:
•
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
•
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
Safety laboratory = hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis; Vital signs = respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate.
VE = End of Treatment Visit after stopping IMP during the Treatment Period; ET = Early termination Visit after stopping IMP during the Tapentadol Period; F12M = visit 
12 months after Visit VE; F7D = final post treatment visit; Visit TPx = visit at n months during the Tapentadol Period.
FPS-R = Faces Pain Scale-revised; Modified CAS = modified constipation assessment scale; SOWS = subjective opiate withdrawal scale; VAS = visual analog scale; CRF = case 
report form; IMP = investigational medicinal product.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 18 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.2.3
Part 2: Observation Period
Period
Observation Period
Visit
OP3
OP6
OP9
OPx
F12M a
Month (range: ±14 days)
3
6
9
(unscheduled)
12
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies
X
X
X
X
X
Perform physical examination
Xa,b
Xb
Record height
Xa
X
Record body weight
Xa
X
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic 
blood pressure, and pulse rate)
Xa
X
Complete modified constipation assessment scale 
questionnaire c
Xa
X
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical 
chemistry)
Xa
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis
Xa
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
X
X
X
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial 
cards
X
X
Months are referenced by last intake of IMP in Part 1.
a) Assessments are performed for all subjects who discontinue from the Observation Period, unless informed consent is 
withdrawn. 
b) Document that a physical examination was performed and record the changes from the previous assessment.
c) The questionnaire will be filled in by the subject, caregiver, parent or legal guardian.
Visit OPx = an unscheduled visit in the Observation Period when the subject stops further participation in the trial; 
F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE; Visit OPn = visit at n months in the Observation Period.
IMP = investigational medicinal product.
1.2.4
Phone contacts
Phone contacts can be made at any time, e.g., if the subject wants to report adverse events, or has 
questions regarding concomitant medication intake/therapies. If no trial site visit takes place, phone 
contacts are mandatory if the subject would like to up or down titrate the IMP. A trial site visit may 
be performed as a home visit after prior approval by the sponsor.
Phone contact
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies
X
Discuss titration/dose adjustment
X
Record reason for dose adjustment and new dose, if applicable
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
Check discontinuation criteria
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 19 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.3
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
1.3.1
Inclusion criteria
Subjects are eligible for the trial at Visit V1 if all the following apply:
Inclusion criteria
Rationale for criterion
1.
Informed consent/(if applicable) assent obtained.
Legal requirement.
2.
Male or female subject at least 6 years of age at the Enrollment 
Visit and less than 18 years of age on the predicted day of 
Visit VE.
Standardization of trial 
population.
3.
Subject has an underlying long-term pain condition (e.g., cancer, 
chronic disease, planned or performed surgery) that is, according 
to the judgment of the investigator, expected to require a twice-
daily prolonged release opioid treatment until at least the end of 
the 14-day Treatment Period (Visit VE).
Standardization of trial 
population.
4.
Subject can swallow tablets of appropriate size.
Logistical requirement.
5.
Subject is able to participate in the trial as planned and willing to 
comply with the requirements of the protocol including refraining
from drinking beverages containing alcohol and recreational intake 
of drugs while on IMP.
Safety, standardization 
of trial population, and 
practical consideration.
Subjects must satisfy the following criteria at Visit V2 to be allocated to IMP:
Inclusion criteria
Rationale for criterion
6.
Less than 18 years of age on the planned day of Visit VE.
Standardization of trial 
population.
7.
No opioid intake or last calculated morphine equivalent dose at day 
of allocation of <3.5 mg/kg per day.
Standardization of trial 
population.
8.
Subject has a body weight of 17.5 kg.
Standardization of trial 
population.
9.
If a female of childbearing potential (post-menarchal and not 
surgically incapable of childbearing) and sexually active, must 
practice an effective method of birth control (e.g., prescription oral 
contraceptives, contraceptive injections, intrauterine device, 
double-barrier method, contraceptive patch) before allocation to 
IMP until the end of intake of IMP.
Safety.
10. If a female and post-menarchal or older than 12 years, has a 
negative urine pregnancy test on the day before or on the day of 
allocation to IMP. 
Safety.
Note: Subjects will only receive IMP if documentation is available showing that they comply with all inclusion criteria. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 20 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.3.2
Exclusion criteria
Subjects are not eligible for the trial if any of the following apply:
The following will be checked at Visit V1:
Exclusion criteria 
Rationale for 
criterion
1.
Has been previously enrolled in this trial or a previous trial with 
tapentadol.
Ethics and interference 
with trial assessments.
2.
Has a clinically relevant history of hypersensitivity, allergy, or 
contraindication to morphine or tapentadol or any ingredient, 
including galactose intolerance (see investigator’s brochure for 
tapentadol PR and summary of product characteristics for 
morphine PR), or naloxone.
Safety.
3.
History or current condition of any one of the following: 
•
Seizure disorder or epilepsy.
•
Serotonin syndrome.
•
Traumatic or hypoxic brain injury, brain contusion, stroke, 
transient ischemic attack, intracranial hematoma, posttraumatic 
amnesia, brain neoplasm, or episode(s) of more than 24 hours 
duration of unconsciousness.
Safety and interference 
with trial assessments.
4.
History or current condition of any one of the following:
•
Moderate to severe renal or hepatic impairment.
•
Abnormal pulmonary function or clinically relevant respiratory 
disease (e.g., acute or severe bronchial asthma, hypercapnia).
•
Complex regional pain syndrome.
•
A pain indication with a strong psycho-somatic component that,
in the judgment of the investigator, is unlikely to respond to 
opioids.
Safety and interference 
with trial assessments.
5.
History of alcohol or drug abuse in the investigator’s judgment, 
based on history and physical examination. Drugs of abuse detected 
in urine screen unless explained by allowed concomitant medication 
(see synopsis section Concomitant medications/therapies).
Safety.
6.
Subject has:
•
A clinically relevant abnormal ECG.
•
Signs of pre-excitation syndrome.
•
Brugada’s syndrome.
•
QT or QTcF (Fridericia) interval >470 ms.
Safety.
7.
Any surgery scheduled during Part 1 of the trial that is expected to 
require post-surgical intensive care unit (ICU) treatment, or that 
Safety.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 21 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Exclusion criteria 
Rationale for 
criterion
requires post–surgical parenteral pain-treatment, or may, in the 
opinion of the investigator, affect the safety of the subject.
8.
Subject is not able to understand and comply with the protocol as 
appropriate for the age of the subject or subject is cognitively 
impaired in the investigator’s judgment such that they cannot 
comply with the protocol.
Ethical requirement
and interference with 
trial assessments.
9.
Subject, parent or the legal representative is an employee of the 
investigator or trial site, with direct involvement in the proposed 
trial or other studies under the direction of that investigator or trial 
site, or family member of the employees or the investigator.
Good Clinical Practice.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 22 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
The following will be checked at Visit V1 and Visit V2:
Exclusion criteria 
Rationale for 
criterion
10. Has a concomitant disease or disorder (e.g., endocrine, metabolic, 
neurological, psychiatric, infection) that in the opinion of the 
investigator may affect or compromise subject safety during the trial 
participation.
Safety.
11. Pancreatic/biliary tract disease (e.g., pancreatitis) or paralytic ileus.
Safety.
12. Intake of forbidden concomitant medication/use of forbidden 
therapies (see synopsis section Concomitant medications/therapies).
Safety and 
standardization of trial 
population.
13. Female subject breast-feeding a child.
Safety.
The following will be checked at Visit V2:
Exclusion criteria 
Rationale for 
criterion
14. Has received a drug or used a medical device not approved for 
human use within 30 days prior to Visit V2. 
Safety and 
standardization of trial 
population.
15. Based on data from the local laboratory, one or more of:
•
Total serum bilirubin >2.0 mg/dL.
•
Serum albumin <2.8 g/dL.
•
Aspartate transaminase or alanine transaminase >5-times upper 
limit of normal.
Safety.
16. Based on data from the local laboratory, creatinine clearance 
<30 mL/min per 1.73 m2 (calculated according to a formula that is 
appropriate for the respective age group).
Safety.
17. [criteria deleted]
Ethics and interference 
with trial assessments. 
Note: Subjects will only receive IMP if documentation is available showing that they do not meet any of the exclusion 
criteria.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 23 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
1.3.3
Inclusion criteria for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2)
Inclusion criteria
Rationale for 
criterion
18. Subject has completed the 14-day Treatment Period. 
Standardization of trial 
population.
19. Subject is still in need of prolonged release opioid treatment. 
Ethics and 
standardization of trial 
population.
20. Subject does not meet any of the compulsory discontinuation criteria 
(described in Section 9.3.1 of the body of the protocol). 
Safety. 
Note: Subjects will only receive tapentadol PR in the Tapentadol Period if documentation is available showing that they 
comply with these inclusion criteria. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 24 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
PROTOCOL SYNOPSIS
3
1.1
Flow diagram summary of the trial (Part 1 and Part 2)
10
1.1.1
Flow diagram for subjects completing Part 1 and Part 2
10
1.1.2
Flow diagram for subjects discontinuing investigational medicinal 
product or the trial during Part 1 or Part 2
11
1.2
Schedule of events
11
1.2.1
Part 1: Enrollment Visit and Treatment Period (Visit V1 to Visit VE)
12
1.2.2
Part 2: Tapentadol Period
15
1.2.3
Part 2: Observation Period
18
1.2.4
Phone contacts
18
1.3
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
19
1.3.1
Inclusion criteria
19
1.3.2
Exclusion criteria
20
1.3.3
Inclusion criteria for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2)
23
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
24
3
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS
29
4
ETHICS
30
4.1
Independent ethics committee(s) or institutional review board(s)
31
4.2
Subject information and informed consent
31
4.3
Informing the subject’s healthcare provider
31
5
INVESTIGATORS AND TRIAL ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE
32
5.1
Investigators and trial site personnel
32
5.1.1
Investigators
32
5.1.2
Trial site personnel assigned trial-related duties
32
5.2
Contract research organizations
33
5.3
The sponsor and sponsor’s personnel
33
5.4
Data monitoring committee
33
6
INTRODUCTION AND TRIAL BACKGROUND
33
6.1
Background to the investigational medicinal product
33
6.2
Relevant non-clinical and clinical data
33
7
TRIAL OBJECTIVES
37
8
TRIAL DESIGN
37
8.1
Definition of endpoints
38
8.1.1
Primary endpoint definition
38
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 25 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
8.1.2
Secondary endpoint definitions
39
8.1.3
Other endpoints
39
8.2
Trial rationale
39
8.3
Special agreements with regulatory authorities
40
8.4
Discussion of the trial design
40
8.5
Benefit/risk analysis
45
9
SUBJECT ENROLLMENT AND TRIAL DISCONTINUATION
46
9.1
Subject enrollment procedure
46
9.2
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
47
9.2.1
Inclusion criteria
47
9.2.2
Exclusion criteria
47
9.2.3
Inclusion criteria for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2)
47
9.2.4
Criteria for entry into the Tapentadol Period or Observation Period
47
9.3
Trial discontinuation and treatment not completed
47
9.3.1
Reasons for discontinuation of a subject from IMP (treatment not 
completed)
47
9.3.2
Reasons for discontinuation of a subject from the trial
49
9.3.3
Procedure for the handling of prematurely discontinued subjects
49
9.3.4
Premature termination or suspension of the trial
50
10
TREATMENTS
50
10.1
Investigational medicinal product
50
10.1.1
Identity and composition – tapentadol PR (test)
50
10.1.2
Identity and composition – morphine PR (comparator)
50
10.1.3
Packaging and labeling
51
10.1.4
Delivery, storage and disposal
51
10.2
Administration of trial treatments
51
10.2.1
Administration
51
10.2.2
Total number of doses and dosing interval
51
10.2.3
Dose
51
10.2.4
Titration and dosing tables
54
10.3
Method of assigning subjects to treatment (allocation)
55
10.3.1
Part 1
55
10.3.2
Part 2
56
10.4
Blinding and unblinding
56
10.5
Allowed and forbidden and prior/concomitant medications/therapies
56
10.5.1
Allowed prior and concomitant medications/therapies
57
10.5.2
Forbidden prior and concomitant medication/therapies
57
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 26 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.5.3
Cautionary use
57
10.6
Rescue medication
58
10.6.1
Dose
58
10.6.2
Reasons for administration
58
10.6.3
Documentation
58
10.7
Documentation of drug accountability
59
11
TRIAL PROCEDURES
59
11.1
Course of the trial
59
11.1.1
Part 1
59
11.1.2
Part 2 – Tapentadol Period
63
11.1.3
Visit F7D (Final post treatment visit, at 7 days after stopping IMP, range 
±2 days)
66
11.1.4
Part 2 – Observation Period
67
11.1.5
Phone contacts
68
11.1.6
Additional trial site attendance
68
11.2
Examination hierarchy and time windows
68
11.3
Conditions during the trial
69
11.3.1
Medical care
69
11.3.2
General restrictions
69
11.3.3
Counseling of female subjects of reproductive age
69
11.4
Subject trial cards
69
11.5
Provisions of any additional care of subject after trial termination
70
11.6
Low enrollment
70
12
DATA COLLECTION
70
12.1
Overview of blood sampling in this trial
70
12.2
Collection of subject characteristics data
71
12.2.1
Demographic data
71
12.2.2
Medical history
71
12.2.3
Pain history
71
12.2.4
Prior and concomitant medications and therapies
71
12.3
Collection of pharmacokinetic data
72
12.3.1
Blood sampling for serum pharmacokinetics
72
12.3.2
Bioanalytical assays
72
12.4
Collection of efficacy data
72
12.4.1
Pain intensity
72
12.5
Questionnaires
73
12.5.1
Modified constipation assessment scale
73
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 27 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
12.5.2
Acceptability and palatability of investigational medicinal product
73
12.5.3
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
73
12.6
Collection of safety data
74
12.6.1
Adverse events
74
12.6.2
Vital signs
80
12.6.3
Height and body weight
80
12.6.4
Twelve-lead electrocardiogram
80
12.6.5
Safety laboratory
80
12.6.6
Urine test for drugs of abuse
82
12.6.7
Physical examination
82
12.6.8
Pregnancy test
82
12.7
Appropriateness of measurements
83
12.8
Compliance
83
13
DOCUMENTATION OF TRIAL DATA
84
13.1
Case report forms
84
13.2
Subject reported outcomes
84
13.3
Data management
85
13.4
Source data
85
13.5
Investigator’s site file and the trial master file
86
14
STATISTICAL METHODS AND SAMPLE SIZE DETERMINATION
87
14.1
Sample size rationale
87
14.2
Analysis of the trial – statistical analysis
87
14.2.1
Analysis populations (analysis sets)
87
14.2.2
General descriptive and graphical methods
88
14.2.3
Analysis of subject characteristics data
89
14.2.4
Analysis of subject disposition
89
14.2.5
Analysis of pharmacokinetic data
89
14.2.6
Analysis of efficacy data
89
14.2.7
Analysis of safety data
91
14.2.8
Acceptability and palatability
93
14.2.9
Final analysis
93
14.3
Population pharmacokinetic modeling and simulation
93
15
QUALITY SYSTEM, AUDIT AND INSPECTION
93
15.1
Quality system
93
15.2
Data quality assurance
93
15.2.1
Clinical research organization/investigator selection
93
15.2.2
Trial site monitoring
94
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 28 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
15.2.3
Audits
94
15.3
Inspections
94
16
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND AGREEMENTS
94
16.1
Insurance
94
16.2
Legal regulations
94
16.3
Contracts
95
16.4
Subject data and data protection
95
16.5
Publication policy
95
16.6
Final report and reporting of the trial
96
16.7
Approval
97
16.7.1
Sponsor
97
16.7.2
International coordinating investigator
97
17
REFERENCES
97
18
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS
100
18.1
Protocol amendment 01
100
18.2
Protocol amendment 02
101
18.3
Protocol amendment 03
111
18.4
Protocol amendment 04
112
18.5
Protocol amendment 05
125
19
APPENDIX
127
19.1
List of medical concepts for consideration of seriousness stratified by 
system organ class
127
19.2
Visual analog scale
130
19.3
Faces Pain Scale – Revised
131
19.4
Modified constipation assessment scale
132
19.5
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
133
19.6
Palatability and acceptability
134
19.7
Algorithm to detect potential severe cases of drug-induced liver injury
135
19.8
Collecting, handling, and shipment of pharmacokinetic serum samples
137
19.8.1
Labeling
137
19.8.2
Devices
137
19.8.3
Procedure
137
19.8.4
Shipment
137
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 29 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1:
Reasons for compulsory and optional discontinuation of subjects from 
investigational medicinal product (treatment not completed)
47
Table 2:
Tapentadol PR dosing table
54
Table 3:
Morphine PR dosing table
55
Table 4:
Approximate volume of blood to be collected from each subject during 
Part 1
70
Table 5:
Approximate volume of blood to be collected from each subject during 
the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
71
Table 6:
Laboratory tests to be performed for the evaluation of alternative causes 
of drug-induced liver injury
136
3
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS
Abbreviations
Abbreviation
Explanation
CAS
Constipation assessment scale
CP
Conditional power
CRF(s)
Case report form(s)
DMC
Data monitoring committee 
ECG
Electrocardiogram
FAS
Full Analysis Set
FPS-R
Faces Pain Scale–revised
GCP
Good clinical practice
ICU
Intensive care unit
IEC
Independent ethics committee
IMP(s)
Investigational medicinal product(s)
IR
Immediate release
IRB
Institutional review board
PR
Prolonged release
SpO2
Oxygen saturation
SAP
Statistical analysis plan
SOP
Standard operating procedure(s). A synonym for all standard procedural documents.
SOWS
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale (questionnaire)
TEAE
Treatment emergent adverse event
VAS
Visual analog scale
WHO
World Health Organization
Note: Système International d’Unités units and standard hematological and biochemical abbreviations are not listed.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 30 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Definition of terms
Term
Definition
Allocated subjects
Enrolled subjects who are allocated to IMP.
Applicable regulatory 
requirement(s)
Any law(s) and regulation(s) addressing the conduct of clinical trials of investigational 
products of the jurisdiction where the trial is conducted.
Discontinuation (of 
trial)
The act of concluding the participation of an enrolled subject in a trial prior to completion 
of all activities required by the protocol.
Treatment not 
completed
IMP discontinued before scheduled end of the Treatment Period of Part 1 or the Tapentadol 
Period of Part 2.
End of the trial
The trial-related end of the trial is defined as the date of last subject out. 
The subject-related end of trial is defined as date of last contact with the subject according 
to the protocol.
Enrolled subjects
Informed consent form signed. If required by local law and assent form signed.
Enrollment failures
Enrolled subjects who were not allocated to IMP.
First subject allocated
First subject that was allocated to IMP, a synonym for “first subject entered”.
First subject in
Date of first enrolled subject.
Investigational 
medicinal product
A generic term describing the preparations under investigation in this trial, i.e., 
tapentadol PR tablets and morphine PR tablets.
Last subject out
Date of last contact with the last subject according to the protocol. 
Modified CAS
Modified constipation assessment scale (questionnaire).
Opioid naïve
No intake of opioids within the 4 weeks prior to enrollment.
Screened subjects
Screened subjects are subjects undergoing screening. Screening is any activity concerning 
subjects who could potentially be enrolled into the trial before the informed consent form is 
signed.
Treated subjects
Subjects with at least 1 administration of IMP.
Treatment completers 
Part 1
Subjects who have completed the 14-day Treatment Period.
Treatment completers 
Part 2
Subjects who have completed the 12-month Tapentadol Period.
Trial completers Part 1
Subjects who have completed the 14-day Treatment Period and Visit F7D or who entered 
the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
Trial completers Part 2
Subjects who fully completed the extension period, i.e., either subjects completing the 
Tapentadol Period and the follow-up visit (F7D) or subjects completing the Observation 
Period (F12M) not earlier than 351 days after Visit VE).
4
ETHICS
This trial will be conducted according to the ethical principles that have their origin in the 
Declaration of Helsinki and that are consistent with the protocol, good clinical practice (GCP) and 
applicable regulatory requirements.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 31 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
4.1
Independent ethics committee(s) or institutional review board(s)
The relevant independent ethics committee(s) (IEC) or institutional review board(s) (IRB) for this 
trial will be provided with all documents relating to this trial that are required to fulfill its 
responsibilities. Any updates thereof will be provided according to GCP and applicable regulatory 
requirements.
Trial activities will only start after approval from the relevant IEC or IRB is available.
Documentation of all involved IECs and IRBs will be maintained according to GCP and applicable 
regulatory requirements.
4.2
Subject information and informed consent
Before any trial-related procedure is performed, freely given informed consent/assent covering all 
parts of the trial must be obtained. 
The informed consent/assent discussion, the information sheet (if used) and the informed 
consent/assent form provided to the parent(s) or legal guardian(s) or, if applicable the subject, must 
adhere to GCP and applicable regulatory requirements. Unless agreed otherwise, the sponsor’s 
information sheet (if used) and informed consent/assent form must be used. Prior to use, these 
documents must be approved by the relevant IEC or IRB.
The parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of the subject, if applicable, and/or the subject, will be informed 
as soon as possible if new information becomes available that may be relevant to their willingness 
to continue participation in the trial. The communication of this information will be documented.
If subjects, or parent(s) or legal guardian(s), withdraw their consent for participation in the trial, the 
investigator must inform the sponsor in writing.
Subjects (if old enough according to local laws), or parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of the subject 
defined according to local laws, must sign an informed consent form indicating that the signatory 
understands the purpose of the trial, the risks and benefits of the procedures required for the trial, 
and for a parent or legal guardian, give permission for their child’s participation in the trial. 
As the inclusion of exclusively minors at the Enrollment Visit (Visit V1) is foreseen for this trial, 
the subject has to be informed about the trial taking into consideration the age of the subject using 
an appropriate information sheet for the age of the subject and thorough explanation by qualified 
staff. The opinion of the minor has to be taken into account when deciding about participation in the 
trial. An assent form should be signed by the child in adherence to local regulations.
All communication with the child or adolescent must be done by staff having experience dealing 
with minors.
During Part 2 of the trial, subjects may reach the age of majority (e.g., 18 years old, depending on 
local laws). They must sign an informed consent as soon as they reach this age to continue in the 
trial.
4.3
Informing the subject’s healthcare provider
The subject’s healthcare provider will be informed about the subject’s participation in the trial at 
trial enrollment in applicable countries if the subject is treated by a healthcare provider, e.g., general 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 32 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
practitioner, and if the subject, parent, or legal guardian, as applicable, agrees in writing in the 
informed consent form. This is to be documented in the case report form (CRF). The subject must 
also be informed and the subject’s opinion taken into consideration. This must be documented on 
the informed consent form/assent form as applicable for the age of the subject.
The healthcare provider will be informed about the trial code, the investigator’s name, and a contact 
(telephone) number at the trial site. Any communication with the healthcare provider will be 
documented in the subject’s medical records.
5
INVESTIGATORS AND TRIAL ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE
5.1
Investigators and trial site personnel
5.1.1
Investigators
The investigator, in general, is the person responsible for the conduct of the trial at the trial site and 
the safety of the trial subjects. 
If the trial is conducted by a team of individuals at the trial site, the investigator leading and 
responsible for the team is called the principal investigator. 
All persons assigned responsibility as an investigator will be required to sign a declaration of their 
responsibilities (the “investigator confirmation sheet”) before any trial-related procedure is 
performed. 
An international coordinating investigator will be defined who is responsible for the coordination of 
multiple trial sites in multiple countries.
Curriculum vitae and/or other relevant documents confirming the qualifications of the investigator 
are required by the sponsor. This should include any previous training in the principles of GCP, 
experience obtained from work with clinical trials, and experience with subject care in the target 
population. 
Documentation of all involved investigators will be maintained according to GCP and applicable 
regulatory requirements.
5.1.2
Trial site personnel assigned trial-related duties
The principal investigator may define personnel at a trial site to perform significant trial-related 
procedures and/or to make trial-related decisions under his/her supervision. 
The principal investigator must maintain a signed list of appropriately qualified persons to whom he 
or she delegates significant trial-related duties/responsibilities; the delegated trial-related 
duties/responsibilities must be specified in the list. The delegation of tasks has to comply with 
international and local regulations.
When personnel or responsibility changes are made, the relevant documentation must be updated 
before any trial-related activities are performed.
Documentation of all involved trial site personnel performing significant trial-related procedures 
and/or making trial-related decisions will be maintained according to GCP and applicable 
regulatory requirements.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 33 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
5.2
Contract research organizations
Contract research organizations (commercial, academic or other, e.g., central laboratory facilities, 
trial supply management provider, diary provider) may be contracted by the sponsor to perform 
trial-related duties and functions. The extent of the delegation will be documented. All involved 
contract research organizations will be required to have implemented quality control and quality 
assurance processes, and to support the sponsor’s quality control and quality assurance measures. 
Documentation of all involved contract research organizations will be maintained according to GCP 
and applicable regulatory requirements.
5.3
The sponsor and sponsor’s personnel
Grünenthal accepts the responsibilities of the sponsor.
The sponsor will designate appropriately qualified personnel to give advice on trial-related topics. 
The trial site will be provided with contact details for these personnel before any trial-related
procedure is performed. 
A list of key sponsor personnel involved in the preparation of this protocol and the conduct of the 
trial, including their full names, titles, roles, and responsibilities, will be maintained.
5.4
Data monitoring committee
An independent data monitoring committee (DMC) will be established to oversee and evaluate data 
from selected pediatric trials with tapentadol administration performed by Grünenthal. Operational 
aspects of the DMC will be given in a charter which will be issued before the first subject-in in this 
trial. For more details about the planned evaluations of the DMC, see Section 8.5.
6
INTRODUCTION AND TRIAL BACKGROUND
6.1
Background to the investigational medicinal product
Tapentadol is a centrally acting analgesic agent. Tapentadol has been pharmacologically 
characterized as both a mu-opioid receptor agonist and an inhibitor of noradrenaline reuptake. Non-
clinical data suggest that both mechanisms contribute to its analgesic effects. Tapentadol is a pure 
enantiomer that acts directly on the central nervous system and metabolites were shown not to 
contribute to the analgesic activity.
6.2
Relevant non-clinical and clinical data 
For a detailed summary of relevant non-clinical and clinical experience, see the current edition of 
the investigator’s brochure.
Non-clinical pharmacology
Tapentadol is a centrally acting analgesic combining opioid- and non-opioid activities. It has 
agonistic activity at the mu-opioid receptor and it inhibits noradrenaline reuptake as a non-opioid 
activity. Both actions act synergistically in analgesia. In various animal models of acute, chronic, 
inflammatory, and neuropathic pain, tapentadol exerted potent antinociceptive effects. This broad 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 34 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
antinociceptive profile reflects its combined mode of action. Both opioid and non-opioid properties 
are relevant for the management of clinical pain. 
The non-clinical safety pharmacology data indicate a low potential for side effects upon the vital 
functions like respiratory depression and gastrointestinal inhibition in humans. Tapentadol has no 
adverse cardiovascular effects in the antinociceptive dose range. 
Clinical experience
In the clinical program to date, tapentadol (as the hydrochloride salt) has been mostly administered 
to adults. It has been given intravenously or orally as an oral solution, as immediate-release (IR) 
tablets or capsules, and as prolonged release tablets (including a tamper resistant formulation). 
More recently, 2 trials have been performed (or are ongoing) in children and adolescents to evaluate 
the pharmacokinetics of a single dose of tapentadol oral solution 1 mg/kg after scheduled surgical 
procedures that routinely produce acute postsurgical pain
 
. No safety issues have so far been identified. 
Pharmacodynamics
Tapentadol showed dose-dependent effects in a model for mu-opioid receptor agonist activity (pupil 
diameter) and in an experimental pain model (pain somatosensory evoked potentials following CO2
[carbon dioxide] laser stimulation) in doses ranging from tapentadol immediate release (IR) 50 mg 
to 200 mg.
Tapentadol IR prolonged the orocecal transit time in a dose-dependent manner, but the effect with 
tapentadol IR 43 mg was less pronounced than with morphine IR 30 mg.
Pharmacokinetics
Tapentadol was rapidly and completely absorbed after oral administration of tapentadol IR. Mean 
absolute bioavailability after single-dose administration (fasting) was ~32%, most probably due to 
an extensive first-pass metabolism. Peak serum concentrations of tapentadol were observed at 
~1.25 hours (tapentadol IR) and ~3 hours to 6 hours (tapentadol PR or tapentadol tamper resistant 
formulation) post-dose. The tapentadol terminal half-life was ~4 hours (tapentadol IR) and ~5 hours 
to 6 hours (tapentadol PR). The serum protein binding of tapentadol was ~20%.
After oral administration, ~70% (comprising 55% as a glucuronide and 15% as a sulfate of 
tapentadol) of the dose is excreted in urine in the conjugated form. A total of 3% of the drug was 
excreted in urine as unchanged drug.
In humans, tapentadol is mainly metabolized via phase 2 conjugation, and only a small amount is 
metabolized via phase 1 oxidative pathways. No metabolite contributes to the analgesic activity. As 
glucuronidation is a high capacity/low affinity system, clinically relevant interactions at the level of 
phase 2 metabolism are unlikely. Since in-vitro investigations showed that tapentadol does not 
inhibit or induce cytochrome P450 enzymes, clinically relevant interactions mediated by the 
cytochrome P450 system are also considered unlikely.
After intravenous administration, tapentadol was widely distributed throughout the body with a 
volume of distribution (Vz) of 540 L. The terminal half-life was ~4.1 hours and total clearance was 
1530 ± 177 mL/min. Systemic exposure to tapentadol (area under the concentration-time curve; 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 35 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
AUC) and accumulation factors following multiple dosing were found to be consistent with 
single-dose data. Steady-state was attained ~16 hours to 20 hours after the first administration.
Systemic exposure (maximum concentration of analyte [Cmax] and AUC) to tapentadol showed 
dose-proportional increases over the therapeutic dose range. Consistent with linear 
pharmacokinetics, the accumulation ratio of tapentadol based on the maximum serum 
concentrations at steady-state (Cmax,ss) was close to the theoretically expected value. 
After oral dosing, AUC and Cmax of tapentadol were higher in subjects with mild and moderate 
hepatic impairment compared to healthy subjects. The rate of formation of 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide decreased with increasing liver impairment.
After oral dosing, AUC and Cmax of tapentadol were comparable in subjects with varying degrees of 
renal function (from normal function to severely impaired function). In contrast, increasing 
exposure (i.e., AUC) to tapentadol-O-glucuronide was observed with increasing degrees of renal 
impairment.
In drug-drug interaction trials studying the possible influence of paracetamol, naproxen, 
acetylsalicylic acid, and probenecid on tapentadol glucuronidation, there were no clinically relevant 
effects on tapentadol serum concentrations. Also, there were no clinically relevant effects on the 
absorption of tapentadol in interaction trials of tapentadol with metoclopramide and omeprazole.
Safety in Phase I trials (tapentadol intravenous, tapentadol oral solution, tapentadol IR, and 
tapentadol prolonged release [PR] including tamper resistant formulation)
As studied in single- and multiple-dose Phase I trials, tapentadol IR (single-dose: 200 mg and 
multiple-dose: 175 mg orally every 6 hours) and tapentadol PR (single-dose: 300 mg and 
multiple-dose: 250 mg orally twice daily) were safe; no maximum tolerated dose was reached. The 
adverse event profile was consistent with that of centrally-acting analgesics. The most frequent 
treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs) were dizziness, headache, somnolence, nausea, fatigue, 
vomiting, and dry mouth. Most TEAEs were mild or moderate in intensity. Overall, there were no 
clinically relevant treatment-related or dose-related effects on laboratory parameters, vital signs, or 
ECG parameters. 
No effects on the QT interval and other ECG parameters were shown after multiple therapeutic 
(100 mg) and supra-therapeutic (150 mg) doses of tapentadol IR in a thorough QT trial. Similarly, 
tapentadol had no relevant effect on heart rate, PR interval, QRS duration, and T-wave or U-wave 
morphology. In a second thorough QT trial, multiple oral administration of 86 mg or 172 mg 
tapentadol PR did not cause QTc prolongation.
A dedicated abuse liability trial conducted in non-dependent healthy recreational users of opioids 
showed a similar abuse liability profile to that of hydromorphone at estimated equianalgesic doses.
Safety Phase II and Phase III (tapentadol PR) in clinical trials
Adverse drug reactions, the most common (10% subjects) being nausea, dizziness, somnolence, 
headache, and constipation observed with tapentadol PR treatment in the dose range of 50 mg to 
250 mg twice daily, are as expected for a centrally-acting analgesic.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997




Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 37 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
7
TRIAL OBJECTIVES
The trial objectives for Part 1 are:
•
To assess the 14-day safety and efficacy of tapentadol PR in comparison to morphine PR in 
subjects aged from 6 years to less than 18 years suffering from long-term pain requiring 
prolonged release opioid treatment.
•
To evaluate the pharmacokinetic profile of tapentadol and its major metabolite 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide after multiple doses of tapentadol PR tablets. 
The trial objective for Part 2 is:
•
To describe the long-term safety profile covering up to a 12-month period with treatment of 
tapentadol PR taken twice daily (Tapentadol Period) in subjects aged 6 years or older 
suffering from long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment, or in subjects 
without tapentadol treatment (Observation Period) aged 6 years or older who have received 
at least 1 dose of IMP. 
8
TRIAL DESIGN
This is a 2-part trial: 
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, randomized, multi-site, open-label, 
active-controlled, parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 18 years, suffering from 
long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to allocate 69 subjects in 
a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice daily.
After the Enrollment Visit, subjects complying with the inclusion/exclusion criteria will enter 
Part 1. 
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic evaluations will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR.
Part 1 of the trial will be completed after the last subject has attended Visit VE. Data of Part 1 will 
comprise the primary analysis of the trial.
Part 2 is an open-label Extension Period with tapentadol treatment (Tapentadol Period) or an 
observation period without tapentadol treatment (Observation Period) lasting for up to 12 months.
Tapentadol Period (12 months): Subjects completing the Treatment Period (Part 1) and who are 
still in need of treatment with a prolonged release opioid can enter the Tapentadol Period. They will 
be treated with tapentadol PR for up to 12 months until Visit F12M (a 12-month visit relative to 
Visit VE). 
Observation Period (12 months): Subjects not completing the Treatment Period (Part 1), but who 
have taken at least 1 dose of IMP, and those who complete the Treatment Period but do not want to 
continue with tapentadol PR, will enter the Observation Period (12 months). Subjects will be 
followed up until Visit F12M to assess any long-term effects after discontinuing treatment with the 
IMP. Subjects in the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 may stop treatment early (before Visit F12M) and 
switch to the Observation Period for the remainder of Part 2.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 38 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Part 2 of the trial will be completed after the last subject has completed or discontinued from the 
trial.
Trial population
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the 
trial) and suffer from severe long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment for at least 
14 days after Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1), and who comply with the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria given in Section 1.3. Long-term pain is defined as any pain condition that requires a 
minimum of 14 days of treatment with a strong oral opioid. Subjects that could be considered for 
the trial include, but not exclusively, those with expected long-term post-surgical pain (e.g., spinal
surgery), cancer-related pain (including pain caused by treatment) as well as chronic indications 
with moderate to severe pain.
The age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 12 years to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 25% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less 
than 12 years. At least 15 subjects must be treated with tapentadol PR for a minimum of 12 weeks.
Trial period
Estimated date of first subject in: Oct 2014. 
Part 1, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2018.
Part 2, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2019.
Each subject is expected to be treated with IMP for 14 days in Part 1, followed by a 12-month 
Extension Period (Part 2). In total, for each subject, the trial duration will be ~13 months.
8.1
Definition of endpoints
For details of the analysis sets, see Section 14.2.1.
8.1.1
Primary endpoint definition
Part 1 (primary analysis of the trial)
The primary endpoint is a binary variable “responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” if both 
of the following criteria are met:
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period (Part 1).
•
One of the following calculated from the scheduled pain assessments (“pain right now”) 
documented during the last 3 days of the Treatment Period:
−
Average pain <50 on a VAS for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years; or <5 on 
the FPS-R for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years.
−
Average reduction from baseline of pain ≥20 on a VAS for subjects aged 12 years to 
less than 18 years; or ≥2 on the FPS-R for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years.
The proportion of subjects classified as responders will be assessed and compared between the 
treatment groups.
Age groups are determined at Visit V2. Baseline pain is defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, 
and will be assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and before the first intake of IMP.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 39 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
8.1.2
Secondary endpoint definitions
The main secondary endpoints are:
Part 1
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline (Visit V2) of total scores for the 
modified CAS.
Part 1 and Part 2
•
Tolerability as assessed by the number and type of adverse events and adverse drug 
reactions by treatment group during the different trial periods, on a subject and event level.
8.1.3
Other endpoints
Other endpoints compared between treatment groups at each measurement time point are:
Part 1 - Treatment Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit V2):
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the VAS.
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the FPS-R.
•
Use of rescue medication as assessed by number of doses of rescue medication taken at
different dose levels of IMP.
•
Description of population pharmacokinetics of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide. 
•
Palatability and acceptability as assessed by differences within treatment groups of the 5-
point hedonic faces scale with the verbal rating score at Visit V3 and Visit VE.
Part 2 - Tapentadol Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit VE):
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the VAS.
•
Pain as assessed by changes from baseline using the FPS-R.
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline of total scores for the modified CAS.
Part 2 - Observation Period, other endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit VE or Visit ET):
•
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline of total scores for the modified CAS.
Part 1 or Part 2 - other endpoints:
•
Opiate withdrawal symptoms as assessed by the scale score of the SOWS questionnaire at 
individual time points and changes to baseline.
•
Time to discontinuation of IMP assessed by a survival analysis.
8.2
Trial rationale 
Pain in children is a public health concern of major significance in most parts of the world. 
Although the means and knowledge to relieve pain exists, children’s pain is often not recognized, is 
ignored or even denied (WHO 2012). This might also be due the fact that only few trials have been 
conducted in children with opioids to provide evidence of their safety and efficacy (Finkel et al. 
2005). There is a need for comparative trials of opioids in terms of effectiveness, side-effects and 
feasibility of use in children with persisting pain due to medical illnesses (WHO 2012).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997




Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 41 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Choice of population and trial sites
The trial includes children with different indications requiring treatment with an oral strong opioid 
for at least 14 days. Subjects that could be considered for the trial include, but not exclusively, those 
with expected long-term post-surgical pain (e.g., orthopedic surgery), cancer-related pain (including 
pain caused by treatment), as well as chronic indications with moderate to severe pain.
Tapentadol PR has shown to be an efficacious and safe drug for the treatment of different chronic 
pain indications that are common in the adult population, such as low back pain, osteoarthritis and 
cancer-related pain. The data from pivotal clinical trials have been confirmed by post-marketing 
data in further clinical trials as well as in non-clinical trial settings.
The data gained for tapentadol suggest that also children may benefit from treatment with 
tapentadol PR (Section 6.2). 
Chronic daily pain can occur in children in the context of chronic daily headaches, 
neurodegenerative disorders, inflammatory disorders, post-traumatic neuropathic pain conditions, 
and in children with advanced cancer and other life-limiting diseases. Overall, however, chronic 
daily pain is much less prevalent in children than in adults (Berde et al. 2012). This is even more the 
case for painful conditions requiring long-term opioid treatment.
In children with progressive malignant disease, two thirds experience pain requiring opioid 
analgesia (Goldman and Bowman 1990). However, cancer in children is rare. In the United States, 
cancer has been found to occur most frequently in the first year of life with incidence rates of 
~250 cases per million per year. The incidence then drops to only ~100 cases per million per year 
by the age of 10 years, after which the incidence increases again to approach 250 per million cases 
per year at the age of 18 years (Kadan-Lottick 2007). Furthermore, Berde et al. (2012) reported that 
within a single year, only 386 children with cancer pain received oral round-the-clock opioid 
treatment for the duration of 1 month or more in the United States.
Other conditions that often require treatment with prolonged release opioids for at least 2 weeks 
include severe burns and major or complicated surgery. A mail-in survey of pediatric pain control 
practices in North American Burn Centers (Martin-Herz et al. 2003) showed that although 
intravenous morphine was the most frequently used analgesic for the treatment of background pain 
from burns, 21% of the responders used prolonged release opioids for school-age children, and 39% 
for adolescents.
Surgical correction for scoliosis is associated with high levels of pain that extend beyond the initial 
inpatient hospital stay. These patients, as well as others undergoing major surgery with expected 
extended pain duration, may benefit more from early transition to prolonged release formulations 
than from continuous PCA, because prolonged release formulations are associated with lower pain 
levels on average, and present a more convenient route of administration (Czarnecki et al. 2004). 
This is in line with the results shown in clinical trials in adults undergoing major surgery, e.g., hip 
and knee replacement: patients treated with prolonged release opioids 48 hours after surgery had 
improved pain scores compared to those who received continuous treatment with immediate release 
formulations and patient controlled analgesia (PCA), and they had a shorter duration of their 
hospital stay (de Beer et al. 2005).
In conclusion, opioids, especially in a prolonged release formulation, are not only used in children 
suffering from classical chronic pain conditions (e.g., cancer-related pain), but also frequently in a 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 42 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
patient population with other long-term pain conditions (e.g., due to major surgery or burns). 
Therefore, it is appropriate to investigate tapentadol PR in the conditions reflective of those that 
will be treated with tapentadol PR when commercially available.
Furthermore, the inclusion of subjects suffering from cancer-related pain participating in other trials 
investigating drugs with marketing authorization is considered to be appropriate, when they 
constitute the standard treatment for particular patient population. As it is known that most drugs 
are administered to children off-label, but represent the current standard of care, it is considered that 
allowing the participation of subjects in trials with marketed drugs does not impose further 
uncertainties or safety risks to the subjects compared to their standard treatment.
Multiple trial sites, e.g., specialized in pediatric oncology and hematology, burns and orthopedics, 
in multiple countries will be required for the recruitment of 69 subjects in the specified time. See 
Section 14.1 for the sample size rationale. 
Morphine as active control
Since its discovery, morphine has been widely accepted as a gold standard in the analgesic 
management of severe pain (De Conno and Kress 2006) and its analgesic efficacy in cancer pain 
has been proven (Broomhead et al. 1997). Morphine is among the top 10 medications given to 
children in the inpatient setting (Lasky et al. 2012). It is one of the few pain medications, and
notably one of the few WHO Step III pain medications, that are authorized for use in children.
Blinding
An open-label trial was selected because it is not appropriate to over-encapsulate tapentadol PR and 
morphine PR tablets as the size of capsules would become too big for children and adolescents to 
swallow. 
A double dummy method is also not feasible due to the large number of tablets that would be 
required to be taken by each subject.
Randomization
Subjects will be allocated in the ratio of 2:1 to treatment with tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice 
daily. A ratio of 2:1 was selected to gain more experience of tapentadol PR in a long-term pain 
requiring prolonged release opioid treatment setting within a pediatric population.
Stratification
Stratification by age and underlying pain condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain) is planned. 
Stratification by underlying pain condition is foreseen because of the different progression of the 
underlying diseases and thus different progression of pain scores over time. The predefined age 
groups are 6 years to less than 12 years, and 12 years to less than 18 years, and subjects will be 
stratified so that at least 25% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at Visit V2 in the age group of 
6 years to less than 12 years.
Sample size
See Section 14.1 for the sample size rationale.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 43 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Pain evaluations
During the trial, exploratory subject-reported pain assessments and supplemental analgesic rescue 
dosing information will be collected. To measure pain intensity, 2 pain intensity scales will be used: 
a VAS and the FPS–R. The appropriateness of these assessments is discussed in Section 12.7.
Dosing
The selection of the tapentadol PR dose (see Section 10.2.3 for dosing in this trial) to be evaluated 
in pediatric subjects was based largely upon pharmacokinetic considerations. 
The main metabolic pathway for tapentadol in adults is glucuronidation, which is a system known 
to be immature for the first 2 years of life (Benedetti et al. 2007, Edginton et al. 2006). However, 
the clearance of morphine and paracetamol, both of which undergo glucuronidation, is expected to 
be near the level of adults by the age of 3 years (Anderson and Holford 2009). Thus, it is not 
expected that there will be major differences in the pharmacokinetic profile of tapentadol in subjects
aged above 3 years compared with adults, particularly in the adolescent group of 12 years to less 
than 18 years old. Since Phase 1 oxidative routes only make a minor contribution to the overall 
elimination of tapentadol, ontogeny of the cytochrome P450 family of enzymes is not expected to 
have any effect on the overall pharmacokinetic profile of tapentadol in adolescents.
Tapentadol and its metabolites are excreted almost exclusively (99%) via the kidneys. A total of 3% 
of the drug is excreted in urine as unchanged drug. Renal function has been predicted to reach 90% 
of adult function between the ages of 1 year and 2 years (Rhodin et al. 2009, Hayton 2002) such 
that again no major differences in excretion characteristics of tapentadol are anticipated in the 
children and adolescent age groups. 
Data from a multiple dose trial in healthy adult subjects 
 using tapentadol film-coated 
tablets indicated that the pharmacokinetics of tapentadol at steady-state can be predicted from single 
dose pharmacokinetics. An accumulation factor for AUC in the range of 1.4 to 1.7 was observed 
which agreed well with the theoretical ratio of ~1.7 based on the dosing interval and terminal 
half-life. This provides evidence for time-independent pharmacokinetics for tapentadol. By analogy 
to adults, it is expected that the pharmacokinetics of tapentadol in children and adolescents will be 
predictable and time independent after single and multiple dosing.
Based on the pharmacokinetic evidence described above for tapentadol, the sponsor considers it 
justified to move into an adolescent safety and efficacy trial without a prior pharmacokinetic trial in 
this age group using the prolonged release formulation. An advisory committee meeting (in March 
2012) initiated by the FDA to discuss “clinical pharmacology aspects of pediatric clinical trial 
design and dosing to optimize pediatric drug development” recommended, based on an FDA review 
of 22 products recently approved for adolescent use, that for dose confirmation in adolescents 
(12 years to less than 18 years), no pharmacokinetic trials are needed, but that doses can be derived 
using adult data. 
Non-linear mixed effects modeling was performed to develop a population pharmacokinetic model 
in the pediatric population for the tapentadol oral solution and in the adult population for the 
tapentadol PR formulation. The adult tapentadol PR and pediatric tapentadol oral solution models 
were integrated to obtain a combined pediatric tapentadol PR model. This integrated model served 
as a basis for dose selection in the current trial.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997




Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 45 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
collected (adverse events, vital signs, 12-lead ECG, safety laboratory, physical examinations, height 
and body weight, SOWS, and modified CAS questionnaire).
To allow early signal detection and to ensure the safety of the trial subjects, an independent DMC 
(see Section 5.4) will be established to oversee and evaluate data from selected pediatric trials with 
tapentadol administration performed by Grünenthal.
8.5
Benefit/risk analysis
Benefits
Tapentadol has been shown to be effective for the treatment of moderate to severe pain in adults 
(Section 6.2). Although data on the specific efficacy of opioids in children and adolescents is 
limited, it is not expected that these will deviate notably from those observed in adults. A single 
dose pharmacokinetic trial 
 in the same age group as the population in this trial has 
been recently performed by the sponsor, the data of which confirmed the dosing of tapentadol PR 
used in this trial.
The comparator in this trial, morphine PR, is a well-known opioid analgesic with proven efficacy in 
adults.
In addition, subjects enrolled in this trial will be intensively monitored during the treatment period, 
more closely than in routine clinical practice.
Risks
Lack of efficacy
Tapentadol may not be as efficacious in children and adolescents as it is in adults, even if the 
exposure is comparable. However, this is considered to be unlikely.
During the Treatment Period, rescue medication, in the form of morphine oral solution, will be 
available for use as rescue medication if pain relief is insufficient. Thereafter, subjects may receive 
immediate release strong opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and incidental pain.
Safety
The potential risks to subjects in this trial include exposure to tapentadol and morphine, with a 
potential for side effects. Since most of these side effects are related to the use of opioids, i.e., class 
related, and the subjects would anyway require opioid treatment, the added safety risk is considered 
acceptable.
Data on the specific risks of opioids in children and adolescents is limited. However, it is not 
expected that the specific risks of opioids in children and adolescents will deviate from those 
observed in adults. 
Subjects will be monitored for adverse events throughout the trial, and experts in pediatric pain will 
conduct the trial. 
Safety – tapentadol
The assessment of risk for the tapentadol PR is mainly based on experience in adults with the solid 
oral formulations tapentadol IR and tapentadol PR (and a related tamper resistant formulation).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 46 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
The safety profile of tapentadol has been well characterized through a completed clinical program 
in adults and post-marketing experience is now available. The safety of tapentadol PR has been 
demonstrated in a 1 year safety trial in adults.
The potential risks to subjects in this trial include long-term exposure to tapentadol PR, with a 
potential for side effects not discovered during single dose treatment in children and long-term 
treatment in adults. However, it is not expected that the safety profile of tapentadol will deviate 
notably from that in adults based on the pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic properties of 
tapentadol.
Safety – general and blood sampling
This trial has been designed to protect the interests of the subjects, minimizing the risk to them, and 
ensuring compliance with recommendations (EMEA ad hoc working party 2008) for the amount of 
blood drawn (see Section 12.1). Blood sampling for pharmacokinetic assessments and safety 
monitoring will be performed. These are the only invasive procedures associated with the trial. 
Risks to subjects include stress and discomfort, and the risks associated with the blood sampling 
process (venipuncture) and the volume of blood drawn. 
To reduce the subject stress and discomfort, only staff with experience working with children or 
adolescents will draw blood and the application of a local anesthetic before venipuncture is 
recommended. Also, no more than 2 attempts to collect blood for pharmacokinetic evaluations will
be done at any visit.
To keep the volume of blood drawn to a minimum, only laboratories will be used with expertise in 
handling and analyzing biological samples using small volumes. The number of venipunctures will 
also be kept to a minimum. 
Data monitoring committee
To allow early signal detection and to ensure the safety of the trial subjects, an independent DMC 
(see Section 5.4) will be established to oversee and evaluate data from selected pediatric trials with 
tapentadol administration performed by Grünenthal. The DMC will review and evaluate the data
provided, as defined in a DMC charter, on an ongoing basis. The DMC will provide 
recommendations to the sponsor’s steering committee as described in the DMC Charter.
Conclusion
The efficacy of tapentadol is expected to be similar in children and adolescents to that seen in 
adults. The risks associated with the trial, and the risks associated with the administration of 
tapentadol and morphine, are adequately addressed by the mitigation procedures. As the trial 
generates data that will support the prescribing of tapentadol for control of pain in the pediatric 
population, the overall risk-benefit assessment is considered to be such that the trial can be ethically 
performed.
9
SUBJECT ENROLLMENT AND TRIAL DISCONTINUATION
9.1
Subject enrollment procedure
Before the informed consent form and, if applicable, the assent form, is signed, the subjects will be 
screened to identify subjects who could potentially be enrolled into the trial.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 47 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
If a subject is identified to be potentially eligible, the subject, parent(s), or legal guardian(s) will be
requested by the investigator to give consent/(if applicable) assent for the subject’s enrollment in 
the trial as described in Section 4.2. 
The investigator will keep a subject screening log and a subject identification and enrollment log.
9.2
Inclusion/exclusion criteria
9.2.1
Inclusion criteria
See Section 1.3.1.
9.2.2
Exclusion criteria
See Section 1.3.2.
9.2.3
Inclusion criteria for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2)
See Section 1.3.3.
9.2.4
Criteria for entry into the Tapentadol Period or Observation Period
Subjects completing the Treatment Period (Part 1) with tapentadol PR or morphine PR and who 
have need for continued opioid treatment can enter the Tapentadol Period (see Section 1.2.2). 
Subjects not completing the Treatment Period (Part 1), but who have taken at least 1 dose of IMP, 
and those who complete the Treatment Period, but who do not want to continue with tapentadol PR 
treatment, will enter the Observation Period (12 months) (see Section 1.2.3). 
9.3
Trial discontinuation and treatment not completed
Subjects may stop taking IMP (treatment not completed) during the trial, but continue in the 
Observation Period. Subjects may, however, also discontinue participation in the trial completely
(trial not completed).
9.3.1
Reasons for discontinuation of a subject from IMP (treatment not 
completed)
The investigator must discontinue subjects from treatment with IMP (i.e., treatment not completed) 
for the compulsory reasons (stopping criteria) given in Table 1. For reasons marked as optional, the 
investigator may decide to stop IMP administration if the benefit/risk ratio for continued 
administration of IMP is considered not to be favorable.
Table 1:
Reasons for compulsory and optional discontinuation of subjects from investigational 
medicinal product (treatment not completed)
Discontinuation from IMP
Main reason
Compulsory
Optional
Adverse event
-
There is any relevant deterioration in the health of the subject that could alter 
the benefit/risk assessment for the subject, including adverse events, laboratory 
parameters, vital signs, or other safety parameters (e.g., ECG).
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 48 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Discontinuation from IMP
Main reason
Compulsory
Optional
-
A confirmed QT or QTc interval of >470 ms.
X
-
Based on data from the central laboratory, clinically relevant change in liver 
parameters after dosing if the result is confirmed by 1 additional laboratory 
assessment (see Section 19.7), for 1 or more of: 
•
Alanine transaminase or aspartate transaminase is >5 times above the 
upper limit of normal. 
•
Alanine transaminase or aspartate transaminase is >3 times above upper 
limit of normal and total serum bilirubin >2 times above upper limit of 
normal or international normalized ratio (INR) >1.5 times above the upper 
limit of normal (without documented pathological screening value or 
without pharmacological anticoagulation with vitamin K antagonists).
X
Death (trial discontinuation)
X
Lack of efficacy
-
The subject requires more than 4 doses per day of rescue medication on 
2 consecutive days for persistent intolerable pain while taking the highest dose 
of IMP twice daily. 
X
Pregnancy
X
Enrollment failure (trial discontinuation)
X
Protocol deviation
-
The subject is non-compliant with requirements of the trial.
X
-
Subject is using drugs or medical devices that have no marketing authorization 
for human use.
X
-
The subject continues to take more than the maximum allowed dose of IMP 
after being reminded not to do so.
X
-
Subject continues to take less than the minimum allowed dose of IMP 
according to weight group (see Table 2 and Table 3) after being reminded not 
to do so.
X
-
A female subject becomes post-menarchal or turns 12 years of age and is not 
abstinent, or, if sexually active, is not practicing an effective method of birth 
control (e.g., prescription oral contraceptives, contraceptive injections, 
intrauterine device, double-barrier method, contraceptive patch).
X
-
The subject is taking forbidden medication (see Section 10.5.2).
X
-
Surgery during Part 1 (Treatment Period) of the trial that requires post-surgical 
ICU treatment, or that requires post–surgical parenteral pain-treatment, or, in 
the opinion of the investigator, affects the safety of the subject.
X
Lost to follow-up (trial discontinuation)
X
Technical reasons
-
Technical or logistical grounds (e.g., important technical equipment fails).
X
-
Subject no longer requires opioid analgesia.
X
-
Subject requires a change of route of analgesic administration, e.g., because 
they can no longer swallow the tablets.
X
Withdrawal of informed consent (trial discontinuation)
X
Trial terminated by the sponsor (trial discontinuation)
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 49 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
ECG = electrocardiogram; ICU = intensive care unit; IMP = investigational medicinal product.
9.3.2
Reasons for discontinuation of a subject from the trial
Following discontinuation of a subject from IMP, in certain cases (e.g., withdrawal of consent), the 
subject may also need to be discontinued from trial participation (see items marked trial 
discontinuation in Table 1).
9.3.3
Procedure for the handling of prematurely discontinued subjects
The investigator must inform the sponsor in writing about any discontinuation of a subject from the 
trial or from IMP (treatment not completed) and must document any such discontinuation of a 
subject. The investigator must update the interactive response technology system and CRF within 
48 hours of a subject discontinuing. In case of death or any other serious adverse event, the sponsor 
or the sponsor’s authorized delegate must be informed according to the requirements defined in the 
corresponding protocol section about notification of serious adverse events. Where applicable, the 
relevant IEC or IRB must be informed with a detailed written explanation. Also, any technical 
devices provided to the subjects, e.g., electronic diaries, must be collected. 
For all subjects discontinuing the trial or discontinuing IMP (treatment not completed; these 
subjects may continue the trial in the Observation Period), the following information must be 
documented:
•
Reason for discontinuation.
•
If the parent/legal guardian/subject agrees, perform all assessments for Visit VE or Visit ET 
as appropriate, and Visit F7D (Section 1.2).
For subjects discontinued from the trial, the following information must be documented:
•
Status of all new and ongoing (serious) adverse events.
•
All data captured until discontinuation as required at all attended visits, including the 
recording of concomitant medication taken until the day of discontinuation from the trial.
•
Ensure the return of partially used and unused medication kits.
•
Perform a final IMP and, if applicable, rescue drug accountability. 
•
Collect the diary and any other devices provided to the subject.
•
If the subject agrees, perform all assessments/visits as given in Section 1.2.
For subjects discontinued from IMP (treatment not completed), all efforts should be made to:
•
Ensure the return of partially used and unused medication kits.
•
Perform a final IMP and, if applicable, rescue drug accountability. 
•
Collect the diary and any other devices provided to the subject.
•
If the subject agrees, perform all assessments/visits as given in Section 1.2.
Subjects turning 18 years old before Visit VE may continue in the trial. However, an additional 
subject will then be enrolled and allocated to IMP. Otherwise treated subjects will not be replaced. 
See Section 3 for a definition of allocated and treated subjects. Replacement subjects will receive 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 50 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
the same sequence of treatments and undergo the same procedures and assessments up to Visit VE 
as the initially entered subjects.
9.3.4
Premature termination or suspension of the trial
The relevant IEC or IRB, the regulatory authorities, or the sponsor or the sponsor’s authorized 
delegate alone or in conjunction have the power to make a binding decision to prematurely 
terminate or suspend the trial at any or all trial sites. In addition, for an individual trial site, this 
decision can be made by the principal investigator. 
The party prematurely terminating or suspending the trial must promptly inform all other parties 
(i.e., the principal investigator(s), the relevant IEC or IRB, the regulatory authorities, or the 
sponsor/the sponsor’s authorized delegate, as applicable). 
In addition, the investigator must promptly inform the subjects, ensure appropriate follow-up for 
any enrolled subjects, and provide the relevant IEC or IRB and the sponsor or the sponsor’s 
authorized delegate, as applicable, with a detailed written explanation of the termination or 
suspension.
The international coordinating investigator has to be informed immediately if the trial is 
prematurely terminated or suspended.
10
TREATMENTS
10.1
Investigational medicinal product
10.1.1
Identity and composition – tapentadol PR (test)
Name:
Tapentadol prolonged release tablets
Substance code:
CG5503
Substance name:
Tapentadol hydrochloride
Active component(s):
Tapentadol
Dose (strength): 
25 mg, 100 mg tablets (tapentadol)
Manufacturer:
Grünenthal GmbH, Aachen, Germany
For further information about the identity and composition of tapentadol PR, see the current 
investigator’s brochure and the clinical supply specification.
10.1.2
Identity and composition – morphine PR (comparator)
Name:
Morphine prolonged release tablets
Substance name:
Morphine sulfate
Active component(s):
Morphine
Dose (strength): 
10 mg, 30 mg tablets (morphine sulfate)
Final release of the 
re-packaged product:
Grünenthal GmbH, Aachen, Germany
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 51 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.1.3
Packaging and labeling
The IMPs will be manufactured as single oral dosage forms and packed in blister packs. For 
detailed information about the packaging and labeling, see the clinical supply specification.
10.1.4
Delivery, storage and disposal
The sponsor is responsible for supplying the investigator with IMP. These will not be delivered 
until all required documentation (EC/IRB approval, authority approval, signed contract and 
protocol, curriculum vitae) is present at the sponsor.
Storage conditions will be specified on the labels of the IMPs. 
For countries in which tapentadol and morphine have been classified as a controlled/scheduled 
substance, all local requirements for handling, storage, and distribution of narcotics will be 
followed. Controls will be implemented at the trial site to ensure documented compliance with these 
requirements.
10.2
Administration of trial treatments
10.2.1
Administration
The route of administration is oral. Tablets should be taken with at least 50 mL of water or other 
suitable fluid. Tablets can be taken irrespective of food intake.
Subjects taking tapentadol PR 100 mg or more can decide if they prefer to take the smaller 
tapentadol PR 25 mg tablets or a combination of tapentadol PR 25 mg and tapentadol 100 mg 
tablets.
The time of IMP administration and the number of tablets per dose will be captured in the diary
during Part 1 (Treatment Period).
All restrictions and precautions listed in the investigator’s brochure for tapentadol PR and in the 
summary of product characteristics for morphine PR must be followed.
The first dose of IMP will be taken during Visit V2 (Allocation Visit).
A dose must not be repeated if a subject vomits or regurgitates part or all of a dose. Vomiting 
and/or regurgitation of a dose must be recorded as an adverse event.
10.2.2
Total number of doses and dosing interval
The IMP will be taken for 14 (±1) days in Part 1 (Treatment Period) and, thereafter (tapentadol PR 
only), for up to ~12 months in the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. Dosing will be twice daily with a 
dosing interval of ~12 hours (but not less than 6 hours). 
10.2.3
Dose
10.2.3.1
Starting doses in Part 1 for subjects without previous opioid treatment
Subjects will start with the minimum dose (Dose level 1) of tapentadol PR (Table 2) or 
morphine PR (Table 3).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 52 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.2.3.2
Starting doses in Part 1 for subjects with previous opioid treatment
Subjects taking previous opioid treatment will start at 70% of the equi-analgesic dose of their 
previous treatment or lower; depending on the available dose, but using at least the minimum dose 
according to weight group (see Table 2 for tapentadol PR and Table 3 for morphine PR). 
Subjects pre-treated with morphine can continue on their previous dose or next lower dose 
according to Table 2 if the dose does not match a dose given on the dosing table, if randomized to 
morphine.
Conversion from other opioids to morphine should be done according to clinical routine. To 
calculate the dose of prolonged release opioids per intake, it is recommended to calculate the total 
daily dose of the immediate release opioid and divide the result by 2. To rotate subjects from other 
opioids to tapentadol PR, the morphine-equivalent dose should be calculated first followed by the 
calculation of the final tapentadol PR dose (1 mg morphine PR is equivalent to 2.5 mg 
tapentadol PR).
10.2.3.3
Starting dose of tapentadol PR in Part 2
Subjects converting from morphine PR (Treatment Period of Part 1) to tapentadol PR (Tapentadol 
Period of Part 2) will start tapentadol PR at 70% of the current morphine equivalent dose or lower, 
depending on the available dose, but using at least the minimum dose according to their weight 
group (Table 2). 
Subjects treated with tapentadol PR during Part 1 (Treatment Period) will continue on the last dose 
taken during Part 1 and the dose can be adjusted within the pre-defined limits as required during 
Part 2.
10.2.3.4
Titration
The dose of IMP will be titrated within the given limits for dosing according to the body weight 
measured during the last visit (see Table 2 for tapentadol PR and Table 3 for morphine PR).
Subjects will have the dose of IMP titrated up or down according to the pre-specified criteria 
defined below after consulting the investigator at visits throughout the trial or by using telephone 
contacts. However, a subject can reduce the dose at any time without consulting the investigator 
beforehand if a TEAE occurs. The subject should be informed by the investigator to report any dose 
reduction as soon as possible to the investigator.
The decision for a dose increase is at the investigator’s discretion, but should only be done after a 
minimum of 2 days (4 scheduled intakes of IMP) since the last increase to allow attainment of a 
steady state at the current dose.
Subjects who are already on the highest dose but who lose weight during the course of the trial may 
continue on that dose if needed.
10.2.3.4.1
Criteria for up-titration during Part 1 
Subjects will have their dose of IMP increased if the subject reports to the investigator that all of the 
criteria below are met:
•
Good tolerability (no signs of respiratory depression, tolerable nausea, constipation, etc.).
•
Last up-titration was 2 days ago (4 scheduled intakes of IMP). 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 53 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
1 of the following is true:
−
3 doses of rescue medication per 24 hours.
−
Average of pain assessments within the last 24 hours before dosing (“pain right now”) 
50 on VAS for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years at Visit V2.
−
Average of pain assessments within the last 24 hours before dosing (“pain right now”) 
on the FPS-R 5 for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years at Visit V2.
10.2.3.4.2
Criteria for up-titration during Tapentadol Period of Part 2
Subjects will have their dose of IMP increased if the subject reports to the investigator that all of the 
criteria below are met:
•
Good tolerability (no signs of respiratory depression, tolerable nausea, constipation, etc.).
•
Last up-titration was 2 days ago (4 scheduled intakes of IMP). 
10.2.3.4.3
Criteria for down-titration
Down-titration is recommended but not obligatory if at least 1 of the following criteria is met:
•
Pain <30 on VAS for the last 72 hours for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years at 
Visit V2.
•
Pain <3 on the FPS-R for the last 72 hours for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years at 
Visit V2.
•
The dose can be decreased any time due to TEAEs.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 54 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.2.4
Titration and dosing tables
Table 2:
Tapentadol PR dosing table
Weight
(kg)
Minimum/Starting 
dose a
Dose level 1
Titration
Maximum dose
Dose level 5
Dose level 2
Dose level 3
Dose level 4
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
17.5 to <22.5
25
25
50
50
-
-
-
-
75
75
22.5 to <27.5
25
25
50
50
75
75
-
-
100
100
27.5 to <32.5
25 b
50 b
75
75
100
100
-
-
125
125
32.5 to <40.0
50
50
75
75
100
100
125
125
150
150
40.0 to <45.0
50
50
100
100
125
125
150
150
175
175
45.0 to <50.0
75
75
100
100
150
150
175
175
200
200
50.0 to <55.0
75
75
100
100
150
150
200
200
225
225
55.0 to <60.0 c
75
75
100
100
150
150
200
200
250
250
60.0 c
100
100
125
125
150
150
200
200
250
250
a) Subjects taking less than the minimum dose according to their weight group may be discontinued from 
investigational medicinal product.
b) The first intake is 25 mg (irrespective whether first taken in the morning of evening) and the second and subsequent 
intakes are 50 mg.
c) Subjects with a bodyweight of 55.0 kg or higher will receive a maximum dose of tapentadol PR 250 mg twice daily.
M = morning; E = evening; PR = prolonged release.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 55 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Table 3:
Morphine PR dosing table
Weight
(kg)
Minimum/Starting
dose a
Dose level 1
Titration
Maximum dose
Dose level 5
Dose level 2
Dose level 3
Dose level 4
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
M (mg)
E (mg)
17.5 to <22.5
10
10
20
20
-
-
-
-
30
30
22.5 to <27.5
10
10
20
20
30
30
40
40
27.5 to <32.5
10 b
20 b
30
30
40
40
-
-
50
50
32.5 to <40.0
20
20
30
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
40.0 to <45.0
20
20
40
40
50
50
60
60
70
70
45.0 to <50.0
30
30
40
40
60
60
70
70
80
80
50.0 to <55.0
30
30
40
40
60
60
80
80
90
90
55.0 to <60.0 c
30
30
40
40
60
60
80
80
100
100
60.0 c
40
40
50
50
60
60
80
80
100
100
a) Subjects taking less than the minimum dose according to their weight group may be discontinued from 
investigational medicinal product.
b) The first intake (irrespective whether first taken in the morning of evening) is 10 mg and the second and subsequent 
intakes are 20 mg.
c) Subjects with a bodyweight of 55 kg or higher will receive a maximum dose of morphine PR 100 mg twice daily.
M = morning; E = evening; PR = prolonged release.
10.3
Method of assigning subjects to treatment (allocation)
An interactive response technology system (voice and web based) will be used to assign a subject 
number at the Enrollment Visit (Visit V1) of Part 1 and to support the drug supply chain 
management processes of distribution and return. Details of the vendor and the system will be
defined in a separate document and filed in the trial master file at the end of trial.
The investigator or person assigned by the investigator must log into the system using their own 
user identification number and a password. The investigator or person assigned by the investigator 
will enter the subject’s number and other information required by the system to obtain a medication 
number. The medication number is then used to select the correct package of IMP to give to the 
subject.
10.3.1
Part 1
Subjects who comply with all inclusion criteria and do not meet any of the exclusion criteria will be 
randomly assigned to 1 of the 2 treatment arms at Visit V2 (Allocation Visit) for the duration of the 
Treatment Period. 
Subjects will be stratified using the interactive response technology system by age group (6 years to 
less than 12 years and 12 years to less than 18 years, at Visit V2 [Allocation Visit]) so that at least 
25% of the subjects are in the younger age group, and by underlying pain condition (cancer/non-
cancer-related pain).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 56 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
The following aspects will be requested by the interactive response technology system: body 
weight, age group of the subject, underlying pain condition, previous opioid treatment for first IMP 
supply, and preferred strength (25 mg or a combination of 25 mg and 100 mg), if applicable.
10.3.2
Part 2
At Visit VE, subjects will be discontinued from treatment in the interactive response technology 
system or be offered further treatment with tapentadol PR. Subjects who were treated with 
morphine PR will be offered further treatment with tapentadol PR in the interactive response 
technology system. 
The following aspects will be reflected by the system: body weight, previous treatment in Part 1 
(morphine PR or tapentadol PR) for first IMP supply in Part 2, and preferred strength (25 mg or a 
combination of 25 mg and 100 mg), if applicable.
10.4
Blinding and unblinding
This is an open-label trial.
10.5
Allowed and forbidden and prior/concomitant medications/therapies
Where appropriate, the following only apply to subjects taking IMP.
Restrictions apply to prior medication/therapy use, and subjects will be instructed to only use 
allowed concomitant medication/therapy during the trial. 
If, in the interests of the subject’s safety, the administration of forbidden concomitant 
medication/therapy is required, the sponsor should be informed in advance (or promptly after the 
instance).
For information about potential interactions with concomitant medication/therapy, see the current 
investigator’s brochure for tapentadol PR or the summary of product characteristics for 
morphine PR.
In emergency situations, medication according to standard medical knowledge should be initiated.
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments 
are also considered to be allowed.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 57 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.5.1
Allowed prior and concomitant medications/therapies
Allowed concomitant medications/therapies with timely or dose restrictions are:
On the day of allocation to IMP (Visit V2):
•
Weak and strong opioids up to a morphine-equivalent dose of <3.5 mg/kg per day.
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE):
•
Rescue medication (morphine oral solution) provided by the sponsor.
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE 
until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Intravenous opioids during surgery.
During the Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Immediate release strong opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and incidental pain. 
10.5.2
Forbidden prior and concomitant medication/therapies
Forbidden prior and concomitant medication/therapies are:
Before allocation to IMP (Visit V2) and during the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) 
and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
From 14 days prior to Visit V2 until the last intake of IMP: Monoamine oxidase inhibitors. 
•
From 30 days prior to Visit V2 until the last intake of IMP: Any medication or medical 
devices without a marketing authorization for human use.
Subjects may not undergo a washout of the above for the purposes of the trial.
During the Treatment Period (from Visit V2 to Visit VE) and Tapentadol Period (from Visit VE 
until Visit ET/Visit F12M):
•
Non-trial supplied opioids (unless covered by allowed concomitant treatments).
10.5.3
Cautionary use
Caution should be exercised with concomitant medication that:
•
May enhance the risk of central nervous or respiratory depression.
General anesthetics, phenothiazines, other tranquilizers, sedatives, hypnotics or other 
central nervous system depressants (including alcohol and illicit drugs) taken concomitantly 
with tapentadol may exhibit interactive effects resulting in respiratory depression, 
hypotension, profound sedation, or coma.
•
Is a serotoninergic medicinal product (e.g., selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors).
In isolated cases, there have been reports of serotonin syndrome in a temporal connection 
with the therapeutic use of tapentadol in combination with serotoninergic medicinal 
products such as selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitors.
•
Is a strong enzyme inducer (e.g., rifampicin, phenobarbital, St John’s Wort) that is started
or stopped during the intake of IMP, since this may lead to decreased efficacy or risk of 
adverse effects, respectively.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 58 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.6
Rescue medication
During Part 1 (Treatment Period) only, morphine oral solution will be supplied by the sponsor as 
rescue medication for both treatment groups.
An interactive response technology system (voice and web based) will be used to assign subjects to 
rescue medication.
Name:
Morphine oral solution
Substance name:
Morphine sulfate or morphine hydrochloride
Active component(s): 
Morphine
Dose (strength): 
0.5% and/or 2.0% 
Final release of the 
re-packaged product:
Grünenthal GmbH, Aachen, Germany
During Part 2, the use of immediate release strong opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and 
incidental pain is allowed.
10.6.1
Dose
The dose of morphine oral solution per intake of rescue medication is ~1/6 of the total daily dose of 
morphine PR treatment or ~1/6 of the morphine equivalent dose of tapentadol PR treatment.
The investigators and parent or legal guardian of the subject will be provided with a table showing 
clearly what dose of morphine oral solution the subject should take as rescue medication. 
Subjects on the highest dose of IMP are not allowed to take more than 4 doses of rescue medication 
per day on 2 consecutive days as this indicates a lack of efficacy (defined as a discontinuation 
criteria, see Section 9.3.1). No more than 10 doses of rescue medication at any dose level are 
allowed per day.
10.6.2
Reasons for administration
Rescue medication may be given in Part 1 for:
•
Breakthrough pain without clear cause.
•
End-of-dose failure indicating a requirement of adjustment of the dose of IMP.
•
Increased activity or movement (incidental pain).
•
Withdrawal symptoms such as hyperalgesia that appeared during the first days of titration 
after the previous treatment with an opioid were stopped.
•
Prevention of pain during titration, if considered necessary by the investigator.
10.6.3
Documentation
The intake of rescue medication (time and dose [mg]) will be documented by the subject, parent or 
legal guardian on a daily basis in the diary preferably after each intake of rescue medication in the 
Treatment Period.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 59 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
10.7
Documentation of drug accountability
For tapentadol PR and morphine PR tablets, drug accountability must be performed on a tablet basis 
per assigned IMP kit.
The bottles of rescue medication oral solution (morphine) will be weighed using appropriately 
calibrated scales before handing out to the subject/parent or legal guardian and at return to allow 
drug accountability. 
The investigator is obliged to keep documentation of the receipt, inventory, use, and destruction or 
return of unused, used, or partially used packages of trial treatment(s). The documentation must 
include trial treatment name, dates, quantities, subject numbers, batch/serial numbers or other 
identification numbers, expiration dates, and the means to identify the subject to whom it was 
given.
In addition to records in the documentation, e.g., source documents, CRF, the investigator must 
maintain documentation of drug accountability, i.e., separate records of the subject’s numbers, date 
of dispensing, and amount of trial treatment(s) dispensed to each subject and returned by each 
subject, and the return date.
Before the unused IMPs and other medications supplied to the investigator are returned or 
destroyed, the investigator must allow sponsor representatives to perform drug reconciliation. The 
entries in the documentation will be compared with the returned and residual trial treatment(s), and 
the administration/intake as documented in the CRF, with clarification of any discrepancies or 
inconsistencies. The documentation should also be checked regarding the expected amount to be 
returned according to the expected treatment dose.
See Section 12.8 for compliance limits.
11
TRIAL PROCEDURES
See Section 1.1 for a summary of the trial as a flow diagram and Section 1.2 for tabular schedules 
of events for each period. A trial site visit may be performed as a home visit after prior approval by 
the sponsor.
11.1
Course of the trial
11.1.1
Part 1
11.1.1.1
Enrollment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 to Day 1)
During this period, the general suitability of the subjects for the trial will be assessed. Subjects will 
be considered to be trial participants when enrolled. The following procedures will be performed:
•
Obtain informed consent and (if required by local law) assent (see Section 4.2 for the 
procedure). The informed consent/assent may be obtained earlier than Day -14.
•
Record demographic data (date of signing the informed consent/assent form, sex, age, and 
race/ethnicity).
•
Record relevant medical history and pain history.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 60 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Record prior and concomitant medication and therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination and document findings.
•
Record height and body weight. 
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Record a 12-lead ECG. The inclusion as well as discontinuation of a subject will be based 
on the judgment of the investigator. If the subject has been included but fulfills any of the 
discontinuation criteria based on the ECG analysis report of the central ECG laboratory, the 
ECG must be repeated within 1 week of receiving the central ECG report and the subject 
must be discontinued if any of the discontinuation criteria is confirmed by the investigator.
•
Take blood for safety laboratory investigations (for both the central and local laboratories).
The local laboratory sample does not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable 
results from the same local laboratory are available from a blood sample obtained in the 
14 days prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Perform a urine test for drugs of abuse.
•
Evaluate subject suitability for trial participation according to the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria as applicable (e.g., excluding results of central laboratory tests not yet available).
Compliance with the exclusion criteria pertaining to laboratory analyses will be checked 
based on local laboratory values. The parameters needed for this assessment comprise: total 
serum bilirubin, serum albumin, aspartate transaminase, alanine transaminase, and serum 
creatinine. The creatinine clearance will be calculated by the electronic CRF.
•
Assess and record adverse events that occur after signing the informed consent form.
•
Dispense the subject trial card to the subject/parent/guardian.
11.1.1.2
Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1)
If Visit V1 and Visit V2 are on the same day, the following procedures will not be repeated:
•
Record age.
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Assess and record adverse events.
The following Day 1 specific evaluations will be carried out:
•
Perform a urine pregnancy test in female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 
12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
•
Check inclusion and exclusion criteria. Compliance with the exclusion criteria will be 
checked based on local laboratory values. The parameters needed for this assessment 
comprise: total serum bilirubin, serum albumin, aspartate transaminase, alanine 
transaminase, and serum creatinine. The creatinine clearance will be calculated 
automatically by the electronic CRF.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 61 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Set up diary.
•
Dispense diary.
•
Instruct subject, parent(s), or legal guardian(s) on how to use diary.
−
Give instructions to record pain assessment twice daily in the diary (VAS and FPS-R)
until Visit VE.
−
Give instructions to record intake of IMP and rescue medication in the diary, including
time of administration.
•
Record “pain right now” in the diary (VAS and FPS-R) before any painful or unpleasant 
procedure, and before the first intake of IMP as a baseline value.
•
Complete the modified CAS.
•
Allocate subject to treatment (see Section 10.3).
•
Dispense IMP and rescue medication (see Section 10.6).
•
Administer the first dose of IMP to the subject (see Section 10.2.1). The first dose of IMP 
will be taken during this visit, within 24 hours after randomization. Day 1 is the day of first 
IMP intake. Record administration in the diary.
•
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), guardian(s), or caregiver on IMP/rescue medication use 
(handling and intake). 
•
Discuss IMP titration/dose adjustment.
•
Take a single blood sample for serum pharmacokinetics from subjects on tapentadol PR at 
1 hour to 6 hours after IMP for out-patients or at 3 hours to 6 hours after IMP intake for 
hospitalized subjects. 
11.1.1.3
Visit V3 (Day 8 ± 1)
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Train/instruct subject(s), parent(s), or legal guardian(s) how to use the diary.
−
Give instructions to record pain assessment twice daily in diary (VAS and FPS-R) until 
Visit VE.
−
Give instructions to record intake of IMP and rescue medication in the diary, including
time of administration.
•
Check diary compliance.
•
Complete the modified CAS questionnaire.
•
Complete the acceptability and palatability of IMP questionnaire.
•
Collect returned IMP and rescue medication.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 62 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
−
Confirm whether returned amount of rescue medication matches expected amount to be 
returned. 
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Dispense IMP and rescue medication.
•
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), guardian(s), or caregiver on IMP/rescue medication use 
(handling and intake). Exchange instruction sheet if necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
•
Discuss IMP titration/dose adjustment.
•
Take blood sample for serum pharmacokinetics (at any time during the visit, but after 
measuring the pain scores) from subjects on tapentadol PR. 
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Assess discontinuation criteria.
11.1.1.4
Visit VE (Day 15 ± 1, End of Treatment Visit)
This visit is planned for Day 15 ± 1, but must also be performed within 3 days after last intake of 
IMP if a subject discontinues IMP during the Treatment Period.
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record age of subject.
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record height.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Record a 12-lead ECG.
•
Record “pain right now” in the CRF (VAS and FPS-R) - only for subjects going into the 
Tapentadol Period.
•
Complete the following questionnaires:
−
Modified CAS.
−
Acceptability and palatability of IMP.
−
Dispense SOWS questionnaire for completion at home if this is the visit of the last 
intake of IMP (only for subjects going in to the Observation Period). To be completed 
once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of IMP. To be collected at 
Visit F7D.
•
Check diary compliance.
•
Collect the diary for subjects not entering the Tapentadol Period (Part 2).
•
Collect returned IMP and rescue medication.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 63 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
−
Confirm whether returned amount of rescue medication matches expected amount to be 
returned. 
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Take blood sample for serum pharmacokinetics (at any time during the visit, but after 
measuring the pain scores) from subjects on tapentadol PR. 
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Perform a urine pregnancy test in female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 
12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
•
Assess and record adverse events. Document changes (e.g., in the intensity) of each 
ongoing adverse event.
•
Check discontinuation criteria for IMP intake.
•
Check subject eligibility and assign eligible subjects to the Tapentadol Period or 
Observation Periods.
For subjects entering the Tapentadol Period:
•
Instruct the subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s) or caregiver about the Tapentadol Period, 
including:
−
Discuss titration/dose adjustment if subject transfers from morphine PR.
−
Dispense IMP.
−
Retrain subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver on use of IMP (handling and 
intake).
•
Train/instruct subject(s), parent(s), or legal guardian(s) how to use the diary.
−
Give instructions to record intake of IMP in the diary, including time of administration.
Exchange instruction sheet if necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
For subjects assigned to the Observation Period:
•
Instruct the subject, parent(s), or legal guardian(s) about the Observation Period. 
11.1.2
Part 2 – Tapentadol Period
Subjects completing the Treatment Period (Part 1) with tapentadol PR or morphine PR and who 
have need for continued opioid treatment can enter the Tapentadol Period. Assignment to the 
Tapentadol Period needs to be documented in the CRF and the interactive response technology 
system. Subjects will be followed until Visit F12M. Subjects in the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 may 
stop treatment early (before Visit F12M) and switch to Observation period for the remainder of 
Part 2.
11.1.2.1
Visit M1 (Day 7 ± 2) and Visit M2 (Day 14 ± 2)
As withdrawal symptoms may occur in subjects transferring from morphine PR to tapentadol PR, 
because they start tapentadol PR at 70% of the equivalent morphine dose, these subjects will have 
2 additional visits at the beginning of the Part 2 Tapentadol Period (Visit M1 and Visit M2). 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 64 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Visit M1 and Visit M2 in the Tapentadol Period are only for subjects who had been previously 
allocated to morphine PR in the Treatment Period.
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Record “pain right now” in the CRF (VAS and FPS-R).
•
Train/instruct subject(s), parent(s) or legal guardian(s) how to use the diary.
−
Give instructions to record intake of IMP in the diary, including time of administration.
•
Check diary compliance.
•
Collect returned IMP.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Dispense IMP.
•
Discuss titration/dose adjustment.
•
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver on the use of IMP (handling 
and intake). Exchange instruction sheet if necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Check discontinuation criteria.
11.1.2.2
Visit TP1 to TP12 (every 28 days after Visit VE, range: ±5 days)
Visits TP1 to TP12 are performed at ~28 day intervals in all subjects in the Tapentadol Period. The 
following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record height (only at Visit TP3, Visit TP6, Visit TP9, and Visit TP12).
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Record “pain right now” in the CRF (VAS and FPS-R).
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry; only at Visit TP3, 
Visit TP6, Visit TP9, and Visit TP12).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis (only at Visit TP3, Visit TP6, Visit TP9, and 
Visit TP12).
•
Perform a urine pregnancy test in female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 
12 years (only at Visit TP3, Visit TP6, Visit TP9, and Visit TP12) at the time of the 
scheduled visit.
•
Train/instruct subject(s), parent(s), or legal guardian(s) how to use the diary.
−
Give instructions to record intake of IMP in the diary, including time of administration.
•
Check diary compliance.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 65 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Collect returned IMP.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Dispense IMP.
•
Discuss titration/dose adjustment 
•
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver on IMP (handling and 
intake). Exchange instruction sheet if necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Check discontinuation criteria.
11.1.2.3
Visit ET (Early Termination Visit)
Visit ET must be performed within 3 days after last intake of IMP if IMP is stopped before 
Visit F12M in Part 2. If Visit F12M and Visit ET are performed on the same day, assessments 
scheduled for both visits will not be repeated at Visit F12M.
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record height.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Complete the following questionnaires:
−
Modified CAS questionnaire.
−
Dispense SOWS questionnaire for completion at home if this is the visit of the last 
intake of IMP. To be completed once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of 
IMP. To be collected at Visit F7D. 
•
Record “pain right now” in the CRF (VAS and FPS-R).
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Perform a urine pregnancy test in female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 
12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
•
Check diary compliance.
•
Collect the diary.
•
Collect returned IMP.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 66 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
11.1.2.4
Visit F12M (at 12 months after Visit VE, range ±14 days)
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record height.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Complete the following questionnaires:
−
Modified CAS questionnaire.
−
Dispense SOWS questionnaire for completion at home if this is the visit of the last 
intake of IMP. To be completed once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of 
IMP. To be collected at Visit F7D.
•
Record “pain right now” in the CRF (VAS and FPS-R).
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Perform a urine pregnancy test in female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 
12 years at the time of the scheduled visit.
•
Check diary compliance.
•
Collect the diary if IMP has been stopped at this visit, if not already collected.
•
Collect returned IMP.
•
Perform drug accountability:
−
Confirm and document compliance with IMP intake.
−
Verify discrepancies with subject, or parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
11.1.3
Visit F7D (Final post treatment visit, at 7 days after stopping IMP, range
±2 days)
Visit F7D is the final post treatment visit, performed 7 days (±2) after stopping IMP, i.e., after 
Visit F12M, or after Visit VE for subjects stopping IMP in Part 1, or Visit ET for subjects stopping 
IMP before Visit F12M in Part 2.
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Collect the completed SOWS questionnaires.
•
Assess and record adverse events. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 67 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial cards (if the subject is discontinuing 
from the trial).
11.1.4
Part 2 – Observation Period
Subjects not completing the Treatment Period (Part 1), but who have taken at least 1 dose of IMP, 
and those who complete the Treatment Period but who do not want to continue with tapentadol PR, 
will enter the Observation Period (12 months). Assignment to the Observation Period needs to be 
documented in the CRF and the interactive response technology system Subjects will be followed 
until Visit F12M. Subjects in the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 may stop treatment early (before 
Visit F12M) and switch to Observation period for the remainder of Part 2. Subjects transferring 
before Visit F12M from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period will continue in the 
Observation Period starting from the same trial day number.
11.1.4.1
Visit OP3, Visit OP6, and Visit OP9 (at 3, 6, 9 months after Visit VE, range
±14 days)
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
11.1.4.2
Visit OPx (unscheduled final visit)
Visit OPx is an unscheduled visit during the Observation Period when the subject stops further 
participation in the trial. The assessments are performed for all subjects who discontinue from the 
Observation Period, unless informed consent is withdrawn.
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record height.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Complete the following questionnaires:
−
Modified CAS questionnaire.
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial cards.
11.1.4.3
Visit F12M (at 12 months after Visit VE, range ±14 days)
The following procedures will be performed:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 68 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Perform a physical examination, document that it was performed, and record changes to 
previous assessment.
•
Record height.
•
Record body weight.
•
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
•
Complete the following questionnaires:
−
Modified CAS questionnaire.
•
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical chemistry).
•
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial cards.
11.1.5
Phone contacts
Phone contacts can be made at any time, e.g., if the subject wants to report adverse events, or has 
questions regarding concomitant medication intake/therapies. If no trial site visit takes place, phone 
contacts are mandatory if the subject would like to up or down titrate the IMP. A trial site visit may 
be performed as a home visit after prior approval by the sponsor.
The following will be recorded:
•
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies.
•
Discuss titration/dose adjustment.
•
Record reason for dose adjustment and new dose, if applicable.
•
Assess and record adverse events.
•
Check discontinuation criteria.
11.1.6
Additional trial site attendance
A parent or legal guardian (or subject if 18 years or older) may additionally visit the investigator’s 
site solely for the purpose of obtaining further supplies of IMP, especially at trial sites where 
provision of narcotics to subjects is limited. This may be performed without the presence of the 
subject.
11.2
Examination hierarchy and time windows
No procedures for this trial are allowed to be performed before the informed consent/(if required) 
assent is obtained.
Non-invasive procedures, e.g., recording of pain assessment, should be performed before invasive 
procedures. Blood samples for safety laboratory and pharmacokinetics should be taken after all 
non-invasive procedures are completed and should be taken together when scheduled for the same 
visit. The exact order in which procedures are performed may deviate due to local circumstances 
and will not constitute, per se, a protocol deviation.
The visit time windows are not cumulative, and visits should be performed at the times specified 
within the given time window (Section 1.2).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 69 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
11.3
Conditions during the trial
11.3.1
Medical care
For any adverse events, a causal or symptomatic treatment according to standard medical practice 
will be performed if deemed necessary by the investigator. The medical care given to, and medical 
decisions made on behalf of, the subjects will always be the responsibility of a qualified physician.
See the guidance for the investigator given in the investigator’s brochure for tapentadol PR and the 
summary of product characteristics for morphine PR for precautions and emergencies relevant for 
this trial, e.g., for the management of overdose.
11.3.2
General restrictions
Subjects must refrain from drinking beverages containing alcohol and recreational intake of drugs 
while on IMP.
All restrictions and precautions, e.g., regarding prior food intake, listed in the investigator’s 
brochure for tapentadol PR and in the summary of product characteristics for morphine PR must 
also be followed. Otherwise, there are no general restrictions on the subjects. 
11.3.3
Counseling of female subjects of reproductive age
All female subjects of childbearing potential (post-menarchal and not surgically incapable of 
childbearing), including those with the menarche during the trial or are or become 12 years old,
should be counseled on the need to practice medically acceptable methods of birth control during 
the trial and on the importance of avoiding pregnancy while on IMP. Counseling should take place 
at the start of the trial or during the trial if the child is post-menarchal. Counseling must be 
documented in the source documents and CRF.
Medically acceptable methods of birth control include:
•
Hormonal contraceptives.
•
Intra-uterine devices used according to the product’s instruction. 
•
Double-barrier methods (condom and occlusive cap [diaphragm or cervical/vault caps] with 
spermicidal foam/gel/film/cream/suppository). A female condom and a male condom 
should not be used together as friction between the two can result in either product failing.
All female subjects of childbearing potential will be counseled to contact the investigator or trial 
site staff immediately if pregnancy is suspected.
11.4
Subject trial cards
Subjects/parent(s)/legal guardian(s), as applicable, will receive a “subject trial card”. The trial card 
will list at a minimum the following information:
•
Name of the subject and a statement that he/she is currently participating in a clinical trial.
•
Trial code.
•
Dates of all individual visits.
•
Name of investigator.
•
Contact (telephone) number at the trial site.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 70 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
11.5
Provisions of any additional care of subject after trial termination
After stopping the IMP, subjects will be treated by their physicians according to the specific 
standard treatment in the country concerned.
11.6
Low enrollment
Trial sites with a low enrollment rate may be required by the sponsor/coordinating 
investigator/contract research organization to stop further recruitment at once or to cease 
participation in the trial.
A low recruitment rate is defined as no subject allocated to IMP within 16 weeks of IMP 
availability at the trial site, and no subject allocation to IMP within 1 year after the last subject was 
allocated to IMP.
12
DATA COLLECTION
12.1
Overview of blood sampling in this trial
The application of a local anesthetic (patch, cream or gel) to the skin of 2 potential locations for 
vein puncture before the blood samples are taken is recommended. Immediately before the blood 
sampling, the locations must be cleaned to remove any residuals of the local anesthetic.
Blood can be taken through a central venous line if in place and there is a spare line through which 
no medication is administered. The amount of blood that needs to be discarded when collecting it 
via the central line needs to be taken into account so as not to exceed the maximum allowed amount 
of blood.
If possible, blood samples for safety laboratory evaluations and serum pharmacokinetics should be 
taken at the same time. Sampling times are given in the schedule of events (Section 1.2). The local 
laboratory sample does not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable results from the same 
local laboratory are available from a blood sample obtained in the 14 days prior to Visit 2 for other 
reasons.
Table 4:
Approximate volume of blood to be collected from each subject during Part 1
Examination
Blood per test
Number of samples
Total per test b
Blood sampling for serum pharmacokinetics a
0.5 mL
3
1.5 mL
Clinical chemistry – central laboratory
2 mL
2
4 mL
Hematology – central laboratory
2 mL
2
4 mL
Clinical chemistry – local laboratory
2 mL
1
2 mL
Total
11.5 mL
The volume of blood taken may be individually variable due to flushing, resampling etc.
a) Blood samples for serum pharmacokinetics will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR.
b) Calculated as number of samples multiplied by amount of blood per sample.
PR = prolonged release.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 71 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Table 5:
Approximate volume of blood to be collected from each subject during the 
Tapentadol Period of Part 2
Examination
Blood per test
Number of samples
Total per test a
Clinical chemistry – central laboratory
2 mL
6
12 mL
Hematology – central laboratory
2 mL
6
12 mL
Total
24 mL
The volume of blood taken may be individually variable due to flushing, resampling etc.
a) Calculated as number of samples multiplied by amount of blood per sample.
The expected total blood volume drawn per subject will not exceed 12 mL during the Part 1 of the 
trial, and 25 mL during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. Approximately 4 mL blood (2 mL for 
hematology and 2 mL for clinical chemistry) will be taken at Visit F12M of the Observation Period.
Additional blood may be drawn if a (serious) adverse event occurs or if the investigator considers it 
necessary.
The volumes of blood taken for each assessment may vary due to trial site requirements; however,
the total planned blood volume drawn per subject during the trial (Part 1 and Part 2) should not 
generally exceed 37 mL (excluding any blood that is discarded), i.e., will stay well within the 
maximum acceptable level of blood loss recommended in a pediatric population (EMEA ad hoc 
working party 2008).
12.2
Collection of subject characteristics data
12.2.1
Demographic data
Demographic data (date of signing the informed consent/assent form, sex, age, and race/ethnicity)
will be recorded in the CRF. 
12.2.2
Medical history
The clinically relevant medical history of the subject per investigator’s opinion will be documented 
in the CRF.
12.2.3
Pain history
The history, underlying pain condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain), and treatments given in the 
last 30 days for pain before enrollment will be recorded in the CRF.
12.2.4
Prior and concomitant medications and therapies
All therapies, medication requiring prescriptions (including oral contraceptives) and/or 
over-the-counter medication used within 30 days prior to enrollment and up to the end of the trial 
must be recorded in the CRF. 
All additions to or changes in therapy, prescriptions and/or over-the-counter medication after 
enrollment must be recorded in the CRF, for changes in therapy as a new entry.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 72 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
12.3
Collection of pharmacokinetic data
12.3.1
Blood sampling for serum pharmacokinetics
Blood samples for pharmacokinetic evaluations will only be drawn from subjects on tapentadol PR. 
No blood samples will be drawn from subjects on morphine PR for pharmacokinetic evaluations.
The instructions given in Section 12.1 should be followed for blood sampling for serum 
pharmacokinetics. No more than 2 attempts to collect blood for pharmacokinetic evaluations should 
be done at any visit. The exact dates and times of blood sample collection must be recorded in the 
CRF. See Section 19.8, for instructions for the handling and shipping of the pharmacokinetic 
samples.
12.3.2
Bioanalytical assays
Serum concentrations of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide will be determined using a 
validated bioanalytical assay under the supervision of the sponsor’s department of 
pharmacokinetics.
The bioanalytical report, including a description of the assays and a summary of the assay 
performance data, will be included in the final integrated clinical trial report.
12.4
Collection of efficacy data
12.4.1
Pain intensity
During the trial, the following pain evaluations will be performed at the time points indicated in the 
schedule of events (see Section 1.2). Information related to the rationale for these evaluations and 
the validation of the pain scales is given in Section 12.7.
During Part 1, subjects will document the pain they have at present, twice daily (preferably directly 
before IMP administration) in their diary. Subjects will document the pain by using first the VAS
and directly thereafter the FPS-R. If required, the subjects may be helped by their parent or legal 
guardian or a health care provider.
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the investigator will document the pain that the subject has at 
each visit in the CRF based on the FPS-R and VAS.
Documentation of the pain scales actually used will be maintained.
12.4.1.1
Visual analog scale
The subject will be asked to indicate the current level of pain intensity at the time of assessment on 
a validated vertical VAS scale (see example in Section 19.2). It will be scored such that a score of 0 
is equivalent to “no pain” and a score of 100 is equivalent to “pain as bad as it could be”.
12.4.1.2
Faces Pain Scale – Revised 
The subject will be asked to indicate the current level of pain intensity at the time of assessment 
using the FPS-R (see Section 19.3). The FPS-R is a validated self-reported 6 point scale with 0 
representing “no pain” and 10 representing “very much pain”. Facial representations are used to 
indicate how much the pain hurts.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 73 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
12.5
Questionnaires
The subject will fill in the questionnaires at the visits as described in the schedule of events 
(Section 1.2). The caregiver, parent, or legal guardian may assist the subject completing the 
questionnaires. If the subject is not able to read, the caregiver, parents, or legal guardians will fill in 
the questionnaires together with the subject. The investigator will document the scores of the 
questionnaires in the CRF. 
Documentation of the questionnaires actually used will be maintained.
12.5.1
Modified constipation assessment scale
The constipation assessment scale was developed and validated for people with cancer (McMillan 
and Williams 1989), and was revised for use in children with cancer (Woolery et al. 2006). Strong 
validity and reliability data have been obtained in several small samples, including adults and 
children with cancer. Because the assessment takes only 2 minutes to complete, it is useful in the 
clinical setting.
The scale has 8 items that inquire about subjective symptoms that commonly occur with 
constipation (see Section 19.4). Total scoring goes from 0 = no constipation to 16 = worst possible 
constipation.
12.5.2
Acceptability and palatability of investigational medicinal product
Responses for palatability and acceptability will be evaluated on 5 point hedonic scales in 
combination with a verbal rating (Guinard 2001) (see Section 19.6). 
Palatability will be assessed by asking the following question “How does the tablet taste”. The 
verbal rating is from really good, good, a bit good/a bit bad, bad, and really bad.
Acceptability will be assessed by asking the following question “Swallowing the tablet was ...”. The 
verbal rating is really easy, easy, a bit easy/a bit difficult, difficult, and really difficult.
12.5.3
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
The SOWS questionnaire is a self-administered scale for grading opioid withdrawal symptoms 
(Handelsman et al. 1987). It contains 16 symptoms whose intensity the patient rates on a scale of 0 
(not at all) to 4 (extremely) (see Section 19.5). The original scale including 16 questions has been 
used in a detoxification setting of opioid addicts. More recently, it is being used in rapid 
detoxification with 15 questions. The first 15 questions of the 16-question SOWS questionnaire are 
appropriate for the studied population. It takes less than 10 minutes to complete. The scale has been 
demonstrated to be a valid and reliable indicator of the severity of the opiate withdrawal syndrome 
over a wide range of common signs and symptoms.
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed by the subjects at home daily until the seventh day 
after the last intake of IMP. It will be collected at Visit F7D.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 74 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
12.6
Collection of safety data
12.6.1
Adverse events
All adverse events will be documented from the time of enrollment (i.e., the time the informed 
consent form is signed) up to the time of the last protocol scheduled contact has occurred, i.e., date 
of last visit/contact (can be a phone call, e.g., in case of withdrawal).
Changes in any of the attributes of an ongoing adverse event will be documented separately, by 
recording a separate episode of the same adverse event (details will be given in the CRF completion 
guideline).
All adverse events will be sorted into the categories: non-treatment emergent adverse events (non-
TEAEs) and TEAEs.
Definition of adverse events
An adverse event is any untoward medical occurrence, i.e., any unfavorable and unintended sign 
(including an abnormal laboratory finding), symptom, or disease, in a subject enrolled in a clinical 
trial.
Pre-existing diseases or conditions occurring before enrollment are not considered to be adverse 
events unless there is an untoward change in intensity, frequency, or quality after enrollment. 
Lack of efficacy per se is not considered to be an adverse event.
A newly diagnosed pregnancy of an enrolled female subject will not be considered an adverse event
itself unless it is suspected that the trial treatment interacted with a contraceptive method. In this 
case, the pregnancy will be considered a TEAE. A congenital anomaly as an outcome of this 
pregnancy will be considered a serious TEAE.
All newly diagnosed pregnancies of enrolled female subjects will be reported to the sponsor’s Drug 
Safety Department within 24 hours after first knowledge. These pregnancies will be documented 
using a pregnancy reporting form with all available information provided and followed up to 
determine the outcome post parturition.
Definition of non-treatment emergent adverse events
All adverse events occurring after enrollment and prior to the administration of an IMP are defined 
as non-TEAEs.
Definition of treatment emergent adverse events
All adverse events occurring in a subject who was administered a trial treatment and that do not 
necessarily have a causal relationship with the trial treatment. In addition, pre-treatment adverse 
events which worsen during the treatment period are also considered TEAEs.
The therapeutic reach (i.e., the number of days after treatment completion that a subject is still 
considered to be potentially affected by IMP) will be defined in the statistical analysis plan (SAP).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 75 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Definition of serious adverse events
A serious adverse event is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose:
•
Results in death.
•
Is life-threatening.
•
Requires hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization.
•
Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity.
•
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect.
•
Is considered medically important. The medical concepts included in Section 19.1 should 
be taken into account when applying the seriousness criterion.
An elective hospital admission, e.g., for pre-planned surgery, will not be considered a serious 
adverse event if documented at enrollment. Short-lasting (<24 hours) hospital admissions, e.g., for 
clinical check-ups, not meeting any of the other above mentioned criteria will also not be 
considered as serious adverse event.
Special procedures for serious adverse events
If serious adverse events occur that are not tolerable, the investigator will decide for that subject 
whether to stop the trial and/or treatment of the subject.
If possible, after serious adverse events considered related to IMP (possible: see the section 
Classification of causation), a blood sample for the quantitation of systemic exposure of tapentadol
and metabolites should be drawn in close temporal relationship to the serious adverse event.
Definition of expected treatment emergent adverse events
An unexpected TEAE is one where the nature or intensity is not consistent with the information in 
the investigator’s brochure for tapentadol PR or in the summary of product characteristics for 
morphine PR.
Expectedness will be assessed by the sponsor.
Furthermore, reports that add significant information about the specificity or severity of a known, 
already documented adverse reaction constitute unexpected TEAEs. For example, a TEAE more 
specific or more severe than expected would be considered “unexpected”. 
Definition of adverse drug reactions
Adverse drug reactions are all untoward and unintended responses to an IMP independent of the 
dose administered. 
All TEAEs judged by either the reporting investigator or the sponsor as having a reasonable causal 
relationship to a medicinal product qualify as adverse drug reactions. The expression “reasonable 
causal relationship” means to convey, in general, that there is evidence or argument to suggest a 
causal relationship. For guidance on the causal relationship, see the section Classification of 
causation.
A list of adverse drug reactions seen for the IMPs are given in the current version of the 
investigator’s brochure for tapentadol PR and in the summary of product characteristics for 
morphine PR.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 76 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Classification of causation
The causal relationship of an adverse event to IMP will be classified using the following 
terminology. The given criteria for each term are for consideration and are neither exhaustive nor 
required to be fulfilled in total for the selection of the respective term: 
Terms for classification 
of causation
Criteria for the selection of causality classification terms
Conditional/ 
Unclassified:
Additional data for a proper assessment are under examination. 
Unassessable/ 
Unclassifiable:
The available data cannot be judged because information is 
insufficient or contradictory, and cannot be supplemented or verified. 
Not related:
Data with sufficient evidence to accept that there is no causal 
relationship to IMP administration (i.e., there is no temporal 
relationship to IMP administration or proved other cause). 
Unlikely:
Data without sufficient evidence to accept that there is no causal 
relationship to IMP administration, but also with no evidence or 
argument to suggest a causal relationship (e.g., the temporal 
relationship to IMP administration makes a causal relationship 
improbable and other drugs, chemicals, or underlying disease(s) 
provide plausible explanations). 
Possible:
Data with limited evidence or argument to suggest a causal 
relationship (e.g., there is a reasonable time sequence to 
administration of the drug, but the adverse event could also be 
explained by concurrent disease[s] or other drugs or chemicals. 
Information on drug withdrawal may be lacking or unclear). 
Probable/ likely:
Data with sufficient evidence or argument to suggest a causal 
relationship (e.g., there is a reasonable time sequence to 
administration of the drug, the adverse event is unlikely to be 
attributed to concurrent disease(s) or other drugs or chemicals, and a 
clinically reasonable response on withdrawal [dechallenge]).
Certain:
Data with clear evidence for a causal relationship (i.e., a clinical 
event, including laboratory test abnormality, occurs in a plausible 
time relationship to drug administration, and it cannot be explained 
by concurrent disease or other drugs or chemicals. The response to 
withdrawal of the drug [dechallenge] should be clinically plausible. 
The event must be pharmacologically or phenomenologically 
definitive, using a satisfactory rechallenge procedure if necessary).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 77 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Definition of intensity 
The clinical “intensity” of an adverse event will be classified as:
Mild:
Signs and symptoms that can be easily tolerated. Symptoms can be 
ignored and disappear when the subject is distracted.
Moderate:
Symptoms cause discomfort but are tolerable; they cannot be ignored 
and affect concentration.
Severe:
Symptoms which affect usual daily activity.
Definition of outcome at the time of last observation
The outcome at the time of last observation will be classified as:
•
Recovered/Resolved.
•
Recovered/Resolved with sequelae.
•
Fatal.
•
Recovering/Resolving.
•
Not recovered/Not resolved.
•
Unknown (unknown should only be used, if at the time of the last Visit for a subject in a 
trial, the outcome of the adverse event is unknown to the investigator, e.g., because the 
subject is lost to follow-up).
In the event of irreversible congenital anomalies, the choice “not resolved” should be used. “Fatal” 
should only be used when death is possibly related to the adverse event (note: the causal 
relationship of the IMP to the adverse event is not to be considered for this decision). If there is 
more than 1 adverse event, only the adverse event leading to death (possibly related) will be 
attributed with the outcome “fatal”.
Documentation of adverse events 
The subjects will be questioned about possible adverse events with non-leading questions before 
administration of the IMP and at regular intervals thereafter as defined in Section 1.2.
All adverse events reported spontaneously by subjects at any time point will also be documented in 
the CRF.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 78 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
All adverse events will be documented in the CRF with the following information where 
appropriate:
•
Description (adverse event verbatim term).
•
Start date and time.
•
End date and time or continuation.
•
Whether adverse event was serious.
•
Intensity.
•
Outcome.
•
Action taken with IMP.
•
Countermeasures.
•
Causal relationship to IMP.
Follow-up of subjects with an adverse event
Any adverse event or clinically relevant abnormal laboratory or vital sign result will be followed 
until it reaches a satisfactory resolution, or becomes stable, or can be explained by other causes 
(e.g., concurrent condition or medication), or clinical judgment indicates that further evaluation is 
not warranted. 
Definition of countermeasures 
“Countermeasures” will be defined as:
None:
No countermeasure given.
Newly started 
medication:
A newly started medication or change in dose or route of application of 
a concomitant medication due to the adverse event (to be listed on the 
medication chart) that is used as a countermeasure.
Trial discontinuation:
It was necessary to discontinue the subject from the trial due to the 
adverse event.
Others:
All other countermeasures, e.g., physical therapy, surgery.
Except for none, multiple countermeasures for 1 adverse event can be recorded.
Classification of action taken with IMP when an adverse event occurs:
•
Dose increased.
•
Dose reduced.
•
Drug interrupted.
•
Drug withdrawn.
•
Dose not changed.
•
Not applicable.
•
Unknown.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 79 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Notification of serious adverse events
All serious adverse events (including death, irrespective of cause) during the trial, regardless of 
their relationship to IMP, must be reported to the sponsor’s Drug Safety Department as soon as 
possible but no later than 24 hours after learning of the event. The trial site will be provided with 
contact details for these personnel before any trial-related procedure is performed. 
The investigator has to submit a report, called a safety reporting form, which includes a description 
of the event, the therapy instituted, and trial procedures. The following information must be 
communicated with the first notification of an adverse event fulfilling the above criteria:
•
Trial identifier.
•
Subject’s identifier (i.e., subject number).
•
Subject’s date/year of birth (if available, see local data protection requirements) or age (at 
adverse event onset). 
•
Subject’s sex.
•
First administration of IMP (date and time, if available).
•
Last administration of IMP (date and time, if available).
•
Adverse event verbatim term (specific diagnosis, if possible).
•
Adverse event onset (date and time, if available).
•
A brief description of the event, the course, and the countermeasures taken.
•
Intensity.
•
Seriousness criterion.
•
Outcome.
•
Concomitant medication at onset of the event and whether one of the concomitant 
medications is also suspected to have caused the event.
•
Relevant history / preexisting medical conditions.
•
Investigator’s assessment of the relationship to IMP(s).
All additional information concerning the adverse event until trial termination or definite outcome 
should be communicated per follow-up report without delay.
The immediate and follow-up reports must only identify the subjects using the unique subject 
identifier. 
The investigator is obliged to comply with applicable regulatory requirement(s) related to the 
reporting of serious adverse events to the regulatory authorities and the relevant IEC or IRB.
Notification of serious adverse reactions
All suspected adverse reactions related to an IMP (the tested IMPs and comparators) that occur in 
this trial, and that are both unexpected and serious are subject to expedited reporting. 
The sponsor will ensure that all relevant information about suspected serious unexpected adverse 
reactions that are fatal or life-threatening is recorded and reported as soon as possible to the 
competent authorities in all the member states concerned, and to the IEC, and in any case no later 
than 7 days after knowledge by the sponsor of such a case, and that relevant follow-up information 
is subsequently communicated within an additional 8 days. All other suspected serious unexpected 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 80 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
adverse reactions will be reported to the competent authorities concerned and to the IEC concerned 
as soon as possible but within a maximum of 15 days of first knowledge by the sponsor.
The sponsor will also inform all investigators involved in the clinical trial.
Once a year throughout the clinical trial, the sponsor will provide the member states in whose 
territory the clinical trial is being conducted and the IEC with a listing of all suspected serious 
unexpected adverse reactions which have occurred over this period and a report of the subjects’
safety.
In addition, the sponsor will ensure that all serious adverse reactions are reported in compliance 
with applicable national regulatory requirements.
12.6.2
Vital signs
Vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate) will be measured 
in a supine position after resting for at least 5 minutes and recorded in the CRF. While resting, the 
subject should not receive anything to drink or eat. 
12.6.3
Height and body weight
Height and body weight will be measured in light clothes and without shoes on and recorded in the 
CRF.
12.6.4
Twelve-lead electrocardiogram
Twelve-lead ECGs will be recorded in a supine position after resting for 5 minutes so that the ECG 
intervals (RR, PR, QRS, and QT) and heart rate can be measured. The ECG tracing must be printed 
and maintained as a source document by the investigator. Specific ECG procedures will be provided 
in a separate manual. 
The investigator will review the ECG for clinically relevant abnormalities prior to dosing subjects. 
The investigator will only record clinically relevant abnormalities and their medical interpretation in 
the CRF.
Cardiologists at a central ECG laboratory will read all ECGs. The ECG report from the central ECG 
laboratory will be considered a source document.
If there are discrepancies between the central ECG analysis report and the assessment of the 
investigator, the investigator will document these on the ECG analysis report. 
The inclusion as well as discontinuation of a subject will be based on the judgment of the 
investigator. If the subject has been included but fulfills any of the discontinuation criteria based on 
the ECG analysis report of the central ECG laboratory, the ECG must be repeated within 1 week of 
receiving the central ECG report and the subject must be discontinued if any of the discontinuation 
criteria is confirmed by the investigator.
12.6.5
Safety laboratory
Serum chemistry and hematology
For each subject, non-fasting venous blood samples for clinical chemistry (2 mL) and for 
hematology (2 mL) will be drawn at the times specified in the schedule of events (Section 1.2). The 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 81 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
total blood volume per subject is given in Section 12.1. If possible, blood samples for 
pharmacokinetic and safety laboratory evaluations will be taken at the same time.
The check of the exclusion criteria will be based on the local laboratory values. Local laboratory 
parameters needed are: total serum bilirubin, serum albumin, aspartate transaminase, alanine 
transaminase, and serum creatinine (the creatinine clearance will be calculated in the electronic 
CRF). The local laboratory sample does not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable 
results from the same local laboratory are available from a blood sample obtained in the 14 days 
prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
The central laboratory will calculate the creatinine clearance using a formula that is appropriate for 
the respective age group.
Discontinuation criteria will be based on central laboratory values.
Trial sites will follow the instructions provided in the laboratory manual regarding the specific 
procedures for the handling and shipment of blood samples.
The investigator must review the laboratory report, document this review in the source documents, 
and record any clinically relevant changes in the opinion of the investigator during the trial in the 
source documents and as adverse events in the CRF. 
The following tests will be performed:
Hematology panel
Hemoglobin
Red blood cell (RBC) count
Hematocrit
Red blood cell morphology
Mean cell volume (MCV)
White blood cell (WBC) count
White blood cell differential count
White blood cell morphology
Platelet count
Clinical chemistry panel 
Sodium
Lipase
Potassium
Triglycerides
Chloride
Total serum bilirubin
Blood urea nitrogen (BUN)
Alkaline phosphatase
Creatinine
Creatine phosphokinase
Uric acid
Lactic acid dehydrogenase (LDH)
Calcium
Alanine transaminase (ALT)
Phosphorus
Aspartate transaminase (AST)
Albumin
Gamma-glutamyltransferase (GGT)
Total protein
Glucose
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 82 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Urinalysis 
A urine sample for urinalysis will be taken at the times specified in the schedule of events (see 
Section 1.2). The assessment will be done locally with a dip stick. It must be documented clearly in 
source documents if and which abnormalities were observed. If no abnormalities were observed, 
then this needs to be documented in the source documents as well. If there are abnormalities, a urine 
sample will be sent to the central laboratory for sediment analysis. The decision not to send a 
sample to the central laboratory needs to be documented in the source documents. 
The following tests will be performed:
Dipstick by the local laboratory a
pH
Glucose
Protein
Blood
Ketones
Bilirubin
Urobilinogen
Nitrite
Leukocyte esterase
a) Including but not limited to.
12.6.6
Urine test for drugs of abuse
A urine sample will be collected to test for the following drugs, as a minimum, at the visits as 
described in the schedule of events (Section 1.2): cannabis, cocaine, opioids, methamphetamine, 
and amphetamines. The test may be positive in subjects who are receiving opioids or other 
medications for medical purposes (i.e., if prescribed). These subjects may participate even though 
the test is positive for these medications. A positive test that is not explained by prescribed 
medication will exclude the subject.
The assessment will be done locally, e.g., by the investigator, and documented in the CRF. 
Dip-stick test kits will be provided by the central laboratory.
12.6.7
Physical examination
During the physical examination, comprising but not limited to the general condition, skin, eyes, 
ears, nose, throat, head, neck, thyroid, heart, lungs, chest (including breasts), abdomen, kidneys, 
liver, lymphatic system, musculoskeletal system, neurological system, attention should be paid to 
abnormalities which may have a bearing on the conduct of the trial. The physical examinations will 
be documented in the CRF.
12.6.8
Pregnancy test
A urine sample will be provided for testing by a pregnancy-test dip stick at the visits as described in 
the schedule of events (Section 1.2). The assessment will be done locally, e.g., by the investigator, 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 83 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
and documented in the CRF. Dip-stick pregnancy test kits will be provided by the central 
laboratory.
12.7
Appropriateness of measurements
During the trial, subject-reported pain assessments will be collected. The 2 pain scales used in this 
trial are the VAS and FPS-R. Pain intensity assessments with the FPS-R will be performed 
immediately after pain intensity measurements with the VAS (Bulloch and Tenenbein 2002). Both 
will be recorded in all subjects. These data will be used to gather information relevant to the 
measures to be included in future clinical trials.
The VAS pain intensity rating scale (Scott and Huskisson 1976) has been established as a valid, 
self-reported measure of pain intensity in subjects aged 8 years to 18 years with juvenile chronic 
polyarthritis (Scott et al. 1977). 
The FPS-R has been established as a valid, paper-based self-reported measure of pain intensity in 
subjects aged 4 years to 15 years (Hicks et al. 2001, Miró and Huguet 2004). 
The pain scales used have a wider validated age range than the defined age groups of the trial, so 
that the measurement of pain remains valid even if a subject moves into an older age group during 
the trial.
“Pain right now” was selected as the question to ask children and adolescents, as this is easier to 
report than, for example, average pain over the last 24 hours.
12.8
Compliance
Compliance is the adherence to all trial-related requirements (including treatments), GCP, and 
applicable regulatory requirements.
Trial site compliance will be ensured by the implementation of a quality system and the 
performance of a combination of trial site visits, training, monitoring visits, and remote verification 
by the sponsor of appropriate use of electronic tools by the trial site and subjects. Non-compliance 
will lead to prompt action by the sponsor to secure compliance, and may result in closure of the trial
site and notification of the regulatory authorities and/or relevant IEC or IRB. Acceptable time 
windows for CRF completion will be described in a separate document.
Subject compliance with regards to IMP intake will be confirmed by the investigator or delegated 
qualified personnel during trial site visits and phone contacts. Compliance will be checked during 
regular drug accountability as outlined in Section 10.7. Subjects are considered compliant if they 
have consumed a minimum of 80% and a maximum of 120% of the scheduled tablet consumption
between 2 consecutive trial site visits. 
Subject compliance with regards to diary entries will be checked by the investigator or qualified 
delegated personnel on a regular basis. If subjects do not complete the diary correctly, the 
investigator or qualified delegated personnel is to contact the subject, or parent(s) or legal 
guardian(s) to ensure diary completion. A subject is considered to be compliant if a minimum of 
80% of all twice daily diary entries are available at the end of treatment. 
Monitoring of CRF completion, diary compliance, and compliance with IMP intake by the sponsor 
will be described in a separate document.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 84 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
13
DOCUMENTATION OF TRIAL DATA
13.1
Case report forms
Case report forms for each subject will be provided to the investigator by the sponsor in electronic 
format to document the trial data.
The investigator will use CRFs to record information required by the protocol to be reported on 
each trial subject. The investigator will be instructed on how to complete the CRFs.
The investigator will verify that the CRFs are complete, accurate, and compatible with source 
documents. All CRF entries, corrections, and alterations will be made by the investigator or other 
authorized personnel under their supervision. Entries will be checked against appropriate source 
documents by the sponsor’s representative (e.g., clinical research associate).
Electronic case report forms
The data will be processed using a validated system. Access to the system will be protected with a 
personal user name and password. The users are identified and receive access rights according to 
their role in the trial. All users will receive training on the CRF, and this training will be 
documented prior to access rights being granted.
The investigator, the clinical research associate, and designated persons at the trial site and from 
other parties involved (e.g., data management staff) will have access to review all captured data 
during the trial via a secure internet connection.
After source data verification, the applicable part of the CRF will be flagged as source data verified. 
Should subsequent changes be made, this flag will be reversed and source data verification must be 
repeated.
All entries and modifications to the CRF will be stored with the personal identification of the 
person who made the changes, a date/time stamp, and the reason for change.
The CRF must be signed electronically by the investigator. Any changes made to the CRF pages 
after the investigator has signed will require a re-signing by the investigator.
13.2
Subject reported outcomes
Diaries for each subject will be provided to the investigator by the sponsor in electronic format for 
Treatment Period of Part 1 to document the pain assessments (VAS and FPS-R) and intake of IMP 
and rescue medication, and for Tapentadol Period of Part 2 to document the intake of IMP. The 
other questionnaires will be reported on paper throughout the trial. An electronic version of the 
VAS will be used in the electronic diary (Part 1) and paper version of the VAS will be used in the 
CRF for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2). The electronic version and the paper version of the VAS 
are both validated.
Subjects will receive their diaries at the investigator’s site and will be instructed on how to use it.
Due to the fact that this is a pediatric trial, the possibility for caregivers to enter data in the diaries is 
possible and will be recorded with a personal identification of the person who made the entry.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 85 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
The data will be collected using an appropriately validated system. No queries will be issued to the 
investigator for these data, except for clarification of subject identifiers and any operational issues.
13.3
Data management
Data management will be performed by sponsor personnel or by authorized sponsor representatives 
defined by the sponsor prior to the trial start.
Electronic case report forms
During data entry in the electronic CRF, automatic queries will be raised to clarify missing data, 
inconsistencies, and incorrect values. After completion of the CRF, further queries will be issued to 
the investigator to clarify inconsistencies (e.g., resulting from additional electronic validation 
checks or medical and manual reviews). Resolutions of queries will be made by the investigator or 
the trial site’s designated persons. The query is to be answered directly in the electronic CRF 
system and the original value will be changed, if necessary.
Coding
Medication names will be coded using the WHO Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD). Medical history 
terms and adverse events will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA). As required by the sponsor’s standard operating procedures (SOPs), the versions most 
recently implemented by the sponsor will be used at the time of database lock. Coding will be 
reviewed by the sponsor’s personnel according to standard procedures.
External data
Trial data not recorded in the CRF (e.g., safety laboratory data, ECG data, and e-diary data) will be 
reconciled against CRF data (details of reconciliation will be specified separately but may include 
trial number, trial site number, subject number, age, dates of visits). All external data will be 
transferred electronically to the data management center using a secure method at predefined 
intervals during the trial in a data structure defined by the data management center. At the end of 
the trial, the contract research organization(s) providing these data will provide the data 
management center with a complete and clean data transfer.
Database lock
When all data have been received and entered into the trial database, all data checks and quality 
control checks have been performed, all queries are resolved, and the final statistical review has 
been held without resulting in new queries, the trial database will be considered clean and the data 
will be locked. For the main analysis (Part 1 and the first 12 weeks of Part 2), the detailed procedure 
will be described in the data management plan.
13.4
Source data
Source data is defined by GCP as “all information in original records and certified copies of 
original records of clinical findings, observations, or other activities in a clinical trial necessary for 
the reconstruction and evaluation of the trial. Source data are contained in source documents 
(original records or certified copies)”.
Source data comprise clinical documentation, data, and records (e.g., clinic/hospital records, clinical 
and office charts, laboratory notes, memoranda, subjects’ diaries or evaluation checklists, pharmacy 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 86 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
dispensing records, recorded data from automated instruments, and data and records arising from 
departments such as the pharmacy, laboratory, and medico-technical departments) that describe or 
record the methods, conduct, or results of the trial, the factors affecting the trial, and the actions 
taken. 
All clinical documentation and data arising from the trial will be kept by the investigator, who has 
to provide direct access for trial-related monitoring, audits, IEC/IRB review, and regulatory 
inspection.
All data captured in the CRF need to be justified by relevant source data. In certain circumstances, 
data may only be recorded in the trial-specific CRF and not in other documents. If this occurs, the 
CRF is considered to be the source document. Data expected to be only recorded in the CRF are: 
race/ethnic group.
The nature and location of all source data/clinical documentation will be identified and documented 
by the investigator to ensure that all sources of original data required to complete the CRF are 
known to the sponsor and/or trial site personnel and are accessible for verification during 
trial-related monitoring, audits, relevant IEC/IRB review, and inspection(s).
For subject reported outcomes captured directly via a diary, source data is defined as the data 
residing in the vendor’s database. 
During trial conduct, the vendor is responsible for data security. 
All data captured from all subjects will be sent to the sponsor in human readable form on a 
read-only compact disc for filing/archiving according to sponsor SOPs.
The investigator will receive all data captured for his or her subjects, in a human readable form, on 
a read-only compact disc for his or her files after trial completion and finalization of data collection.
13.5
Investigator’s site file and the trial master file 
The investigator is responsible for the timely filing of all essential documents in an investigator’s 
site file and the sponsor is responsible for the timely filing of all essential documents in the trial 
master file. As applicable, these files must be available at monitoring visits and during audits or 
regulatory inspections.
After trial completion, the investigator will ensure that all source data/documentation arising from 
the trial is recorded, handled, and stored in a way that allows its accurate reporting, interpretation 
and verification. The investigator will take measures to prevent accidental or premature destruction 
of these documents.
The investigator will keep the investigator’s site file, the source data/documentation arising from 
the trial according to the prescribed record retention period in the country and/or according to the 
hospital policy, but at least until informed by the sponsor that the trial-related records are no longer 
required.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 87 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
14
STATISTICAL METHODS AND SAMPLE SIZE 
DETERMINATION
The statistical planning and analysis of the trial will be performed by sponsor personnel or by 
authorized sponsor delegates.
14.1
Sample size rationale 
The sample size was estimated to reject the null hypothesis of the inferiority of tapentadol PR to 
morphine PR when comparing responders evaluated at the end of the 14-day Treatment Period 
(Part 1, i.e., the primary endpoint). The percentage of responders in both treatment groups is 
estimated to be 80% based on data from previous trials and extrapolation to the trial population 
under investigation. The non-inferiority margin is set to a difference of 20% for the primary 
endpoint.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR using a Farrington-
Manning (1990) test by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% power and a 1-sided 
significance level of alpha = 0.1, 69 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 2:1 randomization 
of tapentadol PR:morphine PR.
A one-sided alpha of 0.1 is considered appropriate based on a method proposed by Hlavin et al. 
(2016). The approach makes use of prior knowledge and the concept of extrapolation from a larger 
population to a small target population (i.e., pediatric population), to reduce the burden of evidence 
in pediatrics by relaxing the Type I error, while controlling a certain posterior belief, i.e., 
confidence after successful pediatric trials, in effectiveness of the drug in children.
Further details for the application of the concept of Hlavin et al. (2016) in the context of this trial 
are provided in a separate document that is available upon request.
The reviews of the safety data during the trial by the DMC (Section 5.4) have no impact on the 
sample size.
14.2
Analysis of the trial – statistical analysis
The statistical analysis of this trial will be performed as described and as summarized here in the 
protocol and given in detail in the SAP.
The statistical analysis of this trial will be planned, performed, and reported by sponsor personnel or 
by authorized sponsor delegates, in accordance with sponsor SOPs.
Main analysis of the trial
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all subjects have completed the first 12 weeks
(Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2.
14.2.1
Analysis populations (analysis sets)
Enrolled population
The Enrolled Set includes all subjects with a signed (by subject, parent(s) or legal guardian(s) as 
appropriate) informed consent form and if required by local law an assent form.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 88 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Allocated Set
The Allocated Set includes all subjects who are allocated to treatment.
Safety Set
The Safety Set comprises all treated subjects, i.e., all subjects in whom IMP was administered (at 
least once). 
Full Analysis Set
The FAS comprises all allocated and treated subjects, i.e., all allocated subjects who were 
administered any amount of IMP.
Per Protocol Set
The Per Protocol Set defines a subset of the subjects in the FAS without any major protocol 
deviation affecting the primary endpoint. The Per Protocol Set is only relevant for analyses during 
Part 1. No protocol deviation during Part 2 leads to exclusion from the Per Protocol Set. 
Further details of the Per Protocol Set definitions will be specified in the SAP.
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set
All subjects who have quantifiable serum concentrations during the Treatment Period will be 
included in the descriptive pharmacokinetic analysis.
Data from subjects who vomit within 6 hours of administration of IMP during the Treatment Period 
will be carefully assessed to decide if the data should be included in the pharmacokinetic analysis.
Subgroups
The primary endpoint will also be analyzed according to predefined age group and underlying pain 
condition. Further details, and also further subgroups, will be specified in the SAP.
14.2.2
General descriptive and graphical methods
Analyses will be performed within the specified subject populations as described in Section 14.2.1. 
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 and Part 2. The analysis for Part 1 will take into 
consideration the Treatment Period of Part 1. The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2.
Part 1
For the Treatment Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before starting IMP (i.e., Visit V1, Visit V2, or an unscheduled visit). For pain assessments, the 
baseline pain is defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be assessed before any painful or 
unpleasant procedure, and before the first intake of IMP.
Part 2
For the Tapentadol Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before or at Visit VE.
For the Observation Period, baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before or at:
•
Visit VE for subjects entering the Observation Period directly after Part 1.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 89 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
•
Visit ET for subjects switching from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period.
General
For continuous variables, descriptive statistics will include number of observations, arithmetic 
mean, standard deviation, minimum, first quartile (Q1), median, third quartile (Q3), and maximum.
For categorical variables, frequency counts and percentages will be used to summarize the results. If 
applicable, changes from the baseline or predefined time points will be presented descriptively.
Data will also be listed and summarized using graphical displays, as appropriate. 
Further analyses are outlined below.
14.2.3
Analysis of subject characteristics data
Subject characteristics data will be analyzed for the Safety Set as described in Section 14.2.2.
14.2.4
Analysis of subject disposition
Subject disposition data will be analyzed for the Safety Set as described in Section 14.2.2.
14.2.5
Analysis of pharmacokinetic data
As described in Section 14.2.2, descriptive statistics and graphical displays will be used to 
summarize the tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide serum concentration time data for each 
time interval specified during the Treatment Period for subjects in the pharmacokinetic analysis set.
The tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide data will also be subject to a population 
pharmacokinetic analysis described in a separate analysis plan (see Section 14.3).
14.2.6
Analysis of efficacy data
Unless otherwise stated, efficacy analyses will be performed on the FAS. 
14.2.6.1
Primary endpoint (proportion of subjects classified as responders in Part 1)
The analysis of the primary endpoint will be performed on the data collected during the Treatment 
Period (Part 1). The FAS will be the primary analysis set and the Per Protocol Set will be used as a 
sensitivity analysis set.
Hypotheses
Null hypothesis: H0: pT- pC -δ
“Treatment with tapentadol” is inferior to “treatment with morphine”.
Alternative hypothesis: HA: pT- pC >-δ
“Treatment with tapentadol” is non-inferior to “treatment with morphine”.
T = treatment with tapentadol; C = treatment with morphine; δ = non-inferiority margin; pi = responder rate in 
investigational treatment (T) or active control (C).
As this endpoint is a binomial event rate, it will be summarized by descriptive statistics grouped by 
treatment group. The standard maximum likelihood estimators for the proportion of subjects 
classified as responders in each group will be the estimated proportions adjusted for the baseline 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 90 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
pain intensity, age group, and underlying pain condition. To obtain these estimators, a logistic 
regression model will be fitted to the response using the baseline pain intensity, age group, 
treatment, and underlying pain condition as explanatory variables. The Farrington-Manning (1990)
test will then be applied and an 80% confidence interval calculated. The non-inferiority of 
tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR will be established if the lower limit of this 2-sided 80% 
confidence interval of the difference in the above estimated proportions is above the non-inferiority 
margin of -20%.
A sensitivity analysis will be carried out by fitting a Bayesian logistic regression model to compare 
the proportion of responders under tapentadol PR and morphine PR. Odds ratios will be calculated. 
Treatment response is the dependent variable and treatment group, age group at baseline (ageg), 
underlying pain condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain), age group x baseline VAS, and age 
group x baseline FPS-R are possible (but not limited to) explanatory variables. The age group refers 
to a variable indicating whether, on the basis of the subject’s age, to use the VAS pain assessment 
(for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years) in the model, or to use the FPS-R score (for 
subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years).
Specifically, if Xi is the response indicator for subject i, then we will assume: 
Xi ~ Bernoulli(i)
log(i /(1-i)) = 0 + 1 agegi + 2 canceri + 3 (ageg*baseline VAS) + 4 (1-ageg)*baseline FPS-R 
+ 5 treatmenti + i
Non-informative flat normal priors with zero mean and variance equal to 1000 will be assigned to 
the regression coefficients 1 to 4. The prior for the treatment effect 5 (on the log-odds scale) will 
be a normal distribution with mean = 0.10 and standard deviation = 0.48; this prior distribution has 
been derived from the 
 trial (in subjects with moderate to severe chronic malignant 
tumor-related pain) using a down-weighting factor a = 0.4. The prior for the subject-specific 
random effects i, will be normal (0, σ2). A non-informative Gamma (0.001, 0.001) prior will be 
assigned to the precision of the random effects 1/σ2.
The posterior distribution for the regression coefficients will not have an analytically closed form. 
Therefore, Markov chain Monte-Carlo methods will be used to obtain a sample from the posterior 
distribution for the difference between the response rates in tapentadol PR and morphine PR groups. 
This sample will be summarized by means of the posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 
80% credibility interval. If the lower limit of the 80% credibility interval for the difference of the 
2 response rates is >-0.2, then this would support non-inferiority by this sensitivity analysis. 
Further sensitivity analyses are planned (but not limited to), e.g., keeping the criteria for response 
unchanged except for classifying subjects who stop treatment earlier than 14 days because of no 
further need for opioid treatment as responders rather than non-responders.
More details on the sensitivity analyses and strategies for handling missing data and discontinued 
subjects will be described in the SAP. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 91 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
14.2.6.2
Pain scale assessed using a VAS and FPS-R
Descriptive statistics will be provided to evaluate the daily average pain (Part 1) or pain at each visit 
during the Tapentadol Period (Part 2) as well as changes to baseline for the different trial periods
and respective treatment groups, as described in Section 14.2.2.
14.2.6.3
Rescue medication
The descriptive analyses of the use of rescue medication during the Treatment Period will focus on 
mean number of daily doses and the mean total daily dose (mg/kg). The morphine equivalent dose 
of tapentadol will be calculated so that a comparison of rescue medication with respect to the 
amount of IMP taken can be made. Comparisons will be made across time and also for subgroups 
of different ages.
14.2.6.4
Time to discontinuation
A survival analysis of the time to discontinuation of IMP overall, due to lack of efficacy, and due to 
TEAE will be performed for tapentadol PR and morphine PR for Part 1 (Treatment Period) and for 
tapentadol PR during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 if at least 10% of the subjects per group 
discontinue.
14.2.7
Analysis of safety data
The analysis of safety data will be performed on the Safety Set.
Unless otherwise specified, separate analyses will be performed for the different trial periods and 
respective treatment groups.
14.2.7.1
Adverse events
The original terms used in the CRFs by investigators to identify adverse events will be coded using 
the most recent version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA) implemented
by the sponsor. 
Adverse events will be categorized by seriousness, intensity, outcome, countermeasures, and 
relationship to IMP and will be tabulated by system organ class and preferred term. Adverse events 
will be tabulated separately for the treatment periods.
Those TEAEs which started in Treatment Period and are carried over into Tapentadol Period will be 
considered as ongoing TEAEs. A worsening of a TEAE in Tapentadol Period in a subject 
previously treated with morphine PR in Treatment Period will be considered as a new TEAE.
The frequency and severity of adverse events will be analyzed descriptively as described in 
Section 14.2.2 both on a subject and event-based level.
All adverse events will be listed. Serious adverse events will be listed separately. Non-TEAEs will 
be listed separately.
Special attention will be given to those subjects who have discontinued treatment due to an adverse 
event or who experienced a severe or a serious adverse event. Such cases will be analyzed 
individually. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 92 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
14.2.7.2
Safety laboratory tests
Safety laboratory data will be summarized by the type of safety laboratory test as described in 
Section 14.2.2. The safety laboratory analysis will be based on the data from the central laboratory.
Normal reference ranges and markedly abnormal results (specified in the SAP) will be used in the 
summary of safety laboratory data. Descriptive statistics will be calculated for each safety 
laboratory parameter at baseline (see Section 14.2.2) and at each scheduled time point. Changes 
from baseline will be presented descriptively as well as in pre- versus post-treatment cross 
tabulations (with classes for below, within, and above normal ranges). A listing of subjects with any 
laboratory results outside the reference ranges will be provided.
14.2.7.3
Electrocardiogram
The ECG variables that will be analyzed are heart rate, RR interval, PR interval, QRS interval, QT 
interval, and QTcF (Fridericia) interval.
The ECG measurements will be summarized at each time point of measurement during the 
treatment period. The change from baseline will also be summarized. A categorical analysis for 
outliers will be performed as per the guidance “Clinical evaluation of QT/QTc interval prolongation 
and proarrhythmic potential for non-antiarrhythmic drugs” (ICH Topic E14).
All important abnormalities from the ECG readings, including changes in general and changes in 
T wave morphology, or the occurrence of U waves versus baseline recordings, will be reported.
14.2.7.4
Vital signs (pulse rate, systolic/diastolic blood pressure, and respiratory rate)
As described in Section 14.2.2, descriptive statistics as well as changes to baseline for the different 
trial periods will be presented. Frequency tabulations of abnormalities will be included. 
14.2.7.5
Physical examination
Physical examination findings will be listed.
14.2.7.6
Height and weight
Height and weight will be analyzed as described in Section 14.2.2 for the different trial periods.
14.2.7.7
Constipation
Constipation, as assessed by the modified CAS will be descriptively analyzed per time point as 
described in Section 14.2.2 for the different trial periods. Further details concerning subgroups of 
interest e.g., subjects receiving treatment for constipation versus those who are not, will be 
specified in the SAP. Constipation will be assessed by changes from baseline (Visit V2) of total 
scores for the modified CAS.
14.2.7.8
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
The SOWS questionnaire scores and changes from baseline (defined for the SOWS as the 
assessment made on the day of the last intake of IMP) will be descriptively analyzed per scheduled 
time point according to the last IMP taken. The total score of the full questionnaire (all 
16 questions) will be used for a first analysis. Additionally the total score of the first 15 questions of 
the SOWS questionnaire will be analyzed in the same manner, being more appropriate for the 
studied population. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 93 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
14.2.8
Acceptability and palatability
In order to assess acceptability and palatability, verbal rating responses will be tabulated per time 
point and changes from Visit V3 to Visit VE will be compared within treatment groups, as 
described in Section 14.2.2.
14.2.9
Final analysis
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all subjects have completed Part 1 and the first 
12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2 of the trial. 
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed after all subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial 
and the final database has been locked.
Further details regarding the analyses will be provided in the SAP.
14.3
Population pharmacokinetic modeling and simulation
Pharmacokinetic data collected in this trial will be used to validate exposure predictions obtained 
with a pediatric tapentadol PR population pharmacokinetic model developed previously by the 
sponsor. The validation process will enable assessment of tapentadol accumulation in this pediatric 
population during administration of tapentadol PR. The model will be subsequently updated with 
the pharmacokinetic data collected in this trial. Population pharmacokinetic modeling and 
simulation will be performed using the non-linear mixed effect modeling approach as implemented 
in NONMEM(version 7.2, ICON plc). These analyses will be planned, performed, and reported 
by sponsor personnel, or by authorized sponsor delegates in accordance with sponsor’s SOPs.
15
QUALITY SYSTEM, AUDIT AND INSPECTION
15.1
Quality system
The sponsor is responsible for implementing and maintaining quality assurance and quality control 
systems with written SOPs.
The trial documentation must be adequate for the reconstruction of the trial.
15.2
Data quality assurance
The accuracy and reliability of the trial data will be assured by careful contract research 
organization/investigator selection and oversight by the performance of a combination of trial site 
visits, training, monitoring visits, remote verification by the sponsor of appropriate use of electronic 
tools by trial site and subject, data cleaning, and audits.
15.2.1
Clinical research organization/investigator selection 
The accuracy and reliability of the trial data will be assured by the selection of suitably qualified 
and experienced investigators and trial sites, and the introduction of the investigator and associated 
personnel to protocol requirements and procedures prior to the trial. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 94 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
15.2.2
Trial site monitoring
Trial site monitoring as defined in GCP will be performed by sponsor personnel or by authorized 
sponsor delegates at pre-defined intervals depending on the progress of the trial. The authorized 
delegates, applicable SOPs, the frequency of monitoring visits, and the reporting modus, will be 
defined in writing as required by sponsor SOPs. Monitored trial sites will be informed about visit
outcomes using a follow-up letter.
The investigator(s) will permit monitoring visits at agreed times. Corrections, amendments, or 
clarifying statements resulting from the monitoring visits will be made by the investigator where 
necessary. 
15.2.3
Audits
Audits as defined by GCP will be performed for this trial. The investigator will permit sponsor 
personnel or authorized delegates to audit the trial facilities and documentation at agreed times. The
auditors will be independent of the trial and its performance.
15.3
Inspections 
The investigator, the sponsor, or personnel at other establishments, are obliged to cooperate with 
any inspection of the documents, facilities, records, and other resources deemed appropriate by the 
inspecting authorities to be related to the trial and that may be located at the trial site, at the sponsor, 
or at other establishments. 
The investigator or personnel at other establishments should notify the sponsor as soon as possible 
about any upcoming regulatory authority inspection. 
16
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND AGREEMENTS
16.1
Insurance
If insurance for subjects is required by applicable regulatory requirements in the participating 
countries, the sponsor will arrange suitable insurance for the subjects included in this trial and
provide the investigator with the relevant terms and conditions of this insurance.
If insurance for subjects is required by applicable regulatory requirements in the participating 
countries, the investigator must inform all subjects/parents/legal guardians about this insurance and 
(if requested) be prepared to explain the relevant terms and conditions of this insurance to the 
subjects/parents/legal guardians.
If changes to the trial are implemented after the initial insurance was arranged, e.g., due to protocol 
amendments, the sponsor will notify the insurance company of these changes in accordance with 
the insurance conditions. If changes to insurance arise, the sponsor will inform the investigators
who will then inform their subjects/parents/legal guardians about relevant changes.
16.2
Legal regulations
This trial will be carried out in compliance with any applicable regulatory requirements. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 95 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Before initiating the trial, if required by the applicable regulatory requirements, the sponsor or its 
authorized legal representative and/or the investigator will submit any required documents to the 
appropriate authorities for review, acceptance, and/or permission to begin the trial. 
This trial will be carried out in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements with respect to 
the use of narcotics.
16.3
Contracts
Specific contracts between the relevant parties, i.e., between the investigator/other parties at the trial 
site(s) and the sponsor or its local offices or contract research organization or its affiliates 
authorized by the sponsor, will be used to set out any arrangements on delegation and distribution 
of tasks and obligations and, if appropriate, on financial matters. This protocol and other 
documentation, e.g., the “investigator confirmation sheet”, may serve as the basis of such contracts.
In addition, responsibility for insurance or indemnity to cover any liability of the investigator that 
may arise directly or indirectly from the investigator’s participation in the trial will be specified in a 
contract between the investigator and sponsor, if applicable.
16.4
Subject data and data protection
Subject trial data will be stored in a manner maintaining confidentiality in accordance with 
applicable regulatory requirements.
The investigator is required to ensure that any documents or data given to the sponsor or its 
representatives do not contain information that would affect the anonymity of the subjects.
The investigator will obtain permission for direct access to subject data from the 
subject/parent/legal guardian as part of the written informed consent procedure (see Section 4.2). 
This gives permission to examine, analyze, verify, and reproduce any records and reports that are 
important to the evaluation of the trial. Any party (e.g., domestic and foreign regulatory authorities, 
sponsor personnel or its representatives, and auditors) with direct access must take all reasonable 
precautions within the constraints of the applicable regulatory requirement(s) to maintain the 
confidentiality of the subject’s identity and sponsor’s proprietary information.
16.5
Publication policy
The results of this trial will be publically disclosed in accordance with applicable regulatory 
guidance (e.g., on ClinicalTrials.gov). The results of this trial may also be published as a full 
publication (e.g., journal publication) or publically disclosed as a poster or presentation at a 
congress. The sponsor reserves the right to review any proposed presentation of the results of this 
trial before they are submitted for publication or public disclosure. Neither party (e.g., the sponsor 
or the coordinating investigator) has the right to prohibit publication or public disclosure unless it
can be shown to affect possible patent rights. 
In case of discrepancies with other contracts, the provisions of the protocol shall prevail.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 96 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
16.6
Final report and reporting of the trial
An integrated clinical trial report, integrating clinical, pharmacokinetic, and statistical results of 
Part 1 (Treatment Period) and the first 12 weeks of Part 2 will be prepared by the sponsor once all 
subjects have completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2. A second report
(optionally as an amendment) will be prepared once all subjects have completed Part 2. 
The international coordinating investigator will approve the reports on behalf of the participating 
investigators. 
The sponsor will provide the competent authority and relevant IEC or IRB with a summary of the 
reports in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. 
All investigators will be provided with a summary of the final report. 
The modeling and simulation analysis will be reported separately.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 97 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
16.7
Approval
16.7.1
Sponsor 
This protocol has been approved in accordance with sponsor SOPs. 
16.7.2
International coordinating investigator
This protocol has been approved by the international coordinating investigator.
17
REFERENCES
Investigator’s brochure for tapentadol, current edition.
Guidelines
EMEA ad hoc working party. Ethical considerations for clinical trials on medicinal products 
conducted with the paediatric population. Recommendations of the ad hoc group for the 
development of implementing guidelines for Directive 2001/20/EC relating to good clinical practice 
in the conduct of clinical trials on medicinal products for human use. 2008.
ICH Topic E14.The clinical evaluation of QT/QTc interval prolongation and proarrhythmic 
potential for non-antiarrhythmic drugs (CHMP/ICH/2/04). 2005.
WHO guidelines on the pharmacological treatment of persisting pain in children with medical 
illnesses. World Health Organization 2012. 
Publications
Anderson BJ, Holford NH. Mechanistic basis of using body size and maturation to predict clearance 
in humans. Drug Metab Pharmacokinet 2009; 24 (1): 25-36.
Benedetti MS, Whomsley R, Canning M. Drug metabolism in the paediatric population and in the 
elderly. Drug Discov Today 2007; 12 (15/16): 599-610.
Berde BC, Walco GA, Krane EJ, Anand KJS, Aranda JV, Kenneth D, et al. Pediatric Analgesic 
Clinical Trial Designs, Measures, and Extrapolation: Report of an FDA Scientific Workshop. 
Pediatrics 2012; 129: 354-64. 
Broomhead A, Kerr R, Tester W, O'Meara P, Maccarrone C, Bowles R, et al. Comparison of a 
once-a-day sustained-release morphine formulation with standard oral morphine treatment for 
cancer pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 1997; 14: 63-73.
Bulloch B, Tenenbein M. Validation of 2 Pain Scales for Use in the Pediatric Emergency 
Department. Pediatrics 2002; 110 (3): e33.
Czarnecki ML, Jandrisevits MD, Theiler SC, Huth MM, Weisman SJ. Controlled-release 
oxycodone for the management of pediatric postoperative pain. J Pain Symptom Manage 2004; 27: 
379-86.
de Beer JdeV, Winemaker MJ, Donnelly GAE, Miceli PC, Reiz JL, Harsanyi Z, et al. Efficacy and 
safety of controlled-release oxycodone and standard therapies for postoperative pain after knee or 
hip replacement. Can J Surg 2005; 48 (4): 277-83. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 98 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
De Conno F, Kress HG. Opioids in palliative care: Differentiation and clinical relevance. Palliative 
Medicine 2006; 20: S1.
Edginton AN, Schmitt W, Voith B, Willmann S. A mechanistic approach for the scaling of 
clearance in children. Clin Pharmacokinet 2006; 45 (7): 683-704.
Farrington CP, Manning G. Test statistics and sample size formulae for comparative binomial trials 
with null hypothesis of nonzero risk difference or non-unity relative risk. Stat Med 1990; 9: 1447-
54.
Finkel JC, Finley A, Greco C, Weisman SJ, Zeltzer L. Transdermal fentanyl in the management of 
children with chronic severe pain: results from an international study. Cancer 2005; 104: 2847-57.
Goldman A, Bowman A. The role of oral controlled-release morphine in pain relief in children with 
cancer. Palliat Med 1990; 4: 279-85.
Guinard JX. Sensory and consumer testing with children. Trends in Food Science & Technology 
2001; 11: 273-83.
Handelsman L, Cochrane KJ, Aronson M, Ness R, Rubinstein KJ, Kanof PD. Two new rating 
scales for opiate withdrawal. Am J Drug Alcohol Abuse 1987; 13 (3): 293-308.
Hayton WL. Maturation and growth of renal function: Dosing renally cleared drugs in children. 
AAPS Pharm Sci 2002; 2 (1) E3.
Hicks CL, von Baeyer CL, Spafford PA, van Korlaar I, Goodenough B. The Faces Pain Scale–
Revised: toward a common metric in pediatric pain measurement. Pain 2001; 93 (2): 173-83.
Hlavin G, Koenig F, Male C, Posch M, Bauer P. Evidence, eminence and extrapolation. Stat Med 
2016; 35 (13): 2117-32.
Kadan-Lottick NS. Epidemiology of childhood and adolescent cancer. In Kliegman RM, Behrman 
RE, Jenson HB, Stanton BF, Eds. Kliegman: Nelson Textbook of Pediatrics. 18th ed. Philadelphia, 
Pa: WB Saunders Co; 2007: Chap 491; 2097-100. 
Lasky T, Greenspan J, Ernst FR, Gonzalez L. Morphine use in hospitalized children in the United 
States: a descriptive analysis of data from pediatric hospitalizations in 2008. Clin Ther 2012; 34 (3): 
720-7.
Martin-Herz SP, Patterson DR, Honari S, Gibbons J, Gibran N, Heimbach DM. Pediatric pain 
control practices of North American Burn Centers. J Burn Care Rehabil 2003; 24: 26-36.
McMillan SC, Williams FA. Validity and reliability of the Constipation Assessment Scale. Cancer 
Nurs 1989; 12: 183-8.
Miró J, Huguet A. Evaluation of reliability, validity, and preference for a pediatric pain intensity 
scale: the Catalan version of the faces pain scale – revised. Pain 2004; 111 (1-2): 59-64.
Rhodin M, Anderson BJ, Peters AM, Coulthard MG, Wilkins B, Cole M, et al. Human renal 
function maturation; a quantitative description using weight and postmenstrual age. Pediatr Nephrol 
2009; 24 (1): 67-76.
Scott J, Huskisson EC. Graphic representation of pain. Pain 1976; 2 (2): 175-84.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 99 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Scott PJ, Ansell BM, Huskisson EC. Measurement of pain in juvenile chronic polyarthritis. Ann 
Rheum Dis 1977; 36 (2): 186-7. 
Woolery M, Carroll E, Fenn E, Wieland H, Jarosinski P, Corey B, et al. A constipation assessment 
scale for use in pediatric oncology. J Pediatr Oncol Nurs 2006; 23: 65-74.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 100 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
18
PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS
18.1
Protocol amendment 01
Amendment rationale
Although there is no information on the excretion of tapentadol in human milk, there are pre-
clinical data indicating that tapentadol is excreted in animal milk. Morphine is known to be excreted 
in breast milk, and may thus cause respiratory depression in the newborn. Therefore, an additional 
exclusion criterion was added to exclude female subjects who are breast-feeding a child. 
In addition, a textual change has been made for consistency.
Detailed description of changes
Minor editorial changes, such as the correction of typing errors, are not specifically listed.
In the table below, deleted text is crossed out and new text is highlighted using italics.
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1.3.2: Exclusion criteria
Section 9.2.2: Exclusion criteria
The following will be checked at Visit V1 and Visit V2:
[new exclusion criterion inserted, and subsequent 
numbering of criteria adjusted]
The following will be checked at Visit V1 and Visit V2:
13.
Female subject breast-feeding a child.     Safety.
Section 8.5: Benefit/risk analysis
Risks
Lack of efficacy
Tapentadol may not be as efficacious in children and 
adolescents as it is in adults, even if the exposure is 
comparable. However, this is considered to be unlikely. 
During the Treatment Period, rescue medication, in the 
form of morphine oral solution, will be available for use 
as rescue medication if pain relief is insufficient. 
Thereafter, subjects will receive rescue medication as per 
standard of treatment.
Risks
Lack of efficacy
Tapentadol may not be as efficacious in children and 
adolescents as it is in adults, even if the exposure is 
comparable. However, this is considered to be unlikely. 
During the Treatment Period, rescue medication, in the 
form of morphine oral solution, will be available for use 
as rescue medication if pain relief is insufficient. 
Thereafter, subjects may receive immediate release 
strong opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and 
incidental pain.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997




Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 102 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Definition of the primary endpoint
Section 8.1.1: Primary endpoint definition
Part 1 (primary analysis of the trial)
The primary efficacy endpoint is the proportion of 
subjects classified as responders. Responders are 
subjects who meet both of the following criteria:
...
Age groups are determined at Visit V2. Baseline pain is 
defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be 
assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and 
before the first intake of IMP.
Part 1 (primary analysis of the trial)
The primary endpoint is a binary variable “responder”. 
A subject is defined as “responder” if both of the 
following criteria are met:
...
The proportion of subjects classified as responders will 
be assessed and compared between the treatment groups.
Age groups are determined at Visit V2. Baseline pain is 
defined as “pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be 
assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and 
before the first intake of IMP.
Section 1: Protocol synopsis
Definition of the exploratory endpoints.
Definition of other endpoints.
Section 8.1: Definition of endpoints
8.1.3 Exploratory endpoints
8.1.3 Other endpoints
Exploratory endpoints compared between treatment 
groups at each measurement time point are:
...
Treatment Period endpoints (baseline is the value at Visit 
V2):
...
• Palatability and acceptability as assessed by differences 
within treatment groups of the verbal rating score at Visit 
V3 and Visit VE (the End of Treatment Visit).
...
Tapentadol Period endpoints (baseline is the value at 
Visit VE):
...
Observation Period endpoints (baseline is the value at 
Visit VE or Visit ET [Early Termination Visit]):
...
Part 1 or Part 2 exploratory endpoints:
Other endpoints compared between treatment groups at 
each measurement time point are:
...
Part 1 - Treatment Period, other endpoints (baseline is 
the value at Visit V2):
...
• Palatability and acceptability as assessed by differences 
within treatment groups of the 5-point hedonic faces 
scale with the verbal rating score at Visit V3 and Visit 
VE (the End of Treatment Visit).
...
Part 2 - Tapentadol Period, other endpoints (baseline is 
the value at Visit VE):
...
Part 2 - Observation Period, other endpoints (baseline is 
the value at Visit VE or Visit ET [Early Termination 
Visit]):
...
Part 1 or Part 2 - other endpoints:
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Rescue medication
During Part 1 only, morphine oral solution (0.5% and 
2%) will be supplied by the sponsor as rescue medication 
for both treatment groups.
During Part 1 only, morphine oral solution will be 
supplied by the sponsor as rescue medication for both 
treatment groups.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 103 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Concomitant medications/therapies
Section 10.5: Allowed and forbidden and prior/concomitant medications/therapies
...
Subjects suffering from cancer-related pain will be 
allowed to participate in trials of marketed therapeutic 
medications and therapies.
...
Subjects suffering from cancer-related pain will be 
allowed to participate in trials of marketed therapeutic 
medications and therapies (including trials of antibody 
therapies).
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Statistical methods 
Section 14.2.2: General descriptive and graphical methods
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 (primary 
analysis of the trial) and Part 2. The analysis for Part 2 
will take into consideration the different trial periods: 
Treatment Period of Part 1, and Tapentadol Period and 
Observation Period of Part 2.
Part 1
For the Treatment Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as the last evaluation performed before starting 
IMP (i.e., Visit V1 or Visit V2).
Part 2
For the Tapentadol Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as those taken at Visit VE.
For the Observation Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as those taken at Visit VE or Visit ET.
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 and 
Part 2. The analysis for Part 1 will take into 
consideration the Treatment Period of Part 1. The 
analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2.
Part 1
For the Treatment Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as the last evaluation performed before starting 
IMP (i.e., Visit V1, Visit V2, or an unscheduled visit).
For pain assessments, the baseline pain is defined as 
“pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be assessed before 
any painful or unpleasant procedure, and before the first 
intake of IMP.
Part 2
For the Tapentadol Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as the last evaluation performed before or at 
Visit VE.
For the Observation Period, baseline measurements are 
defined as the last evaluation performed before or at:
•
Visit VE for subjects entering the Observation 
Period directly after Part 1.
•
Visit ET for subjects switching from the 
Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period.
Section 1.2: Schedule of events
Section 1.2.4: Phone contacts
Section 11.1.5: Phone contacts
...
Phone contacts can be made at any time, e.g., if the 
subject wants to report adverse events, or has questions 
regarding concomitant medication intake/therapies. In 
case no site visit takes place, phone contacts are 
mandatory if the subject would like to up or down titrate 
the IMP.
...
Phone contacts can be made at any time, e.g., if the 
subject wants to report adverse events, or has questions 
regarding concomitant medication intake/therapies. If no 
trial site visit takes place, phone contacts are mandatory 
if the subject would like to up or down titrate the IMP. A 
trial site visit may be performed as a home visit after 
prior approval by the sponsor.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 104 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1.2.1: Part 1: Enrollment Visit and Treatment Period (Visit V1 to Visit VE)
[Table]
Obtain informed consent/assent
...
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken at the 
site)
[Footnotes]
a) Visit VE should also be performed if IMP is stopped 
during the Treatment Period.
...
e) Local laboratory parameters needed are: serum 
albumin, total serum bilirubin, total protein, and serum 
creatinine (the creatinine clearance will be calculated).
...
m) Complete once daily starting from visit with the last 
intake of IMP (normally Visit VE) until Visit F7D. At 
Visit VE, or earlier if applicable, dispense the 
questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the completed 
questionnaires.
...
[New footnote]
[Table] 
Obtain informed consent/assent s
...
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken during 
Visit V2, within 24 hours after randomization. Day 1 is 
the day of first IMP intake)
[Footnotes]
a) Visit VE must also be performed within 3 days of last 
IMP intake if IMP is stopped during the Treatment 
Period.
...
e) Local laboratory parameters needed are: total serum 
bilirubin, serum albumin, aspartate transaminase, 
alanine transaminase, and serum creatinine (the 
creatinine clearance will be calculated in the electronic 
CRF). The local laboratory sample does not need to be 
taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable results from the 
same local laboratory are available from a blood sample 
obtained in the 14 days prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
...
m) Complete once daily until the seventh day after the 
last intake of IMP. At Visit VE, or earlier if applicable, 
dispense the questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the 
completed questionnaires.
...
s) The informed consent/assent may be obtained earlier 
than Day -14.
Section 1.2.2: Part 2: Tapentadol Period
[Table]
Height
[Footnote]
g) Once daily starting at the visit of the last intake of 
IMP (normally Visit F12M or at Visit ET in case of early 
termination) until Visit F7D. At Visit F12M, or as 
applicable, dispense the questionnaires. At Visit F7D, 
collect the completed questionnaires.
[Table]
[measurements added at TP3, TP6, TP9, and TP12].
[Footnote]
g) Once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of 
IMP (normally Visit F12M or at Visit ET in case of early 
termination). At Visit F12M, or as applicable, dispense 
the questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the completed 
questionnaires.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 105 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 3: Abbreviations and definition of terms: Definition of terms
Treated subjects: Allocated subjects with at least 
1 administration of IMP.
Trial completers Part 2: Subjects who have completed 
the 12 month Extension Period, either with tapentadol 
treatment (Tapentadol Period) or without treatment
(Observation Period).
Treated subjects: Subjects with at least 1 administration 
of IMP.
Trial completers Part 2: Subjects who fully completed the 
extension period, i.e., either subjects completing the
Tapentadol Period and the follow-up visit (F7D) or 
subjects completing the Observation Period (F12M) not 
earlier than 351 days after Visit VE).
Section 8.4: Discussion of the trial design: Dosing
...
Based on the pharmacokinetic evidence described above 
for tapentadol, the sponsor considers it justified to move 
into an adolescent safety and efficacy trial without a 
prior pharmacokinetic trial in this age group using the 
prolonged release formulation. However, a trial 
 that also assesses pharmacokinetic 
parameters in children and adolescents is ongoing with 
tapentadol oral solution (see Section 6.2). An advisory 
committee meeting (in March 2012) initiated by the FDA 
to discuss “clinical pharmacology aspects of pediatric 
clinical trial design and dosing to optimize pediatric drug 
development” recommended, based on an FDA review 
of 22 products recently approved for adolescent use, that 
for dose confirmation in adolescents (12 years to less 
than 18 years), no pharmacokinetic trials are needed, but 
that doses can be derived using adult data.
...
Based on the pharmacokinetic evidence described above 
for tapentadol, the sponsor considers it justified to move 
into an adolescent safety and efficacy trial without a 
prior pharmacokinetic trial in this age group using the 
prolonged release formulation. An advisory committee 
meeting (in March 2012) initiated by the FDA to discuss 
“clinical pharmacology aspects of pediatric clinical trial 
design and dosing to optimize pediatric drug 
development” recommended, based on an FDA review 
of 22 products recently approved for adolescent use, that 
for dose confirmation in adolescents (12 years to less 
than 18 years), no pharmacokinetic trials are needed, but 
that doses can be derived using adult data.
Section 8.5: Benefit/risk analysis: Risks
Independent statistical center
To allow for the conduct of the planned interim analysis, 
an independent statistical center will be established. The 
independent statistical center will re assess the sample 
size after stage 1 of the trial. The independent statistical 
center will provide recommendations to the sponsor’s 
steering committee as described in the independent 
statistical center charter.
[Paragraph deleted as not applicable]
Section 9.3.3: Procedure for the handling of prematurely discontinued subjects
...
Treated subjects will not be replaced. Allocated subjects 
who were not treated with IMP will be replaced. See 
Section 3 for a definition of allocated and treated 
subjects.
...
Subjects turning 18 years old before Visit VE may 
continue in the trial. However, an additional subject will 
then be enrolled and allocated to IMP. Otherwise treated 
subjects will not be replaced. See Section 3 for a 
definition of allocated and treated subjects.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 106 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 10.2.1: Administration
...
The first dose of IMP will be taken at the site.
...
The first dose of IMP will be taken during visit V2
(Allocation Visit).
A dose must not be repeated if a subject vomits or 
regurgitates part or all of a dose. Vomiting and/or 
regurgitation of a dose must be recorded as an adverse 
event.
Section 10.2.3.4: Titration
The dose of IMP will be titrated within the given limits 
for dosing according to the body weight measured during 
the last visit at the site (...
The dose of IMP will be titrated within the given limits 
for dosing according to the body weight measured during 
the last visit (...
Section 10.6: Rescue medication
During Part 1 (Treatment Period) only, morphine oral 
solution will be supplied by the sponsor as rescue 
medication for both treatment groups.
Subjects with a bodyweight <45.0 kg will receive 
morphine oral solution 0.5% and subjects with a body 
weight ≥45.0 kg will receive morphine oral solution 2% 
as rescue medication.
...
Substance name: Morphine sulfate
...
Dose (strength): 0.5% and 2.0%
...
[new paragraph]
During Part 1 (Treatment Period) only, morphine oral 
solution will be supplied by the sponsor as rescue 
medication for both treatment groups.
An interactive response technology system (voice and 
web based) will be used to assign subjects to rescue 
medication.
...
Substance name: Morphine sulfate or morphine 
hydrochloride
...
Dose (strength): 0.5% and/or 2.0%
...
During Part 2, the use of immediate release strong 
opioids for treatment of breakthrough pain and 
incidental pain is allowed.
Section 11: Trial procedures
See Section 1.1 for a summary of the trial as a flow 
diagram and Section 1.2 for tabular schedules of events 
for each period.
See Section 1.1 for a summary of the trial as a flow 
diagram and Section 1.2 for tabular schedules of events 
for each period. A trial site visit may be performed as a 
home visit after prior approval by the sponsor.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 107 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 11.1.1.1: Enrollment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 to Day 1)
...
• Obtain informed consent and (if required by local law) 
assent (see Section 4.2 for the procedure).
...
• Take blood for safety laboratory investigations (for 
both the central and local laboratories).
...
• Obtain informed consent and (if required by local law) 
assent (see Section 4.2 for the procedure). The informed 
consent/assent may be obtained earlier than Day -14.
...
• Take blood for safety laboratory investigations (for 
both the central and local laboratories). The local 
laboratory sample does not need to be taken at the 
Enrollment Visit if suitable results from the same local 
laboratory are available from a blood sample obtained 
in the 14 days prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
Section 11.1.1.2: Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1)
...
• Administer the first dose of IMP to the subject at the 
investigator’s site. Record administration in the diary.
...
• Administer the first dose of IMP to the subject (see 
Section 10.2.1). The first dose of IMP will be taken 
during this visit, within 24 hours after randomization.
Day 1 is the day of first IMP intake. Record 
administration in the diary. 
Section 11.1.1.4: Visit VE (Day 15 ± 1, End of Treatment Visit)
This visit is planned for Day 15 ± 1, but should also be 
performed if a subject discontinues IMP during the 
Treatment Period.
This visit is planned for Day 15 ± 1, but must also be 
performed within 3 days of last IMP intake if a subject 
discontinues IMP during the Treatment Period.
Section 11.1.1.4: Visit VE (Day 15 ± 1, End of Treatment Visit)
Section 11.1.2.3: Visit ET (Early Termination Visit)
Section 11.1.2.4: Visit F12M (at 12 months after Visit VE, range ± 14 days)
...
- Dispense SOWS questionnaire for completion at home 
if this is the visit of the last intake of IMP (only for 
subjects going in to the Observation Period). To be 
completed once daily until Visit F7D.
...
- Dispense SOWS questionnaire for completion at home 
if this is the visit of the last intake of IMP (only for 
subjects going in to the Observation Period). To be 
completed once daily until the seventh day after the last 
intake of IMP. To be collected at Visit F7D.
Section 11.1.2.2: Visit TP1 to TP12 (every 28 days after Visit VE, range: ± 5 days)
• Record body weight.
• Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and 
diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
• Record body weight.
• Record height (only at Visit TP3, Visit TP6, Visit TP9, 
and Visit TP12).
• Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and 
diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate).
Section 11.4: Subject trial cards
Subjects/parent(s)/legal guardian(s), as applicable, will 
receive a “subject trial card”. The trial card will list the 
following information:
Subjects/parent(s)/legal guardian(s), as applicable, will 
receive a “subject trial card”. The trial card will list at a 
minimum the following information:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 108 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 12.1: Overview of blood sampling in this trial
If possible, blood samples for safety laboratory 
evaluations and serum pharmacokinetics should be taken 
at the same time. Sampling times are given in the 
schedule of events (Section 1.2).
If possible, blood samples for safety laboratory 
evaluations and serum pharmacokinetics should be taken 
at the same time. Sampling times are given in the 
schedule of events (Section 1.2). The local laboratory 
sample does not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit 
if suitable results from the same local laboratory are 
available from a blood sample obtained in the 14 days 
prior to Visit 2 for other reasons.
Section 12.2.3: Pain history
The history, underlying pain condition (cancer/non-
cancer-related pain), and treatments for pain in the last 
30 days before enrollment will be recorded in the CRF.
The history, underlying pain condition (cancer/non-
cancer-related pain), and treatments given in the last 
30 days for pain before enrollment will be recorded in 
the CRF.
Section 12.4.1: Pain intensity
...
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the investigator will 
document the pain that the subject has at each visit in the 
CRF using a paper based VAS.
...
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the investigator will 
document the pain that the subject has at each visit in the 
CRF based on the FPS-R and VAS.
Section 12.5.3: Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
...
The 15 question SOWS questionnaire is more
appropriate for the studied population. It takes less than 
10 minutes to complete. The scale has been 
demonstrated to be a valid and reliable indicator of the 
severity of the opiate withdrawal syndrome over a wide 
range of common signs and symptoms.
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed by the 
subjects at home daily for 7 days after discontinuation of 
IMP.
...
The first 15 questions of the 16-question SOWS 
questionnaire are appropriate for the studied population. 
It takes less than 10 minutes to complete. The scale has 
been demonstrated to be a valid and reliable indicator of 
the severity of the opiate withdrawal syndrome over a 
wide range of common signs and symptoms.
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed by the 
subjects at home daily until the seventh day after the last 
intake of IMP. It will be collected at Visit F7D.
Section 12.6.1: Adverse events: Special procedures for serious adverse events
...
If possible, after serious adverse events considered 
related to IMP (possible: see the section Classification 
of causation), a blood sample for the quantitation of 
systemic exposure of tapentadol (or morphine), and 
metabolites, should be drawn in close temporal 
relationship to the serious adverse event.
...
If possible, after serious adverse events considered 
related to IMP (possible: see the section Classification 
of causation), a blood sample for the quantitation of 
systemic exposure of tapentadol and metabolites should 
be drawn in close temporal relationship to the serious 
adverse event.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 109 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 12.6.5: Safety laboratory
...
The check of the exclusion criteria will be based on the 
local laboratory values. Local laboratory parameters 
needed are: total serum bilirubin, serum albumin, 
aspartate transaminase, alanine transaminase, and serum 
creatinine (the creatinine clearance will be calculated in 
the electronic CRF).
Serum chemistry and hematology
...
The following tests will be performed:
Red blood cell (RBC) count
White blood cell (WBC) count (if WBC abnormal, also 
differential count)
Platelet count
Urinalysis 
...
Sediment by the central laboratory
Red blood cells (RBC)
White blood cells (WBC)
Epithelial cells
Crystals
Casts
Bacteria
...
The check of the exclusion criteria will be based on the 
local laboratory values. Local laboratory parameters 
needed are: total serum bilirubin, serum albumin, 
aspartate transaminase, alanine transaminase, and serum 
creatinine (the creatinine clearance will be calculated in 
the electronic CRF). The local laboratory sample does 
not need to be taken at the Enrollment Visit if suitable 
results from the same local laboratory are available 
from a blood sample obtained in the 14 days prior to 
Visit 2 for other reasons.
Serum chemistry and hematology
...
The following tests will be performed:
Red blood cell (RBC) count
Red blood cell morphology
White blood cell (WBC) count 
White blood cell differential count
White blood cell morphology
Platelet count
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 110 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 14.2.1: Analysis populations (analysis sets)
Enrolled population
All subjects for whom an informed consent form was 
signed.
Safety Set
The Safety Set comprises all treated subjects. 
Full Analysis Set
The FAS comprises all allocated and treated subjects.
Per Protocol Set
The Per Protocol Set is a subset of the FAS, excluding
subjects with protocol deviations that may have an 
impact on the results of the efficacy analyses. 
Enrolled population
The Enrolled Set includes all subjects with a signed (by 
subject, parent(s) or legal guardian(s) as appropriate)
informed consent form and if required by local law an 
assent form.
Allocated Set
The Allocated Set includes all subjects who are allocated 
to treatment.
Safety Set
The Safety Set comprises all treated subjects, i.e., all 
subjects in whom IMP was administered (at least once). 
Full Analysis Set
The FAS comprises all allocated and treated subjects, 
i.e., all allocated subjects who were administered any 
amount of IMP.
Per Protocol Set
The Per Protocol Set defines a subset of the subjects in 
the FAS without any major protocol deviation affecting 
the primary endpoint. The Per Protocol Set is only 
relevant for analyses during Part 1. No protocol 
deviation during Part 2 leads to exclusion from the Per 
Protocol Set. 
Section 14.2.6.1: Primary endpoint (proportion of subjects classified as responders in Part 1)
...
Further sensitivity analyses are planned (but not limited 
to), e.g., keeping the criteria for response unchanged,
except for classifying subjects who stop treatment earlier 
than 14 days or use IMP intermittently because of no 
further need for opioid treatment as responders rather 
than non-responders.
...
Further sensitivity analyses are planned (but not limited 
to), e.g., keeping the criteria for response unchanged 
except for classifying subjects who stop treatment earlier 
than 14 days because of no further need for opioid 
treatment as responders rather than non-responders.
Section 14.2.6.2: Pain scale assessed using a VAS and FPS-R
...
Descriptive statistics will be provided to evaluate the 
changes at each scheduled time point as well as changes 
to baseline for the different trial periods and respective 
treatment groups, as described in Section 14.2.2.
...
Descriptive statistics will be provided to evaluate the 
daily average pain (Part 1) or pain at each visit during 
the Tapentadol Period (Part 2) as well as changes to 
baseline for the different trial periods and respective 
treatment groups, as described in Section 14.2.2.
Section 14.2.6.3: Rescue medication
...
Comparisons will be made across time, for subgroups of 
body weight and for different ages.
...
Comparisons will be made across time and also for 
subgroups of different ages.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 111 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 14.2.7.5: Physical examination
Changes in physical examination findings compared to 
the previous assessment will be listed and summarized 
by body system. Further details concerning subgroups of 
interest will be specified in the SAP.
Physical examination findings will be listed. 
Section 14.2.7.8: Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
The SOWS questionnaire score will be descriptively 
analyzed per scheduled time point according to the last 
IMP taken. Changes to Visit ET will also be presented.
The SOWS questionnaire scores and changes from 
baseline (defined for the SOWS as the assessment made 
on the day of the last intake of IMP) will be descriptively 
analyzed per scheduled time point according to the last 
IMP taken. The total score of the full questionnaire (all 
16 questions) will be used for a first analysis. 
Additionally the total score of the first 15 questions of 
the SOWS questionnaire will be analyzed in the same 
manner, being more appropriate for the studied 
population.
Section 14.2.9: Final analysis
The final analysis of both Part 1 and Part 2 of the trial 
will be performed after all subjects have completed 
Part 2. Further analysis details will be specified in the 
SAP.
The final analysis of Part 1 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 1 of the trial and the data 
has been locked for analyses of Part 1.
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial and the final 
data base has been locked.
Section 19.9.1: Labeling
The labels of the pharmacokinetic samples will be 
provided by the central laboratory and include at least the 
following information (pre printed, i.e., manual writing 
has to be avoided):
•
Trial Number.
•
Unique Subject Identifier.
•
Visit Number.
•
Sample time.
The labels of the pharmacokinetic samples will be 
provided by the central laboratory and include at least 
the following information:
•
Trial Number.
•
Unique Subject Identifier.
•
Accession Number.
•
Visit Number.
18.3
Protocol amendment 03
Amendment rationale
Protocol amendment 03 was been enacted to implement changes required by US authorities:
•
Specify titration for subjects who were opioid naive at Visit V1.
•
Add CSSRS, University of Michigan sedation score, and measurement of oxygen saturation 
(SpO2).
The amendment was subsequently withdrawn.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 112 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
18.4
Protocol amendment 04
Protocol amendment 04 is based on protocol amendment 02, and does not reflect changes 
introduced in protocol amendment 03 as this protocol amendment was withdrawn.
Amendment rationale
Protocol amendment 04 has been enacted to implement the following changes:
•
The alpha for the primary endpoint analysis has been updated based on the methodology 
proposed by Hlavin et al. (2016). As a consequence of the alpha adjustment, the sample 
size has been reduced. Further details for the derivation of the adjusted alpha are provided
in a separate document that is available upon request.
•
A definition of long-term pain has been added.
•
Specifications of the trial population have been modified, requiring the inclusion of fewer 
subjects in the lower age group. The expectation that at least 15 subjects will be treated 
with tapentadol PR for a minimum of 12 weeks has been introduced.
•
The estimated dates of last subject out for Part 1 and Part 2 have been updated.
•
The main analysis has been rescheduled such that it will be performed after all subjects 
have completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2.
•
The interim analysis for sample size re-assessment has been removed due to the reduced 
sample size. The adaptive 2-stage design of the trial has been simplified to a fixed 1-stage 
design.
•
Instructions pertaining to ECG-related discontinuation have been added.
•
The timing of the Early Termination Visit has been explicitly defined.
•
History of complex regional pain syndrome and history of a pain indication that is unlikely 
to respond to opioids have been added to the exclusion criteria.
•
Safety experience from post-marketing data has been updated.
•
Instructions for calculating the starting dose in Part 1 and Part 2 have been revised.
•
Requirements for adverse event reporting during the Observation Period of Part 2 have 
been modified.
In addition, textual change has been made for consistency and, where necessary, to provide more 
detailed descriptions.
Detailed description of changes
Minor editorial changes, such as the correction of typing errors, are not specifically listed.
In the table below, deleted text is crossed out and new text is highlighted using italics.
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Trial design
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, 
randomized, multi-site, open-label, active-controlled, 
parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 
18 years, suffering from long-term pain requiring 
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, 
randomized, multi-site, open-label, active-controlled, 
parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 
18 years, suffering from long-term pain requiring 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 113 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to 
allocate at least 129 subjects (with a maximum of 200 
subjects) in a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with tapentadol PR 
or morphine PR twice daily. An interim analysis will be 
performed to check the sample size.
prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to 
allocate 69 subjects in a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with 
tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice daily.
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Trial population
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less 
than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the trial) and 
suffer from long-term pain requiring prolonged release 
opioid treatment for at least 14 days after Visit V2 
(Allocation Visit; Day 1), and who comply with the 
inclusion/exclusion criteria given in Section 1.3.
The age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 
12 years to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 50% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at 
Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less than 12 years.
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less 
than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the trial) and 
suffer from long-term pain requiring prolonged release 
opioid treatment for at least 14 days after Visit V2 
(Allocation Visit; Day 1), and who comply with the 
inclusion/exclusion criteria given in Section 1.3. Long-
term pain is defined as any pain condition that requires a 
minimum of 14 days of treatment with a strong oral 
opioid. Subjects that could be considered for the trial 
include, but not exclusively, those with expected long-
term post-surgical pain (e.g., spinal surgery), cancer-
related pain (including pain caused by treatment) as well
as chronic indications with moderate to severe pain.
The age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 
12 years to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 25% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at 
Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less than 12 years.
At least 15 subjects must be treated with tapentadol PR 
for a minimum of 12 weeks.
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Concomitant medications/therapies
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly 
mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments are 
also considered to be allowed.
Subjects suffering from cancer related pain will be 
allowed to participate in trials of marketed therapeutic 
medications and therapies (including trials of antibody 
therapies).
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly 
mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments are 
also considered to be allowed.
Subjects will be allowed to participate in trials of 
marketed therapeutic medications and therapies 
(including trials of antibody therapies) at the same time 
as participating in this trial.
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Trial period
Section 8: Trial design: Trial period
Estimated date of first subject in: Oct 2014. 
Part 1, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2016.
Part 2, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2017.
Estimated date of first subject in: Oct 2014. 
Part 1, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2018.
Part 2, estimated date of last subject out: Sep 2019.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 114 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Sample size rationale
The design of the trial is an adaptive 2 stage design with 
possible sample size re estimation after the first stage, 
with no early stopping for success or futility foreseen 
(see “Interim Analysis”). As a result of the interim 
analysis, the overall number of subjects in the FAS will 
be between N = 129 and an upper sample size limit of 
Nmax = 200.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington-Manning test by a 
non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% power 
and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.025, 
129 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 2:1 
randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR. Using the 
proposed method for sample size re assessment, the final 
analysis does not have to be adjusted for the interim 
analysis.
The operating characteristics of the trial design and the 
sample size was assessed in 2 steps. First, a sample size 
calculation was carried out using Adaptive Designs 
Plans and Analyses software package ADDPLAN 
version 6.0.8 provided by Aptiv Solutions, for an 
adaptive 2 stage design without stopping at interim after 
75% of data are available. The resulting total number of 
subjects (N = 129) was then implemented in a simulation 
process using the response rate as the primary endpoint 
and computing the empirical statistical power for several 
values of the overall sample size. These simulations were 
carried out using R version 2.12.2. The simulations were 
validated by an independent statistician.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington-Manning test by a 
non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% power 
and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.1, 
69 subjects are required in the Full Analysis Set (FAS), 
assuming a 2:1 randomization of tapentadol 
PR morphine PR.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 115 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1: Protocol synopsis: Statistical methods
The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2. The 
primary analysis will be conducted after the end of 
stage 2 of the trial, meaning that all subjects have 
completed Part 1 of the trial.
...
Primary analysis of the trial
The primary analysis of the trial will be performed after 
all subjects have completed Part 1 (Treatment Period).
Primary efficacy endpoint
...
The Farrington-Manning test will then be applied and a 
95% confidence interval calculated.
...
Analysis of safety data
...
Adverse events will be tabulated separately for the 
treatment periods and additionally by visit, as long as a 
sufficient number of subjects are available.
Interim analysis
The trial will be conducted using an adaptive 2 stage 
design with possible sample size re estimation after the 
first stage, with no stopping for futility foreseen. The 
sample size re estimation will be done in an unblinded 
manner as the trial is open label. The interim analysis 
aims for verification of the assumptions for the sample 
size calculation by using a so called “promising zone” 
approach. This interim analysis is planned to be 
conducted after 75% of the initially proposed number of 
subjects in the FAS (i.e., 97 subjects) complete Part 1 of 
the trial.
The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2.
...
Main analysis of the trial
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all 
subjects have completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or 
Visit OP3) of Part 2.
Primary efficacy endpoint
...
The Farrington-Manning test will then be applied and an
80% confidence interval calculated.
...
Analysis of safety data
...
Adverse events will be tabulated separately for the 
treatment periods.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 116 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 1.2.1: Part 1: Enrollment Visit and Treatment Period (Visit V1 to Visit VE): footnotes
a) Visit VE must also be performed within 3 days of last 
IMP intake if IMP is stopped during the Treatment 
Period.
...
s) The informed consent/assent may be obtained earlier 
than Day -14.
a) Visit VE must also be performed within 3 days after
last intake of IMP if IMP is stopped during the Treatment 
Period.
...
s) The informed consent/assent may be obtained earlier 
than Day -14.
t) The inclusion as well as discontinuation of a subject 
will be based on the judgment of the investigator. If the 
subject has been included but fulfills any of the 
discontinuation criteria based on the ECG analysis 
report of the central ECG laboratory, the ECG must be 
repeated within 1 week of receiving the central ECG 
report and the subject must be discontinued if any of the 
discontinuation criteria is confirmed by the investigator.
Section 1.2.2: Part 2: Tapentadol Period: footnotes
c) The Early Termination Visit (Visit ET) is for subjects 
stopping IMP before Visit F12M in Part 2.
c) Visit ET must be performed within 3 days after last 
intake of IMP if IMP is stopped before Visit F12M in 
Part 2.
Section 1.3.1: Inclusion criteria
Subjects are eligible for the trial at Visit V1 if all the 
following apply:
...
3. Subject has an underlying long-term pain condition 
that is, according to the judgment of the investigator, 
expected to require a twice-daily prolonged release 
opioid treatment until at least the end of the 14-day 
Treatment Period (Visit VE).
Subjects are eligible for the trial at Visit V1 if all the 
following apply:
...
3. Subject has an underlying long-term pain condition
(e.g., cancer, chronic disease, planned or performed 
surgery) that is, according to the judgment of the 
investigator, expected to require a twice-daily prolonged 
release opioid treatment until at least the end of the 14-
day Treatment Period (Visit VE).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997




Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 118 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 8: Trial design
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, 
randomized, multi-site, open-label, active-controlled, 
parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 
18 years, suffering from long-term pain requiring 
prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to 
allocate at least 129 subjects (with a maximum of 200 
subjects) in a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with tapentadol PR 
or morphine PR twice daily.
...
Trial population
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less 
than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the trial) and 
suffer from severe long-term pain requiring prolonged 
release opioid treatment for at least 14 days after 
Visit V2, and who comply with the inclusion/exclusion 
criteria given in Section 9.2.
Age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 12 years 
to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 50% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at 
Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less than 12 years.
Part 1 is a 14-day (Treatment Period) Phase II/III, 
randomized, multi-site, open-label, active-controlled, 
parallel group trial in subjects aged 6 years to less than 
18 years, suffering from long-term pain requiring 
prolonged release opioid treatment. The target is to 
allocate 69 subjects in a ratio of 2:1 to treatment with 
tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice daily.
...
Trial population
Subjects will be enrolled who are aged 6 years to less 
than 18 years (for the duration of Part 1 of the trial) and 
suffer from severe long-term pain requiring prolonged 
release opioid treatment for at least 14 days after 
Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1), and who comply with 
the inclusion/exclusion criteria given in Section 1.3. 
Long-term pain is defined as any pain condition that 
requires a minimum of 14 days of treatment with a 
strong oral opioid. Subjects that could be considered for 
the trial include, but not exclusively, those with expected 
long-term post-surgical pain (e.g., spinal surgery), 
cancer-related pain (including pain caused by treatment) 
as well as chronic indications with moderate to severe 
pain.
The age groups of 6 years to less than 12 years and 
12 years to less than 18 years are predefined. 
At least 25% of the subjects will be allocated to IMP at 
Visit V2 in the age group of 6 years to less than 12 years.
At least 15 subjects must be treated with tapentadol PR 
for a minimum of 12 weeks.
Section 8.4: Discussion of the trial design
Choice of population and trial sites
Tapentadol PR has shown to be an efficacious and safe 
drug for the treatment of different chronic pain 
indications that are common in the adult population, such 
as low back pain, osteoarthritis and cancer-related pain. 
...
Chronic daily pain can occur in children in the context of 
chronic daily headaches, neurodegenerative disorders, 
Choice of population and trial sites
The trial includes children with different indications 
requiring treatment with an oral strong opioid for at 
least 14 days. Subjects that could be considered for the 
trial include, but not exclusively, those with expected 
long-term post-surgical pain (e.g., orthopedic surgery), 
cancer-related pain (including pain caused by 
treatment), as well as chronic indications with moderate 
to severe pain.
Tapentadol PR has shown to be an efficacious and safe 
drug for the treatment of different chronic pain 
indications that are common in the adult population, such 
as low back pain, osteoarthritis and cancer-related pain. 
...
Chronic daily pain can occur in children in the context of 
chronic daily headaches, neurodegenerative disorders, 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 119 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
inflammatory disorders, post-traumatic neuropathic pain 
conditions (including complex regional pain syndromes),
and in children with advanced cancer and other 
life-limiting diseases. 
...
Multiple trial sites, e.g., specialized in pediatric oncology 
and hematology, burns and orthopedics, in multiple 
countries will be required for the recruitment of at least 
129 subjects in the specified time.
...
Interim analysis
The trial will include 1 interim analysis, to decide on the 
adequacy of the chosen sample size. The interim analysis 
is planned to be conducted after 75% of the initially 
planned number of subjects in the FAS (i.e., 97 subjects) 
complete Part 1 of the trial (Section 14.2.10). The 
rationale for the interim analysis is that information 
about the primary endpoint and the treatment effect 
measured in the population under investigation is 
limited. Therefore, assumptions needed for an 
appropriate sample size calculation to achieve a specified 
power in a fixed sample design are subjected to 
uncertainty. An adaptive design allows for sample size 
re assessment at the interim analysis under control of the 
overall Type I error rate.
To ensure the integrity and validity of the trial results, an 
independent statistician will conduct the sample size re
assessment at the interim analysis. The rules for the 
sample size re assessment and final analysis are pre
specified, see Section 14.2.10.
...
Stratification
...
The predefined age groups are 6 years to less than 
12 years, and 12 years to less than 18 years, and subjects 
will be stratified so that at least 50% of the subjects will 
be allocated to IMP at Visit V2 in the age group of 
6 years to less than 12 years.
...
Dosing
...
Based on these results, a starting dose of ~1.25 mg/kg to 
1.5 mg/kg every 12 hours, with a maximum dose of 
~4.5 mg/kg every 12 hours, were chosen in this trial. As 
the IMP used in this trial is only available as tapentadol 
PR 25 mg and tapentadol PR 100 mg tablets, the doses in 
the age sub groups (Table 2) are chosen to be as close as 
possible to the estimated doses.
In subjects previously taking an opioid, a conversion 
inflammatory disorders, post-traumatic neuropathic pain 
conditions, and in children with advanced cancer and 
other life-limiting diseases. 
...
Multiple trial sites, e.g., specialized in pediatric oncology 
and hematology, burns and orthopedics, in multiple 
countries will be required for the recruitment of 
69 subjects in the specified time.
...
Stratification
...
The predefined age groups are 6 years to less than 
12 years, and 12 years to less than 18 years, and subjects 
will be stratified so that at least 25% of the subjects will 
be allocated to IMP at Visit V2 in the age group of 
6 years to less than 12 years.
...
Dosing
...
Based on these results, a starting dose of ~1.25 mg/kg to 
1.5 mg/kg every 12 hours, with a maximum dose of 
~4.5 mg/kg every 12 hours, were chosen in this trial. As 
the IMP used in this trial is only available as tapentadol 
PR 25 mg and tapentadol PR 100 mg tablets, the doses in 
the age subgroups (Table 2) are chosen to be as close as 
possible to the estimated doses.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 120 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
factor will be used to calculate the starting dose 
(Section 19.8).
Section 9.2: Inclusion/exclusion criteria
[Inclusion and exclusion criteria deleted from section.]
[Links set to Section 1.3.]
Section 9.3: Trial discontinuation and treatment not completed
Subjects may, however, also discontinue participation in 
the trial completely.
Subjects may, however, also discontinue participation in 
the trial completely (trial not completed).
Section 10.2.3.2 Starting doses in Part 1 for subjects with previous opioid treatment
Subjects with previous opioid treatment will start at 70% 
of the equi-analgesic dose of their previous treatment or 
lower; depending on the available dose, but using at least 
the minimum dose according to weight group (see 
Table 2 for tapentadol PR and Table 3 for morphine PR). 
Subjects pre treated with morphine can continue on their 
previous dose or next lower dose according to Table 3 if 
the dose does not match a dose given on the dosing table.
A conversion table to calculate equi analgesic doses of 
common opioids to tapentadol PR and morphine PR is 
provided in Section 19.8.
Subjects taking previous opioid treatment will start at 
70% of the equi-analgesic dose of their previous 
treatment or lower; depending on the available dose, but 
using at least the minimum dose according to weight 
group (see Table 2 for tapentadol PR and Table 3 for 
morphine PR). 
Subjects pre-treated with morphine can continue on their 
previous dose or next lower dose according to Table 2 if 
the dose does not match a dose given on the dosing table, 
if randomized to morphine.
Conversion from other opioids to morphine should be 
done according to clinical routine. To calculate the dose 
of prolonged release opioids per intake, it is 
recommended to calculate the total daily dose of the 
immediate release opioid and divide the result by 2. To 
rotate subjects from other opioids to tapentadol PR, the 
morphine-equivalent dose should be calculated first 
followed by the calculation of the final tapentadol PR 
dose (1 mg morphine PR is equivalent to 2.5 mg 
tapentadol PR).
Section 10.2.3.3: Starting dose of tapentadol PR in Part 2
Subjects converting from morphine PR (Treatment 
Period of Part 1) to tapentadol PR (Tapentadol Period of 
Part 2) will start tapentadol PR with 70% of the current 
morphine equivalent dose or lower, depending on the 
available dose, but using at least the minimum dose 
according to their weight group (Table 2). As 
tapentadol PR 2.5 mg is equivalent to morphine PR 
1 mg, the suggested starting total daily dose of 
tapentadol PR in mg is 1.75 x total daily dose of 
morphine PR in mg.
Subjects converting from morphine PR (Treatment 
Period of Part 1) to tapentadol PR (Tapentadol Period of 
Part 2) will start tapentadol PR at 70% of the current 
morphine equivalent dose or lower, depending on the 
available dose, but using at least the minimum dose 
according to their weight group (Table 2). 
Section 10.3.1: Part 1
Subjects will be stratified using the interactive response 
technology system by age group (6 years to less than 
12 years and 12 years to less than 18 years, at Visit V2 
[Allocation Visit]) so that at least 50% of the subjects are 
in the younger age group, and by underlying pain 
condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain).
Subjects will be stratified using the interactive response 
technology system by age group (6 years to less than 
12 years and 12 years to less than 18 years, at Visit V2 
[Allocation Visit]) so that at least 25% of the subjects are 
in the younger age group, and by underlying pain 
condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 121 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 10.5: Allowed and forbidden and prior/concomitant medications/therapies
...
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly 
mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments are 
also considered to be allowed.
Subjects suffering from cancer related pain will be 
allowed to participate in trials of marketed therapeutic 
medications and therapies (including trials of antibody 
therapies).
...
All medications/therapies that are not explicitly 
mentioned under allowed or forbidden treatments are 
also considered to be allowed. 
Section 11.1.1.1: Enrollment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 to Day 1)
...
• Record a 12-lead ECG.
...
• Record a 12-lead ECG. The inclusion as well as 
discontinuation of a subject will be based on the 
judgment of the investigator. If the subject has been 
included but fulfills any of the discontinuation criteria 
based on the ECG analysis report of the central ECG 
laboratory, the ECG must be repeated within 1 week of 
receiving the central ECG report and the subject must be 
discontinued if any of the discontinuation criteria is 
confirmed by the investigator.
Section 11.1.1.4: Visit VE (Day 15 ± 1, End of Treatment Visit)
This visit is planned for Day 15 ± 1, but must also be 
performed within 3 days of last IMP intake if a subject 
discontinues IMP during the Treatment Period.
This visit is planned for Day 15 ± 1, but must also be 
performed within 3 days after last intake of IMP if a 
subject discontinues IMP during the Treatment Period.
Section 11.1.2.3: Visit ET (Early Termination Visit)
The Early Termination Visit (Visit ET) is for subjects 
stopping IMP before Visit F12M in Part 2. If Visit F12M 
and Visit ET are performed on the same day, 
assessments scheduled for both visits will not be 
repeated at Visit F12M.
Visit ET must be performed within 3 days after last 
intake of IMP if IMP is stopped before Visit F12M in 
Part 2. If Visit F12M and Visit ET are performed on the 
same day, assessments scheduled for both visits will not 
be repeated at Visit F12M.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 122 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 12.6.1: Adverse events
All adverse events will be documented from the time of 
enrollment (i.e., the time the informed consent form is 
signed) up to the time of the last protocol scheduled 
contact has occurred, i.e., date of last visit/contact (can 
be a phone call, e.g., in case of withdrawal).
...
Notification of serious adverse events
All serious adverse events (including death, irrespective 
of cause) during the trial, regardless of their relationship 
to IMP, must be reported to the sponsor’s Drug Safety 
Department as soon as possible but no later than 24 
hours after learning of the event.
During Part 1 and during the Tapentadol Period of 
Part 2 and until Visit OP3 of the Observational Period 
all adverse events will be documented from the time of 
enrollment (i.e., the time the informed consent form is 
signed) up to the time of the last protocol scheduled 
contact has occurred, i.e., date of last visit/contact (can 
be a phone call, e.g., in case of withdrawal). 
After Visit OP3 of the Observation Period of Part 2, only 
adverse events and serious adverse events that, in the 
judgment of the investigator, are at least possibly related 
to IMP will be reported.
...
Notification of serious adverse events
All serious adverse events (including death, irrespective 
of cause) during the trial, regardless of their relationship
to IMP, must be reported to the sponsor’s Drug Safety 
Department as soon as possible but no later than 24 
hours after learning of the event, with the following 
exception: after Visit OP3 of the Observation Period of 
Part 2, only adverse events and serious adverse events 
that, in the judgment of the investigator, are at least 
possibly related to IMP will be reported.
Section 12.6.2: Vital signs
Vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood 
pressure, and pulse rate) will be measured in a supine 
position after resting for 5 minutes and recorded in the 
CRF. While resting, the subject should not receive 
anything to drink or eat.
Vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood 
pressure, and pulse rate) will be measured in a supine 
position after resting for at least 5 minutes and recorded 
in the CRF. While resting, the subject should not receive 
anything to drink or eat. 
Section 12.6.4: Twelve-lead electrocardiogram
...
Cardiologists at a central ECG laboratory will read all 
ECGs. The ECG report from the central ECG laboratory 
will be considered a source document.
...
Cardiologists at a central ECG laboratory will read all 
ECGs. The ECG report from the central ECG laboratory 
will be considered a source document.
If there are discrepancies between the central ECG 
analysis report and the assessment of the investigator, 
the investigator will document these on the ECG analysis 
report. 
The inclusion as well as discontinuation of a subject will 
be based on the judgment of the investigator. If the 
subject has been included but fulfills any of the 
discontinuation criteria based on the ECG analysis 
report of the central ECG laboratory, the ECG must be 
repeated within 1 week of receiving the central ECG 
report and the subject must be discontinued if any of the 
discontinuation criteria is confirmed by the investigator.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 123 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 13.3: Data management
Database lock
For each defined reporting time point, when all data have 
been received and entered, all data checks and quality 
control checks have been performed, all queries are 
resolved, and a final data review meeting has been held 
without resulting in new queries, the trial database will 
be considered clean and can be frozen. For the primary
analysis after Part 1, the database will be frozen after 
every subject has completed Part 1 or has terminated 
early.
Database lock
When all data have been received and entered into the 
trial database, all data checks and quality control checks 
have been performed, all queries are resolved, and the
final statistical review has been held without resulting in 
new queries, the trial database will be considered clean 
and the data will be locked. For the main analysis (Part 1
and the first 12 weeks of Part 2), the detailed procedure 
will be described in the data management plan.
Section 14.1: Sample size rationale
The design of the trial is an adaptive 2 stage design with 
possible sample size re estimation after the first stage, 
with no early stopping for success or futility foreseen. 
This interim analysis aims for verification of the 
assumptions for the sample size calculation by using a so 
called “promising zone” approach (see Section 14.2.10), 
stopping for any reason is not foreseen based in the 
results of the interim analysis. As a result of the interim 
analysis, the overall number of subjects in the FAS will 
be between N = 129 and an upper sample size limit of 
Nmax = 200.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington-Manning (1990) test 
by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% 
power and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.025, 
129 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 
2:1 randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR. Using 
the proposed method for sample size re assessment, the 
final analysis does not have to be adjusted for the interim 
analysis.
The operating characteristics of the trial design and the 
sample size was assessed in 2 steps. First, a sample size 
calculation was carried out using Adaptive Designs 
Plans and Analyses software package ADDPLAN 
version 6.0.8 provided by Aptiv Solutions, for an 
adaptive 2 stage design without stopping at the interim 
analysis after 75% of data are available. The resulting 
total number of subjects (N = 129) was then 
implemented in a simulation process using the response 
rate as the primary endpoint and computing the empirical 
statistical power for several values of the overall sample 
size. These simulations were carried out using R version 
2.12.2. The simulations were validated by an 
independent statistician.
A detailed description of the process can be found the 
sponsor’s trial master files.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington-Manning (1990) test 
by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% 
power and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.1, 
69 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 
2:1 randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR.
A one-sided alpha of 0.1 is considered appropriate based 
on a method proposed by Hlavin et al. (2016). The 
approach makes use of prior knowledge and the concept 
of extrapolation from a larger population to a small 
target population, (i.e., pediatric population), to reduce 
the burden of evidence in pediatrics by relaxing the 
Type I error, while controlling a certain posterior belief, 
i.e., confidence after successful pediatric trials, in 
effectiveness of the drug in children.  
Further details for the application of the concept of 
Hlavin et al. (2016) in the context of this trial are 
provided in a separate document that is available upon 
request.  
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 124 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 14.2: Analysis of the trial – statistical analysis
Primary analysis of the trial
The primary analysis of the trial will be performed after 
all subjects have completed Part 1 (Treatment Period),
i.e., after the end of stage 2 of the trial (see 
Section 14.2.10).
Main analysis of the trial
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all 
subjects have completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or 
Visit OP3) of Part 2.
Section 14.2.6.1: Primary endpoint (proportion of subjects classified as responders in Part 1): Hypotheses
...
The Farrington-Manning (1990) test will then be applied 
and a 95% confidence interval calculated. The non-
inferiority of tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR 
will be established if the lower limit of this 2-sided 95% 
confidence interval of the difference in the above 
estimated proportions is above the non-inferiority margin 
of -20%.
The method chosen for sample size re assessment allows 
for an unchanged test statistic to be used for final 
analysis.
...
This sample will be summarized by means of the 
posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 95% 
credibility interval. If the lower limit of the 95% 
credibility interval for the difference of the 2 response 
rates is >-0.2, then this would support non-inferiority by 
this sensitivity analysis.
...
The Farrington-Manning (1990) test will then be applied 
and an 80% confidence interval calculated. The non-
inferiority of tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR 
will be established if the lower limit of this 2-sided 80% 
confidence interval of the difference in the above 
estimated proportions is above the non-inferiority margin 
of -20%.
...
This sample will be summarized by means of the 
posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 80% 
credibility interval. If the lower limit of the 80% 
credibility interval for the difference of the 2 response 
rates is >-0.2, then this would support non-inferiority by 
this sensitivity analysis.
Section 14.2.7.1: Adverse events
Adverse events will be tabulated separately for the 
treatment periods and additionally by visit, as long as a 
sufficient number of subjects are available.
Adverse events will be tabulated separately for the 
treatment periods.
Section 14.2.7.4: Vital signs (pulse rate, systolic/diastolic blood pressure, and respiratory rate)
As described in Section 14.2.2, descriptive statistics as 
well as for changes to baseline for the different trial 
periods will be presented. Frequency tabulations of 
abnormalities will be included. 
As described in Section 14.2.2, descriptive statistics as 
well as changes to baseline for the different trial periods 
will be presented. Frequency tabulations of abnormalities 
will be included. 
Section 14.2.9: Final analysis
The final analysis of Part 1 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 1 of the trial and the data 
has been locked for analyses of Part 1.
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial and the final 
data base has been locked.
The main analysis of the trial will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 1 and the first 12 weeks
(Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2 of the trial. 
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial and the final 
database has been locked.
Further details regarding the analyses will be provided 
in the SAP.
Section 14.2.10: Interim analysis
Section 14.2.10: [deleted]
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 125 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 16.6: Final report and reporting of the trial
An integrated clinical trial report, integrating clinical, 
pharmacokinetic, and statistical results of Part 1 
(Treatment Period) will be prepared by the sponsor once 
all subjects have completed Part 1.
An integrated clinical trial report, integrating clinical, 
pharmacokinetic, and statistical results of 
Part 1(Treatment Period) and the first 12 weeks of Part 2
will be prepared by the sponsor once all subjects have 
completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of 
Part 2.
Section 17: References: Publications
...
Mehta CR, Pocock, SJ. Adaptive increase in sample size 
when interim results are promising: A practical guide 
with examples. Statistics in Medicine 2011; 30(28): 
3267 84.
Hlavin G, Koenig F, Male C, Posch M, Bauer P. 
Evidence, eminence and extrapolation. Stat Med 2016; 
35(13): 2117-32.
...
Section 19: Appendix
Section 19.8: Conversion factors for opioids
Section 19.8: [deleted]
Section 19.10: Interim analysis using the promising zone 
approach
Section 19.11: [deleted]
18.5
Protocol amendment 05
Protocol amendment 05 is implemented to reverse a change introduced in amendment 04 relating to 
the recording of adverse events after Visit OP3.
Detailed description of changes
Minor editorial changes, such as the correction of typing errors, are not specifically listed.
In the table below, deleted text is crossed out and new text is highlighted using italics.
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 12.6.1: Adverse events
During Part 1 and during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 
and until Visit OP3 of the Observational Period all
adverse events will be documented from the time of 
enrollment (i.e., the time the informed consent form is 
signed) up to the time of the last protocol scheduled 
contact has occurred, i.e., date of last visit/contact (can 
be a phone call, e.g., in case of withdrawal). 
After Visit OP3 of the Observation Period of Part 2, only 
adverse events and serious adverse events that, in the 
judgment of the investigator, are at least possibly related 
to IMP will be reported.
All adverse events will be documented from the time of 
enrollment (i.e., the time the informed consent form is 
signed) up to the time of the last protocol scheduled 
contact has occurred, i.e., date of last visit/contact (can 
be a phone call, e.g., in case of withdrawal).
...
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 126 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Changes to this protocol include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
...
Notification of serious adverse events
All serious adverse events (including death, irrespective 
of cause) during the trial, regardless of their relationship 
to IMP, must be reported to the sponsor’s Drug Safety 
Department as soon as possible but no later than 24 
hours after learning of the event, with the following 
exception: after Visit OP3 of the Observation Period of 
Part 2, only adverse events and serious adverse events 
that, in the judgment of the investigator, are at least 
possibly related to IMP will be reported.
Notification of serious adverse events
All serious adverse events (including death, irrespective 
of cause) during the trial, regardless of their relationship 
to IMP, must be reported to the sponsor’s Drug Safety 
Department as soon as possible but no later than 24 
hours after learning of the event.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 127 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
19
APPENDIX
19.1
List of medical concepts for consideration of seriousness stratified by 
system organ class
Blood and lymphatic system disorders
agranulocytosis
aplastic anaemia
blast cell proliferation 
(myeloproliferative and 
lymphoprolipherative disorders)
bone marrow depression
disseminated intravascular coagulation 
(DIC)
haemolytic anaemia 
histiocytosis
loss of anticoagulation control 
pancytopenia 
splenic haemorrhage, infarction or 
thrombosis
thrombocytopenia (<30000)
thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
Cardiac disorders
angina unstable
atrial flutter
atrioventricular block complete
cardiac arrest
cardiac failure acute
cardiac fibrillation
cardiac tamponade 
cardiogenic shock 
cardiomyopathy acute 
coronary artery spasm
cor pulmonale decompensated
myocardial infarction
torsade de pointes
ventricular fibrillation
ventricular tachycardia
Ear and labyrinth disorders
deafness
vestibular ataxia
Endocrine disorders
adrenocortical insufficiency acute
Eye disorders
cataract/lens opacity
glaucoma
keratitis/corneal opacification
macular degeneration 
optic neuropathy, atrophy 
papilloedema 
ptosis 
retinal artery/vein occlusion 
retinitis 
scotoma
sudden visual loss
uveitis
vitreous detachment
Gastrointestinal disorders
colitis haemorrhagic
gastric ulcer haemorrhage
gastric ulcer perforation
haematemesis
haemoperitoneum
illeus 
intestinal ischaemia 
intestinal perforation 
melaena 
mesenteric occlusion 
mesenteric vein thrombosis
pancreatitis
peritonitis
General disorders and administration site conditions
malignant hyperthermia
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 128 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Hepatobiliary disorders
hepatic failure
hepatitis fulminant
hepatic necrosis
hepatorenal syndrome
portal hypertension
Reye's syndrome
Immune system disorders
amyloidosis
anaphylactic reaction
anaphylactic shock
graft versus host disease
Infections and infestations
endotoxic shock
sepsis
toxic shock syndrome
transmission of an infectious agent via 
a medicinal product
Injury, poisoning and procedural complications 
transplant failure
wound dehiscence
Metabolism and nutrition disorders
diabetic coma
failure to thrive 
hypercalcaemia (CTC IV)
hyperkalaemia (CTC IV)
hypocalcaemia (CTC IV)
hypokalaemia (CTC IV)
lactic acidosis
porphyria
shock hypoglycaemic 
tetany
Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders
aseptic necrosis bone
fracture pathological 
muscle necrosis 
osteomalacia 
rhabdomyolysis
systemic lupus erythematosus
systemic sclerosis
Nervous system disorders
amnesia
anticholinergic syndrome
aphasia
cerebral oedema
chorea
coma
convulsions
demyelination
encephalitis
encephalopathy 
epilepsy
Guillain-Barré syndrome
hydrocephalus
intracranial haemorrhage
meningitis 
multiple sclerosis
myasthenia gravis
myelitis
neuroleptic malignant syndrome
opisthotonus
paralysis
paresis
Parkinson’s syndrome
serotonin syndrome
stroke
tunnel vision
Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions
abortion
eclampsia
intra-uterine death
Psychiatric disorders
anorexia nervosa
delirium
drug abuse
drug dependence
homicidal ideation
intentional misuse
self-injurious ideation/attempt
suicidal ideation/attempt
suicide completed
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 129 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Renal and urinary disorders
anuria
Goodpasture's syndrome
haemolytic uraemic syndrome
nephritis/nephritic syndrome
nephrotic syndrome
oliguria
renal failure acute
renal tubular necrosis
urinary obstruction/retention
Reproductive system and breast disorders
metrorrhagia/uterine heamorrhage
priapism
Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders
acute respiratory failure
adult respiratory distress syndrome 
alveolitis allergic
asphyxia
bronchospasm
laryngeal oedema
pulmonary fibrosis
pulmonary haemorrhage
pulmonary infarction
pulmonary vasculitis
respiratory arrest
status asthmaticus
pulmonary oedema
Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders
angioneurotic oedema
erythema nodosum 
pemphigus
Stevens-Johnson syndrome
toxic epidermal necrolysis
vascular purpura
Vascular disorders
acute circulatory failure 
embolism
malignant hypertension
necrosis ischaemic
thrombosis
CTC = Common Toxicity Criteria also referred to as the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE).  
Source: 
.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 130 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
19.2
Visual analog scale
This is an example and the version used may differ.
The subject will evaluate pain intensity by answering the following question:
“My pain right now is”
Pain as bad as it could be
No pain
Pain intensity will be scored such that a score of 0 is equivalent to “no pain” and a score of 100 is 
equivalent to “pain as bad as it could be”.
An electronic version of the VAS will be used in the electronic diary (Part 1) and paper version of 
the VAS will be used in the CRF for the Tapentadol Period (Part 2). The electronic version and the 
paper version of the VAS are both validated.
The subject will be instructed to make a mark on the line to indicate the pain intensity.
For the paper version, the line will be 100 mm in length. A trained observer (an individual under the 
supervision of the principal investigator who observes and instructs subjects regarding trial 
procedures) will measure the distance in millimeters from the bottom of the scale to the subject’s 
mark using a standard ruler. This value will be recorded in the CRF.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 131 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
19.3
Faces Pain Scale – Revised
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997








Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 135 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
19.7
Algorithm to detect potential severe cases of drug-induced liver 
injury
The detection of potential severe cases of drug-induced liver injury will be based on laboratory data 
from the central laboratory.
Check laboratory values at the times specified in the trial protocol for increases of alanine 
transaminase, aspartate transaminase, and total serum bilirubin after administration of IMP.
If alanine transaminase or aspartate transaminase is >3 x upper limit of normal, repeat the lab test 
within 48 hours to 72 hours. The test should be performed for aspartate transaminase, alanine 
transaminase, creatine kinase, total, direct and indirect bilirubin, alkaline phosphate, lipase and 
gamma-glutamyl transferase. 
If alanine transaminase or aspartate transaminase is >3 x upper limit of normal, (confirmed by 
retesting), and total serum bilirubin is <2 x upper limit of normal, the investigator and the sponsor 
should discuss the following recommendations: 
•
Initiate a close observation of the subject/patient. 
•
Repeat testing of alanine transaminase, aspartate transaminase, alkaline phosphate, total, 
direct and indirect bilirubin, creatine kinase, gamma-glutamyltransferase, international 
normalized ratio, eosinophilic granulocytes and lipase 2 times to 3 times weekly. 
•
Decrease the frequency of retesting to once a week or less if abnormalities stabilize or if the 
IMP has been discontinued. 
If alanine transaminase or aspartate transaminase is >3 x upper limit of normal and total serum 
bilirubin is >2 x upper limit of normal, the investigator and the sponsor should discuss following 
recommendations: 
•
Repeat testing of alanine transaminase, aspartate transaminase, alkaline phosphate, total, 
direct and indirect bilirubin, creatine kinase, gamma-glutamyltransferase, international 
normalized ratio, eosinophilic granulocytes and lipase. 
•
Consult a hepatologist/gastroenterologist who must then conduct an obligatory abdominal 
ultrasound and other examinations (e.g., liver biopsy) as necessary. 
•
Obtain more detailed history of symptoms (fatigue, nausea, vomiting, right upper quadrant 
pain or tenderness, fever, rash, and/or eosinophilia [>5%]). 
•
Obtain history of concomitant medication, including herbal drugs, alcohol use or other 
drugs of abuse. 
•
Obtain laboratory tests as listed in Table 6.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 136 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
Table 6:
Laboratory tests to be performed for the evaluation of alternative causes of 
drug-induced liver injury
Cause 
Test/parameter 
Hepatitis A 
Anti-HAV-IgM 
Hepatitis B 
HBsAg and Anti-HBc IgM 
Hepatitis C 
Anti-HCV (if positive, HCV-RNA by PCR) 
Hepatitis D 
HBsAG and Anti-HDV IgM 
Hepatitis E 
Anti-HEV 
Autoimmune hepatitis 
ANA or SMA, elevated IgG-levels, Liver-Kidney-Microsomal Antibodies 
Primary biliary cirrhosis 
Mitochondrial antibody, elevated IgM-levels 
Primary sclerosing cholangitis 
P-ANCA 
Epstein-Barr virus 
Anti-VCA IgG and IgM 
Cytomegalovirus 
Anti-CMV IgM and IgG 
Alcoholic liver disease 
CDT (Carbohydrate-Deficient-Transferrin) 
α1 Antitrypsin disease 
α1 Antitrypsin 
Wilson disease 
Ceruloplasmin 
Hemochromatosis 
Ferritin or optionally genetic testing (e.g., in unclear cases) 
Hepatocellular cancer 
α –fetoprotein
IG = immune globulin; HB = hemoglobin; AG = antigen; RNA = ribonucleic acid; PCR = polymerase chain reaction; 
V = virus; ANA = anti-nuclear antibody; SMA = smooth muscle antibody; VCA = viral capsid antigen.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997


Confidential
Protocol KF5503-66
including Amendment 05
Page 137 of 137
DMS version 9.0
27 Jul 2017
19.8
Collecting, handling, and shipment of pharmacokinetic serum 
samples
19.8.1
Labeling
The labels of the pharmacokinetic samples will be provided by the central laboratory and include at 
least the following information:
•
Trial Number.
•
Unique Subject Identifier.
•
Accession Number.
•
Visit Number.
19.8.2
Devices
•
S-Monovette® (e.g., 1.2 mL, Sarstedt, Order No.06.1663.001)
•
Cryovials (e.g., 1.5 mL, VWR, Order No. 479-3225)
Other devices may be used if equivalent after approval by the sponsor.
19.8.3
Procedure
•
Fill S-Monovette® with 0.5 mL of blood.
•
Register sample collection date and time in the CRF.
•
Before processing: mix immediately by inverting the S-Monovette gently 1-2 times and 
incubate at room temperature for 20 minutes to 3 hours.
•
Centrifuge at room temperature at 1500 g for 10 minutes. Clot and serum must be well 
separated. If necessary, centrifuge once again.
•
Carefully pipette all the serum into appropriately labeled cryotubes. 
•
Discard collection tube.
•
Freeze cryovial at –15°C or lower until shipment on dry ice.
19.8.4
Shipment
The samples will be sent to the bioanalytical facility according to the schedule stated in the Scope 
of Work with the Central Laboratory. An inventory list must be included with each shipment. The 
inventory list must note each specimen drawn for each subject, and note any missing specimens.
•
For shipment, ensure that the samples are packed with sufficient dry ice to maintain frozen 
state throughout transport.
•
Send the samples by premium courier door-to-door delivery to the bioanalytical laboratory
(the address will be supplied in a separate document). Choice of courier has to be approved 
by the sponsor.
•
Notify sponsor contact by e-mail and the bioanalytical laboratory before shipment of the 
samples.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
9.0
0631997

SAP_001.pdf: 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698
NCT02151682


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 2 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
LIST OF TABLES
4
LIST OF FIGURES
5
2
ABBREVIATIONS
5
3
INTRODUCTION
6
4
TRIAL OBJECTIVES
6
5
TRIAL DESIGN
6
5.1
Overall trial design and plan
6
5.2
Sample size
15
5.3
Randomization
15
6
OVERVIEW OF PLANNED ANALYSES
16
6.1
Final analyses
16
6.2
Interim analyses
16
6.3
Data Monitoring committee analyses
16
7
DOCUMENT AND CHANGE HISTORY
17
7.1
Changes in analysis compared to the trial protocol
17
7.2
SAP amendment rationale
17
7.2.1
Amendment 02
17
7.2.2
Amendment 01
18
8
ANALYSIS CONVENTIONS
20
8.1
General principles
20
8.2
Definitions
22
8.2.1
Definition of subgroup
22
8.2.2
Further definitions
24
9
SUBJECT POPULATIONS
25
9.1
Enrolled Set
25
9.2
Allocated Set
25
9.3
Safety Set
25
9.4
Full Analysis Set
26
9.5
Per Protocol Set
26
9.6
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PK-Set)
26
9.7
Application of analysis sets
26
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 3 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
10
DISPOSITION
27
10.1
Subject disposition
27
10.2
Subject discontinuations
28
10.3
Protocol deviations
29
11
DEMOGRAPHICS AND OTHER BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS
30
11.1
Subject demographics
30
11.2
Other baseline characteristics
30
11.3
Subject medical history
31
11.4
Prior and concomitant medication or therapy
31
12
EXPOSURE AND COMPLIANCE
32
12.1
Exposure
32
12.2
Compliance
33
13
EFFICACY ANALYSES
33
13.1
Primary endpoint
33
13.1.1
Main analysis
34
13.1.2
Sensitivity analysis
34
13.1.3
Other analysis
35
13.2
Secondary endpoint
36
13.3
Other endpoints
36
13.3.1
Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale
36
13.3.2
Rescue medication
37
13.4
Acceptability and palatability
38
14
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACOKINETIC AND 
PHARMACODYNAMICS PARAMETERS
38
15
SAFETY ANALYSES
38
15.1
Secondary endpoint
39
15.1.1
Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
39
15.1.2
Adverse events
39
15.2
Other endpoints
43
15.2.1
Laboratory parameters
43
15.2.2
Electrocardiogram
45
15.2.3
Vital signs
46
15.2.4
Urine pregnancy test
47
15.2.5
Physical examination
47
15.2.6
Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
48
15.2.7
Height
48
15.2.8
Weight
48
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 4 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
15.2.9
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale (SOWS)
48
16
REFERENCES
49
17
SAP AMENDMENTS
50
17.1
Amendment 02
50
17.2
Amendment 01
58
18
APPENDIX
87
18.1
Programming specifications
87
18.1.1
Introduction
87
18.1.2
General specifications
87
18.1.3
Population heterogeneity during Part 2
90
18.1.4
Disposition
90
18.1.5
Demographics and other baseline characteristics
91
18.1.6
Exposure
94
18.1.7
Compliance
95
18.1.8
Primary endpoint
97
18.1.9
Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale
102
18.1.10
Rescue medication
102
18.1.11
Adverse events
102
18.1.12
Laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters
107
18.1.13
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
108
18.2
Sponsor defined alert ranges for laboratory parameters
109
18.3
List of statistical output documentation
109
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1: 
Schedule of events – Treatment Period
9
Table 2:
Schedule of Events - Observation Period
11
Table 3: 
Schedule of Events - Tapentadol Period
12
Table 4:
Subgroup analysis
23
Table 5:
Use of analysis sets
27
Table 6:
Laboratory parameters presented in graphical illustrations
45
Table 7:
Classification of abnormal ECG parameters
46
Table 8:
Classification of abnormal QTcF values
46
Table 9:
Normal ranges of vital signs
47
Table 10:
Potentially clinically important values for vital signs
47
Table 11:
Presentation of descriptive statistics in clinical trials
87
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 5 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1:
Flow diagram of the trial
8
Figure 2:
Graphical overview about the imputation strategy
104
2
ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation
Explanation
ADaM
Analysis Data Model
AE
Adverse event
BMI
Body mass index
CI
Confidence interval
CIR
(Crude) Incidence rate  
CLCR
Creatinine clearance
DMS
Document management system
DMC
Data Monitoring Committee
ECG
Electrocardiogram
EAIR
Exposure adjusted incidence rate
eCRF
Electronic case report form
FAS
Full Analysis Set
FPS-R
Faces Pain Scale–revised
IMP
Investigational medicinal product
ICTR
Integrated clinical trial report
IVRS/IWRS
Integrated voice/web response system
LLOQ
Lower limit of quantification
MAR
Missing at random
mCAS
Modified constipation assessment scale
MCMC
Markov chain Monte-Carlo
MedDRA
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities
PCI
Potentially clinically important
PPS
Per Protocol Set
PR
Prolonged release
PT
Preferred Term
SAF
Safety Set
SAP
Statistical analysis plan
SAS
Statistical Analysis System
SD
Standard deviation
SDTM
Study Data Tabulation Model
SOWS
Subject opiate withdrawal scale
SOC
System Organ Class
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 6 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Abbreviation
Explanation
ULN
Upper limit normal
TEAE
Treatment emergent adverse event
VAS
Visual analog scale
WHO-DD
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary
Système International d’Unités units, vital signs and laboratory parameters are not included in this list.
3
INTRODUCTION
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) includes all definitions and analysis details for the analysis of 
the trial KF5503-66 in accordance with the protocol Amendment 05 dated 27 July 2017. The 
analysis will be performed by a contract research organization in accordance with this SAP.
KF5503-66 consists of two parts, a 14-day Treatment Period comparing tapentadol Prolonged 
Release (PR) to morphine PR (Part 1), and a 12-month follow-up period to obtain the long-term 
safety profile with and without treatment of tapentadol PR (Part 2). The analyses of both parts of the 
trial are covered by this SAP. 
4
TRIAL OBJECTIVES
The trial objectives for Part 1 are:
•
To assess the 14-day safety and efficacy of tapentadol PR in comparison to morphine PR in 
subjects aged from 6 years to less than 18 years suffering from long-term pain requiring 
prolonged release opioid treatment.
•
To evaluate the pharmacokinetic profile of tapentadol and its major metabolite 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide after multiple doses of tapentadol PR tablets. 
The trial objective for Part 2 is:
•
To describe the long-term safety profile covering up to a 12-month period with treatment of 
tapentadol PR taken twice daily (Tapentadol Period) in subjects aged 6 years or older 
suffering from long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment, or in subjects 
without tapentadol treatment (Observation Period) aged 6 years or older who have received 
at least 1 dose of investigational medicinal product (IMP). 
5
TRIAL DESIGN
5.1
Overall trial design and plan
Only a brief synopsis of the trial design is presented here; full details can be found in the trial 
protocol.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 7 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Part 1
Part 1 starts with an Enrollment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 to Day 1), followed by the 14-day 
Treatment Period. The Treatment Period will include the following visits:
•
Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1).
•
Visit V3 (Day 8 ± 1).
•
Visit VE (Day 15 ± 1, End of Treatment Visit).
Subjects completing the Treatment Period with tapentadol PR or morphine PR and who have need 
for continued opioid treatment can enter the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. 
Subjects not completing the Treatment Period, those who complete the Treatment Period but do not 
want to continue with tapentadol PR and subjects who discontinue the Tapentadol Period will enter 
the Observation Period of Part 2.
Part 2
Tapentadol Period
Subjects on morphine during Part 1, start tapentdol PR at 70% of the equivalent morphine dose. 
These subjects have 2 additional visits (M1, M2) at the beginning of the Tapentadol Period.
For all subjects in the Tapentadol Period, visits TP1-TP12 and F12M are performed, unless subjects 
switch to the Observation Period, in which case they perform Visit ET (Early Termination Visit).
Observation Period
Scheduled visits in the Observation Period are every 3 months (OP3, OP6, OP9 and F12M), unless
subjects stop participation in the trial at Visit OPx (unscheduled final visit).
Final post treatment visit
All subjects, who have received at least 1 dose of IMP will have a final post treatment visit 
(Visit F7D) 1 week after stopping IMP.
Details of the assessments performed during the Treatment, Observation and Tapentadol Period can 
be found in Section 11 of the trial protocol and schedules of events are given in Table 1, Table 2
and Table 3, respectively.
For a summary of the trial as a flow diagram, see Figure 1.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 8 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Subjects transferring before Visit F12M from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period will continue in the 
Observation Period starting from the same trial day number.
Vx = visit number x; VE = End of Treatment Visit for the Treatment Period; ET = early termination Visit after stopping 
investigational medicinal product during the Tapentadol Period; F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE; F7D = final 
post treatment visit; OPx = an unscheduled visit in the Observation Period when the subject stops further participation 
in the trial; Visit OPn = visit at n months in the Observation Period; PR = prolonged release.
Figure 1:
Flow diagram of the trial
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 9 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Table 1: 
Schedule of events – Treatment Period
Period
Enrollment
Treatment Period 
Visit
V1
V2
V3
VE
F7D
Day (range)
-14 to 1
1
8 (±1)
15 (±1)
Obtain informed consent/assent
X
Record demographic data
X
Record age
X
X
X
Record medical history
X
Record pain history
X
Record prior medication intake/therapies
X
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies
X
X
X
X
X
Perform physical examination 
X
X
X
X
Record height
X
X
Record body weight
X
X
X
X
Record vital signs
X
X
X
X
X
Record 12-lead ECG
X
X
Take blood for central laboratory
X
X
Take blood for local laboratory 
X
Perform urine pregnancy test 
X
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis (safety laboratory)
X
X
Perform urine test for drugs of abuse
X
Evaluate subject suitability for trial participation: Check 
inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X
X
Diary set up
X
Dispense diary
X
Train/instruct subjects, parents, or legal guardian how:
1. To use the diary to record pain assessments twice daily 
(VAS and FPS-R) until Visit VE.
2. To record intake of IMP and rescue medication, including 
time of administration. 
X
X
X
Check diary compliance
X
X
Collect diary
X
Record pain assessment in diary (VAS, FPS-R)
X
Record “pain right now” in eCRF (VAS, FPS-R)
X
Complete questionnaires 
- Modified constipation assessment scale
X
X
X
   - Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
X a
X a
- Acceptability and palatability of IMP
X
X
Allocate subjects 
X
Collect returned IMP and rescue medication
X
X
Perform drug accountability
X
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 10 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Period
Enrollment
Treatment Period 
Visit
V1
V2
V3
VE
F7D
Day (range)
-14 to 1
1
8 (±1)
15 (±1)
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken during 
Visit V2, within 24 hours after randomization. Day 1 is the 
day of first IMP intake)
X
X
X
Dispense rescue medication
X
X
Discuss IMP titration/dose adjustment 
X
X
X
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), guardian(s), or caregiver on 
IMP/rescue medication use. Exchange instruction sheet if 
necessary (e.g., due to weight change).
X
X
X
Take blood sample for serum pharmacokinetics
X
X
X
Dispense subject trial card
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
X
X
X
X
Document changes of each ongoing adverse event
X
Check discontinuation criteria for IMP intake
X
X
Check subject eligibility for the Tapentadol Period or 
Observation Period and assign subject to Tapentadol Period
or Observation Period
X
Instruct the subject, parent(s), legal guardian(s), or caregiver 
about the Tapentadol and Observation Periods
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial cards (if 
the subject is discontinuing from the trial)
X
a) Complete once daily until the seventh day after the last intake of IMP. At Visit VE, or earlier if applicable, dispense 
the questionnaires. At Visit F7D, collect the completed questionnaires. 
Non-invasive procedures, e.g., recording of pain assessment, should be performed before invasive procedures.
Demographic data = date of signing the informed consent/assent form, sex, age, and race/ethnicity; Safety 
laboratory = hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis; Serum pharmacokinetics = serum concentrations of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide; Vital signs = respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse 
rate.
VE = End of Treatment Visit after stopping IMP during the Treatment Period; Vx = visit number x; F7D = final post 
treatment visit; F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE.
CRF = case report form; ECG = electrocardiogram; IMP = investigational medicinal product; FPS-R = Faces Pain 
Scale-revised; VAS = visual analog scale; PR = prolonged release.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 11 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Table 2:
Schedule of Events - Observation Period
Months are referenced by last intake of IMP in Part 1.
Visit OPx = an unscheduled visit in the Observation Period when the subject stops further participation in the trial; 
F12M = visit 12 months after Visit VE; Visit OPn = visit at n months in the Observation Period.
IMP = investigational medicinal product.
Period
Observation Period
Visit
OP3
OP6
OP9
OPx
F12M 
Month (range: ± 14 days)
3
6
9
(unscheduled)
12
Record concomitant medication intake/therapies
X
X
X
X
X
Perform physical examination
X
X
Record height
X
X
Record body weight
X
X
Record vital signs (respiratory rate, systolic and 
diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate)
X
X
Complete modified constipation assessment scale 
questionnaire 
X
X
Take blood for central laboratory (hematology, clinical 
chemistry)
X
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick urinalysis
X
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
X
X
X
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., collect subject trial 
cards
X
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 01
Page 12 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Table 3: 
Schedule of Events - Tapentadol Period
Period
Tapentadol Period 
Visit 
M1 
M2
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
TP12
ET
F12
M
F7D
Day (range)
7 (±2)
14 (±2)
28 (±5)
56 (±5)
84 (±5)
112 (±5)
140 (±5)
168 (±5)
196 (±5)
224 (±5)
252 (±5)
280 (±5)
308 (±5)
336 (±5)
Early 
Termin-
ation
365 
(±14)
Record concomitant medication 
intake/therapies
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform physical examination
X
X
X
Record height
X
X
X
X
X
X
Record body weight
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Record vital signs
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Complete questionnaires 
- Modified constipation 
assessment scale
X
X
- Subjective opiate withdrawal 
scale
X
X
X
Record “pain right now” in 
eCRF (VAS, FPS-R)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Take blood for central  
laboratory
X
X
X
X
X
X
Collect urine/perform dip stick 
urinalysis (safety laboratory)
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform urine pregnancy test 
X
X
X
X
X
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 01
Page 13 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Period
Tapentadol Period 
Visit 
M1 
M2
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
TP12
ET
F12
M
F7D
Day (range)
7 (±2)
14 (±2)
28 (±5)
56 (±5)
84 (±5)
112 (±5)
140 (±5)
168 (±5)
196 (±5)
224 (±5)
252 (±5)
280 (±5)
308 (±5)
336 (±5)
Early 
Termin-
ation
365 
(±14)
Train/instruct subject how to use 
diary to record intake of IMP, 
including time of administration.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Check diary compliance
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Collect diary
X
X
Collect returned IMP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Perform drug accountability
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Dispense IMP
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Discuss IMP titration/dose 
adjustment
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Train/instruct subject, parent(s), 
guardian(s), or caregiver on IMP 
use. Exchange instruction sheet 
if necessary (e.g., due to weight 
change)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Assess/record adverse events
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Check discontinuation criteria 
for IMP intake
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Complete end of trial tasks, e.g., 
collect subject trial cards
X
Days are referenced by last intake of IMP in Part 1. 
Safety laboratory = hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis; Vital signs = respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure, and pulse rate.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 01
Page 14 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
VE = End of Treatment Visit after stopping IMP during the Treatment Period; ET = Early termination Visit after stopping IMP during the Tapentadol Period; F12M = visit 
12 months after Visit VE; F7D = final post treatment visit; Visit TPx = visit at n months during the Tapentadol Period.
FPS-R = Faces Pain Scale-revised; Modified CAS = modified constipation assessment scale; SOWS = subjective opiate withdrawal scale; VAS = visual analog scale; CRF = case 
report form; IMP = investigational medicinal product.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 01
Page 15 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
5.2
Sample size
The sample size was estimated to reject the null hypothesis of the inferiority of tapentadol PR to 
morphine PR when comparing responders evaluated at the end of the 14-day Treatment Period 
(Part 1, i.e., the primary endpoint). The percentage of responders in both treatment arms is 
estimated to be 80% based on data from previous trials and extrapolation to the trial population 
under investigation. The non-inferiority margin is set to a difference of 20% for the primary 
endpoint (i.e., responder rate, see Section 13.1).
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared to morphine PR using a Farrington 
Manning (1990) test by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% power and a 1-sided 
significance level of alpha = 0.1, 69 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 2:1 randomization 
of tapentadol PR:morphine PR. 
A one-sided alpha of 0.1 is considered appropriate based on a method proposed by Hlavin et al. 
(2016). The approach makes use of prior knowledge and the concept of extrapolation from a larger 
population to a small target population (i.e., pediatric population), to reduce the burden of evidence 
in pediatrics by relaxing the Type I error, while controlling a certain posterior belief, i.e., 
confidence after successful pediatric trials, in effectiveness of the drug in children. 
Further details for the application of the concept of Hlavin et al. (2016) in the context of this trial 
are provided in a separate document that is available upon request.
The periodic reviews of the Data Monitoring Committee (DMC) (see Section 6.3) during the trial 
address only safety and no efficacy data and thus have no impact on the sample size. 
5.3
Randomization 
Randomization will be done in accordance with the sponsor’s standard operating procedures 
(SOPs).
Randomization will be outsourced to a Central Randomization Center that will develop an 
Interactive Voice/Web Response System (IVRS/IWRS). The IVRS/IWRS will be used to assign a 
subject number at the Enrollment Visit as well as a randomization number and medication kit 
number at randomization.
Eligible subjects will be allocated in the ratio of 2:1 (tapentadol PR:morphine PR) to treatment with 
tapentadol PR or morphine PR twice daily. A ratio of 2:1 was selected to gain more experience of 
tapentadol PR in a long-term pain requiring prolonged release opioid treatment setting within a 
pediatric population.
Stratification by age and underlying pain condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain) is planned. 
Stratification by underlying pain condition is foreseen because of the different progression of the 
underlying diseases and thus different progression of pain scores over time. The predefined age 
groups are 6 years to less than 12 years, and 12 years to less than 18 years.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 16 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
6
OVERVIEW OF PLANNED ANALYSES
6.1
Final analyses
Final analysis Part 1
The final analysis of Part 1 will be performed after:

All subjects have completed Part 1 and the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of 
Part 2 of the trial (if not discontinued before), 

And all data of Part 1 and Part 2 up to Visit TP3/OP3 is cleaned.
Together with this final analysis of Part 1, an interim analysis of Part 2 will be conducted. This 
interim analysis will be based on all data of Part 2 (also including information after TP3/OP3) 
available in the database at the time point of completion of the cleaning for Part 1 and Part 2 up to 
Visit TP3/OP3.
For the final analysis of Part 1 and the interim analysis of Part 2, all data available in the database 
will be fixed in a snapshot. Individual subjects that have completed the entire trial and are clean will 
be locked.
The final analysis of Part 1 will encompass all analyses of Part 1 as described in this SAP. The 
interim analysis of Part 2 will encompass all Part 2 analyses planned according to this SAP.
An integrated clinical trial report, integrating clinical, pharmacokinetic, and statistical results of the 
final analysis of Part 1 and the interim analysis of Part 2 will be prepared by the sponsor.
Final analysis Part 2
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed once all subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial 
and the final data base has been hard locked. 
The final analysis of Part 2 will encompass all Part 2 analyses as described in this SAP.
A second integrated clinical trial report (optionally as an amendment) will be prepared including the 
final results of Part 2.
6.2
Interim analyses
As described in the previous section, an interim analysis of Part 2 will be performed.
6.3
Data Monitoring committee analyses
An independent DMC is overseeing and evaluating data from selected pediatric trials with 
tapentadol administration performed by Grünenthal, including KF5503-66. The purpose of the 
DMC is to perform an independent and objective review of generated safety data on a regular basis, 
and to provide recommendations about continuing or terminating the trials or modifying trial 
protocols or trial conduct. The members of the DMC are independent of Grünenthal and the 
contract research organization conducting the trial.
Details and operational aspects of the oversight by the DMC were given in a charter. DMS Version 
1.0 of this charter was issued on the 06 May 2014 and thus before the first subject-in in this trial.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 17 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
7
DOCUMENT AND CHANGE HISTORY
7.1
Changes in analysis compared to the trial protocol
Not applicable.
7.2
SAP amendment rationale
7.2.1
Amendment 02
Amendment 02 to the final SAP was prepared to add a few additional analyses and refine some 
definitions and programming specifications:  
1.
Additional analyses:
•
Analysis for the time to discontinuation from treatment due to “no more need for opioid 
treatment” during the Tapentadol Period was added, as this is one of the main reasons for 
discontinuation of treatment of Part 2. 
•
Summary statistics for the underlying diagnosis/reason for the pain leading to enrollment of 
the subjects in the trial.
•
For all subjects, irrespective of age, one analysis of the primary endpoint based on VAS 
and one analysis based on FPS-R. 
•
Subgroup analyses of the primary endpoint for subjects with and without a neuropathic pain 
component to assess the effect of treatment depending on the type of the underlying pain.
•
Overview of the individual response criteria to get a complete picture of reasons for 
subjects being responder or non-responder. 
2.
Programming specifications:
•
Additional specifications to handle missing data were added: 
−
If the time of the first IMP intake is missing, it will be imputed (by 0:00 in case of 
morning intake or 12:00 in case of evening intake) to derive the time from first IMP 
intake to first rescue medication intake.
−
In case of a missing intermediate visit during the Tapentadol Period, the visit date will 
be imputed to derive the average daily dose for the time frame between two scheduled 
consecutive visits. 
−
In case of missing baseline pain intensity for the Tapentadol Period in the eCRF, the 
last available pain intensity value from the Treatment Period provided in the eDiary 
will be used as baseline.
−
Missing baseline pain intensities for the Treatment Period will be imputed using the 
multiple imputation that is used to impute the missing pain intensity values during the 
last 3 days of treatment.
•
Consideration of deviations from the protocol with respect to the time point of visits in 
relation to IMP intakes: 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 18 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
−
Protocol Amendment 02 specifies that subjects should receive their first IMP intake 
within 24 hours after randomization and that Day 1 is defined as the day of first IMP 
intake. Therefore, the definition of Day 1 of the trial in the SAP was updated 
accordingly to ensure clarity and consistency in the specification of Day 1. For the 
definition of the treatment completers, this redefined Day 1 of the trial will be 
considered. 
−
As time to discontinuation refers to discontinuation from treatment, it was specified 
that the dates of first and last IMP intakes should be used for the respective calculations 
rather than the dates of the scheduled visits. 
−
The protocol specifies that subjects should have taken their last IMP of the Treatment 
Period on the day of VE or the evening before. In reality; this intake might have 
occurred earlier, in particular for subjects that discontinued treatment. For the 
derivation of the primary endpoint, it was therefore specified that the last 3 days of 
treatment should be considered for pain assessment rather than the last 3 days prior to
VE.
•
The options of the multiple imputation were specified more clearly, covering how the 
imputation by treatment group should be done, which variables to be included in the model 
and how to handle the different pain scales and the ranges of their respective scores.
•
The prior distribution for the precision of the random effects used in the Bayesian analysis 
of the primary endpoint was redefined based on the expert recommendation provided in the
literature (Gelman 2016).
•
The factor for the morphine PR equivalent of tapentadol PR that has to be used for some 
calculations was added. 
•
A specification of days to be considered for the SOWS (Day 0 = day of last IMP) was 
added, as deviating from trial day definition.
•
For the Z-score related to weight and height, a rule to derive the age in months based on the 
available information in years was provided as required for the calculation. 
7.2.2
Amendment 01
Amendment 01 to the final SAP was prepared to cover the following topics: 
•
Changes arising from protocol Amendment 02 dated 23 June 2015 and protocol 
Amendment 04 dated 23 May 2017 were implemented, including the following major 
changes: 
−
The update of the alpha for the primary endpoint analysis based on the methodology 
proposed by Hlavin et al. (2016) with the consequence of sample size reduction and use 
of 80% confidence interval for the primary endpoint analysis.
−
The deletion of the interim analysis for the sample size reassessment due to the sample 
size reduction. The adaptive 2-stage design of the trial has been simplified to a fixed 1-
stage design.
−
The rescheduling of the final analysis of Part 1 such that it will be performed after all 
subjects have completed the first 12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2 and the 
introduction of an interim analysis of Part 2 at this time point as required by PDCO.
•
Further analyses required for public disclosure were added.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 19 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
Analyses of the time to trial discontinuation were removed due to the specific trial design. 
Subjects who discontinue treatment can continue the trial in the Observation Period, which 
led to a much lower number of trial discontinuations. The time to treatment discontinuation 
will be investigated.
•
Applicable contentwise adaptions according to the actual standard SAP template (SDR-
SAP-TRIAL-07) were implemented. Major adaptions are: 
−
Type of information to be provided for time to event variables has been updated. 
−
Concomitant medication and therapy taken during IMP administration will be flagged 
and summarized rather than those started after last dose of IMP.  
−
Implementation of additional general programming specifications.
−
Use of category “high and low” for laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters instead 
of “worst” for overall post-baseline assessment. 
•
Subgroup analyses prespecified in the previous SAP but not in the protocol were deleted 
due to the reduced overall sample size. 
•
Some definitions were further specified to avoid room for interpretation and to cover 
special cases. Those cover in particular: 
−
On-treatment-period for Part 1 and Part 2.
−
Treatment completers and trial completers.
−
Determination of modal dose of IMP.
−
Clearer specification of pain intensity values during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period.
−
Specification of the dose level of IMP during the last 3 days of the Treatment Period.
−
Specification of categories to be used to summarized rescue medication.
−
Specification of the type of graphical displays to be produced for concentration data of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide.
−
Specification of “daily average” pain values.
−
Specification of first and last IMP intake.
•
Interpretation of the “baseline pain intensity” definition has been broadened based on the 
change in protocol Amendment 02 that the “first dose of IMP will be taken during Visit V2, 
within 24 hours after randomization”. Due to this update, the first IMP intake does not 
necessarily take place on the same calendar day as the randomization (day of V2), but 
might be the day thereafter. Furthermore, although baseline pain ideally should be assessed 
before the medication is started, in practice, the first eDiary might be completed only after 
the first IMP was taken. Therefore:
1. The last pain intensity value recorded in the eDiary before starting IMP will be 
considered as baseline pain, which can also be part of an eDiary after the day of 
V2.
2. If the first available eDiary entry corresponds to the time point (day and time of 
the day [morning/evening]) of the first IMP intake, but states that the IMP was 
already taken, this pain intensity value will nevertheless be used as baseline pain 
intensity. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 20 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
The latter is acceptable, as this can be considered as a conservative approach as 
baseline values will more likely decrease rather than increase after first IMP 
intake and therefore changes from baseline will more likely become smaller. 
•
Sensitivity analyses of the primary endpoint were added:
−
Excluding CRPS patients: This additional analysis was planned based on concerns of 
the DMC chairperson that CRPS patients do not have an appropriate medical indication 
for inclusion in the trial, as chronic opiate therapy in patients with CRPS is 
controversial and might be contraindicated.
−
Discarding baseline pain intensity as an explanatory variable in the logistic regression 
model: As the prerequisites for the measured baseline pain intensity values are highly 
different between the subjects due to the allowed intake of weak and strong opioid until 
the day of allocation to IMP (including) and due to the possibility of the first IMP 
intake before the baseline pain intensity assessment, the robustness of the primary 
endpoint results without consideration of baseline pain in the model will be evaluated.
−
Adding dose level of IMP during the last 3 days of the Treatment Period as an 
explanatory variable in the logistic regression model: As a flexible dosing of subjects 
within different pre-specified weight-depending dose levels is possible, the robustness 
of the primary endpoint results with consideration of the individual dose level in the 
model will be evaluated.
•
Analysis of exposure adjusted incidence rates was limited to TEAEs of the Tapentadol 
Period:
−
Due to the short treatment duration of 14-days only and very low rate of 
discontinuations during the Treatment Period
−
And as AEs assigned to the Observation Period are not considered treatment-emergent. 
Furthermore, the presentation of confidence intervals for the difference in incidence rates 
was discarded due to the reduced sample size and the following limited value of 
information.  
•
A summary of the height Z-Scores was added to Part 2. Converting heights to Z-score 
allows for a comparison of heights across ages and sexes and therefore better evaluation 
over time.
•
Description of the multiple imputation approach was improved to provide clearer 
programming instructions.  
Some further minor adaptations (e.g. adding further details or clarifications to individual analyses, 
rewordings) and minor editorial changes (e.g., the correction of typing errors or format changes) are 
not specified here.
8
ANALYSIS CONVENTIONS
8.1
General principles
Analysis structure
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 and Part 2. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 21 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
The analysis for Part 1 will take into consideration the Treatment Period of Part 1. For Part 1, all 
presentations will be done per treatment arm, i.e., comparing the tapentadol arm to the morphine 
arm. 
The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of 
Part 2. Given that the different periods, i.e., Tapentadol Period and Observation Period, are not 
comparable, due to the heterogeneity of the populations (see Section 18.1.3 for additional 
information), all analyses of Part 2 will be illustrated separately for the Tapentadol and Observation 
Period as detailed below, if not specified differently. 
For the Tapentadol Period, all statistical analyses will be presented by the following arms:
•
Subjects in the Tapentadol Period pretreated with morphine during Part 1.
•
Subjects in the Tapentadol Period pretreated with tapentadol during Part 1.
•
All subjects in the Tapentadol Period.
For the Observation Period, all statistical analyses will be presented by the following arms:
•
Subjects pretreated with morphine during Part 1 and continuing the trial in the Observation 
Period directly after Part 1.
•
Subjects pretreated with tapentadol during Part 1 and continuing the trial in the Observation 
Period directly after Part 1.
•
All subjects continuing the trial in the Observation Period directly after Part 1.
•
Subjects discontinuing the Tapentadol Period before F12M and continuing the trial in the 
Observation Period.
Unless otherwise specified, descriptive summaries will be provided for each time point and for the 
change from baseline (defined in Section 8.2.2) to each time point. Additionally, for Part 2, the last 
assessment (defined in Section 8.2.2) and change from baseline to the last assessment will be 
summarized.
Data presented in subject data listings will be sorted by treatment if not specified differently.
Unscheduled measurements of laboratory parameters, vital signs and electrocardiogram will be 
presented in the subject data listing. In general, unscheduled measurements will not be included in 
the analysis. However, they will be considered in the derivation of the overall post-baseline value
(see Section 18.1.12.1) that is used in the shift and alert frequency analyses. 
Details on the programmatic derivation of the trial periods can be found in Section 18.1.2.10.
Summary statistics
Data collected in this trial will be summarized according to their nature as follows: 
•
Continuous variables: number of non-missing observations, arithmetic mean, standard 
deviation (SD), minimum and maximum values, median and quartiles. If there are less than 
5 observations descriptive statistics will be presented based on the rules specified in 
Section 18.1.2.2.
•
Categorical variables: absolute and relative frequencies. If not defined otherwise, the 
percentage denominator will be the number of subjects in the trial at the respective time 
point in the analyzed population.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 22 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
Time-to-event variables: Kaplan-Meier estimates together with the 95% confidence 
intervals (CI) will be provided with the respective number at risk and the number censored 
at the relevant time points. In addition, the median time-to-event and its 95% confidence 
interval for all arms will be presented. For calculating the survival estimate CI bounds, the 
log-log transformed estimate of CI bounds will be used. Censoring mechanisms depend on 
the specific endpoint and will be described in the respective section.
Details on rounding and presentation in case of missing data can be found in Section 18.1.2.
Coding of eCRF-entries
All Medication and additional therapies/treatments will be coded using the World Health 
Organization Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD) or in case of non-medicinal therapies via Medical 
Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA). The versions of these reference documents will be 
specified on the appropriate statistical outputs.
All investigator-reported terms for medical history in the electronic case report form (eCRF) and all 
original terms used by the investigators in the eCRFs to identify adverse events (AEs) will be coded 
using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA).
For the final analyses, the latest version of the WHO-DD/MedDRA at the time of coding for final 
evaluations will be used. These might be different for the final analyses of Part 1 and the final 
analysis of Part 2. Coding for the DMC analyses is addressed in the DMC SAP.
8.2
Definitions
8.2.1
Definition of subgroup 
For some parameters, statistical analyses will also be presented for the following subgroups:
•
Age groups:
−
6 years to less than 12 years.
−
12 years to less than 18 years.
Age groups are determined using the age assessment at Visit V2 for both parts. In case of 
discrepancies between the IVRS/IWRS recording and the eCRF for age, the entry in the 
eCRF will be used for all analyses unless explicitly stated otherwise.
•
Underlying pain condition (based on information from the eCRF at Visit V1)
−
Cancer related pain.
−
Non-cancer related pain.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 23 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Table 4:
Subgroup analysis
Age group
Underlying pain condition
Subject disposition
Enrolled Set
Enrolled Set
Demographics + other baseline characteristics (excluding 
medical history and prior and concomitant medication) 
SAF
SAF
Descriptive statistics of primary efficacy endpoint
FAS
FAS
Exploratory statistical analysis and forest plots of 
primary efficacy endpoint as described in Section 13.1.3
FAS
FAS
Pain assessments
FAS
FAS
Acceptability and palatability questionnaire
FAS
-
Rescue medication
FAS
-
Serum concentrations of tapentadol and 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide
PK-Set
PK-Set
Incidence of TEAEs by SOC and PT (selected analyses)
SAF
SAF
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 24 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
8.2.2
Further definitions
Term
Part/Period
Definition
Pre-treatment-
period
-
Before first IMP administration (excluded)
Therapeutic reach
-
The therapeutic reach is the time after the last IMP intake that a subject is still 
considered to be potentially affected by a study drug. 
For tapentadol PR and morphine PR, the therapeutic reach is defined as 
72 hours after (last) IMP intake. 
On-treatment-
period 
Part 1
•
Subjects continuing in the Tapentadol Period after the Treatment Period:
a.
Start: First IMP administration of Part 1 (included) 
b.
End: 
i. If the last administration of IMP during Part 1 is more 
than 3 days before Visit VE: Last administration of IMP 
during Part 1 + 72 hours (included, therapeutic reach)
ii.
If the last administration of IMP during Part 1 is less 
than 3 days before Visit VE: Visit VE (included)
•
Subjects not continuing in the Tapentadol Period after the Treatment 
Period:
c.
Start: First IMP administration (included) 
d.
End: Last administration of IMP during Part 1 + 72 hours 
(included) 
Part 2
Tapentadol Period only:
a.
Start: Visit VE (excluded in case VE is included in the on-treatment 
period of Part 1; included in case VE is not included in the on-
treatment period of Part 1)
b.
End: Last administration of IMP during the Tapentadol Period 
+ 72 hours (included)
Post-treatment-
period
-
After last IMP administration drug intake + 72 hours (excluded)
Enrolled subjects
-
Informed consent form signed. If required by local law an assent form signed.
Treated subjects
-
Subjects with at least 1 administration of IMP.
Treatment 
completers 
Part 1
Subjects who have completed the 14-day Treatment Period. 
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period means that a subject performs the 
End of Treatment Visit (Visit VE) in the allowed window of 15 ± 1 days, i.e.,
at or later than Day 14, and has the last IMP intake of part 1 no earlier than 
Day 13 in the evening.
Part 2
Subjects who have completed the 12-month Tapentadol Period.
Completion of the 12-month Tapentadol Period means that a subject. 
performs the 12-month follow-up visit (F12M) in the window of 
365 ± 14 days, i.e., at or later than 351 days after Visit VE, as part of the 
Tapentadol Period.
Trial completers 
Part 1
Subjects who have completed the 14-day Treatment Period and who 
performed Visit F7D or entered the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
Part 2
Subjects who fully completed the extension period, i.e., either subjects 
completing the Tapentadol Period and the follow-up visit (F12M and F7D) or 
subjects completing the Observation Period (F12M) not earlier than 351 days 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 25 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Term
Part/Period
Definition
after Visit VE.
Baseline values
Treatment 
Period
•
Baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed 
before starting IMP (i.e., Visit V1, Visit V2 or unscheduled visit).
•
For pain assessment, baseline pain is defined as “pain right now” at 
Visit V2, and will be assessed before any painful or unpleasant procedure, 
and before the first intake of IMP. Details on the programming aspects 
regarding the baseline pain intensity can be found in Section 18.1.5.3.
Tapentadol 
Period: 
Baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed before or 
at Visit VE
Observation 
Period: 
Baseline measurements are defined as the last evaluation performed before or 
at 
•
Visit VE for subjects entering the Observation Period directly after Part 1
•
Visit ET for subjects switching from the Tapentadol Period to the 
Observation Period
Last assessment
Treatment 
Period
Assessment at Visit VE. Performed for all subjects completing Part 1 or 
discontinuing IMP early.
Tapentadol 
Period
•
Assessment at Visit F12M for subjects completing the Tapentadol Period.
•
Assessment at Visit ET for subjects discontinuing the Tapentadol Period 
prior to 12 months after Visit VE.
Observation 
Period
•
Assessment at Visit F12M for subjects completing the Observation Period 
12 month after Visit VE.
•
Assessment at Visit OPx for subjects discontinuing the Observation 
Period prior to 12 month after Visit VE.
9
SUBJECT POPULATIONS
9.1
Enrolled Set
The Enrolled Set includes all subjects with a signed (by subject, parent(s) or legal guardian(s) as 
appropriate) informed consent form and if required by local law an assent form.
9.2
Allocated Set
The Allocated Set includes all subjects who are allocated to treatment.
Analysis of the Allocated Set will be conducted according to the allocated treatment.
9.3
Safety Set
The Safety Set (SAF) includes all treated subjects, i.e., all subjects in whom IMP was administered 
(at least once).
The analysis on the SAF will be conducted on the actual treatment received. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 26 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
9.4
Full Analysis Set
The Full Analysis Set includes all allocated and treated subjects, i.e., all allocated subjects who 
were administered any amount of IMP. 
The FAS is the primary analysis set, i.e., the analysis set used for the conduct of the primary 
analysis of this trial.
The analysis on the FAS will be conducted according to the allocated treatment.
9.5
Per Protocol Set
The Per Protocol Set defines a subset of the subjects in the Full Analysis Set without any major 
protocol deviation affecting the primary endpoint. As the Per Protocol Set is only relevant for 
analyses during Part 1, no protocol deviation during Part 2 yields to exclusion from the Per Protocol 
Set.
The impact of a deviation on the efficacy assessment will be assessed by the sponsor during clinical 
review on a case by case basis prior to database lock. The decision will be documented in the final 
statistical review.
The analysis on the PPS will be conducted according to the allocated treatment.
9.6
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PK-Set)
All subjects who have quantifiable serum concentrations (i.e., serum concentrations above the lower 
limit of quantification) during the Treatment Period will be included in the descriptive 
pharmacokinetic analysis.
Data from subjects who vomit within 6 hours of administration of IMP during the Treatment Period 
will be carefully assessed to decide if the data should be included in the pharmacokinetic analysis.
9.7
Application of analysis sets
Table 5 shows the use of analysis sets in different analyses.
As SAF and FAS are expected to be identical, the analysis of demographics and baseline 
characteristics, including medical history and prior and concomitant medication, will only be 
presented for the SAF. In case of differences resulting in a need for an additional presentation for 
the FAS, the analysis will be provided as an additional analysis.
Demographics and other baseline characteristics are planned for SAF in PK Set. In case these two 
analysis sets coincide, presentations will only be prepared for the SAF.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 27 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Table 5:
Use of analysis sets
Enrolled Set
Allocated Set
SAF
FAS
PPS
PK Set
Subject disposition
X
X
X
X
X
X
Subject discontinuations
X
Protocol deviations
X
Demographics
X
X
X
Other baseline characteristics
X
X
Subject medical history
X
Previous and concomitant medication
X
Exposure
X
Compliance
X
Serum concentrations and 
pharmacokinetics
X
Primary endpoint
X
X
Other efficacy endpoints
X
Secondary safety endpoints
X
Other safety parameter
X
10
DISPOSITION
Details on the programming aspects regarding disposition can be found in Section 18.1.4.
10.1
Subject disposition
All presentations for subject disposition will be as described in Section 8.1. For all Periods,
descriptive summaries will also be presented overall.  
For describing the subject disposition, the following populations will be summarized for each of the 
three different trial periods if applicable:
•
Subjects enrolled (only overall for Treatment Period).
•
Subjects enrolled but not allocated and reason for non-allocation (only overall for
Treatment Period).
•
Subjects allocated (Treatment Period only).
•
Subjects allocated but not treated and reason for not being treated (Treatment Period only).
•
SAF.
•
FAS.
•
PPS (Treatment Period only).
•
PK-Set (Treatment Period only).
•
Trial completers.
•
Treatment completers (not applicable for Observation Period).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 28 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued the trial.
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued IMP (not applicable for Observation Period).
•
Subjects who discontinued Tapentadol Period and entered Observation Period (Tapentadol 
Period only).
For subjects enrolled, subjects enrolled but not allocated and for the reasons for not being allocated,
the percentage denominator will be the number of enrolled subjects. For all other calculations, the 
percentage denominator will be the number of allocated subjects.
For the Tapentadol and Observation Period, the information will be presented based on the subjects 
in the SAF entering these periods. The percentage denominator will be the corresponding number of 
subjects in the SAF. 
In addition, subject disposition will be presented for the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
Furthermore, an overview table will be prepared presenting the number of subjects enrolled, 
allocated, allocated and treated, in the SAF, in the FAS and the PK-Set per country. Percentage 
calculation will be done in 2 ways: 
•
Denominator will be the number of all allocated subjects.
•
Denominator will be the number of allocated subjects in the respective country.
Reasons for exclusion from the analysis populations will be summarized. The percentage 
denominator will be the number of subjects allocated.
10.2
Subject discontinuations
Part 1
Discontinuations from the trial and from IMP will be presented for the SAF overall, per country and 
per site.
Reasons for discontinuations from the trial and from IMP will be presented for 
•
Subjects discontinued from the trial.
•
Subjects discontinued from IMP.
Percentage denominator will be the number of subjects discontinuing in the respective arm.
Part 2
Discontinuations from the trial will be shown for all subjects entering part 2. Discontinuation from 
IMP will be presented for all subjects entering the Tapentadol Period. Presentation will be done 
overall, per country and per site.
Reasons for discontinuations from the trial and from IMP will be presented for:
•
Subjects entering Part 2 and discontinued the trial.
•
Subjects entering the tapentadol period of Part 2 and discontinued IMP.
Percentage denominator will be the number of subjects discontinuing in the respective arm.
Part 1 and Part 2
The details for “other reasons” will be presented in a listing sorted by site and treatment, if 
applicable.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 29 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment group of Part 1 discontinue the IMP in the 
Treatment Period or if more than 10% of subjects entering the Tapentadol Period discontinue the 
IMP in the Tapentadol Period respectively, the distribution of the time to discontinuation from IMP 
will be summarized using time-to-event methods. Time will be in days until discontinuation for 
Part 1 and in weeks until discontinuation for the Tapentadol Period. For the Tapentadol Period, a
graphical display using Kaplan-Meier methods displaying subjects at risk per time-point will also 
be produced. 
The calculation of time to IMP discontinuation and the censoring algorithm are described in 
Section 18.1.4.1.
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment group of Part 1 discontinue the IMP in the 
Treatment Period or if more than 10% of subjects entering the Tapentadol Period discontinue the 
IMP in the Tapentadol Period due to lack of efficacy, the time to discontinuation due to lack of 
efficacy will be calculated and evaluated as described above only for subjects who discontinued due 
to lack of efficacy. Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in Section 18.1.4.1, subjects 
who discontinue IMP for reasons other than lack of efficacy will be censored at the time of
discontinuation.
If more than 10% of the subjects in the SAF per treatment group of Part 1 discontinue IMP in the 
Treatment Period or if more than 10% of the subjects entering the Tapentadol Period discontinue 
the IMP in the Tapentadol Period due to an adverse event (AE), time to discontinuation due to AEs 
will be calculated and evaluated as described above only for subjects who discontinued due to AEs. 
Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who discontinue the 
IMP for reasons other than AE will be censored at the time of discontinuation.
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment group of Part 1 discontinue IMP in the 
Treatment Period or if more than 10% of subjects entering the Tapentadol Period discontinue the 
IMP in the Tapentadol Period due to no more need for opioid treatment, the time to discontinuation 
due to no more need for opioid treatment will be calculated and evaluated as described above.
Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who discontinue 
IMP for other reasons will be censored at the time of discontinuation.
All discontinuation data will be presented in a subject data listing sorted by site and treatment.
10.3
Protocol deviations
Major protocol deviations will be summarized, overall and by site, based on the SAF and will be 
grouped into different categories such as:
•
Violation of inclusion/exclusion criteria.
•
Time schedule deviations.
•
Non-compliance regarding intake of IMP/rescue medication.
•
Inappropriate intake of concomitant medication.
•
Missing essential data.
•
Subject not discontinued as per protocol.
•
Other non-compliance.
Major protocol deviations will be presented in a subject data listing sorted by site and treatment.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 30 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
11
DEMOGRAPHICS AND OTHER BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS
No statistical tests for comparison of demographic and baseline data between treatment arms will be 
performed.
Subject demographics and baseline characteristics will be summarized descriptively as described in 
Section 8.1. For Part 1 and Observation Period Part 2, in addition to the presentation by the arms as 
specified in Section 8.1, descriptive summaries will also be presented overall.
Subject demographics will also be presented for the enrolled set (Part 1); presentation will be 
without treatment group but only for overall.
Furthermore, the subgroups as given in Table 4 will be displayed for subject demographics and 
other baseline characteristics, excluding medical history and prior and concomitant 
medication.Details on the programming aspects regarding demographics and other baseline 
characteristics can be found in Section 18.1.4.
11.1
Subject demographics
Subjects demographics are age [years], body mass index (BMI) [kg/m²], sex, race, ethnicity and age 
group. Age groups will be 6-<12 years and 12-<18 years. 
Weight and height will be collected several times during the trial and will be analyzed separately as 
safety parameters. The assessments of height and weight at the Enrollment Visit (Visit 1) will be 
used for the calculation of the BMI. For completeness, baseline values of height and weight are 
tabulated with subject demographics as well.
Age will be collected at visit V1, V2 and VE. 

Age at Visit V2 will be used for subject demographics of both parts. 
Date of signing the informed consent/assent form will be included in the subject data listings only. 
11.2
Other baseline characteristics
For parameters collected on more than one occasion during the trial including baseline, the 
assessment at Baseline Visit will be presented with assessments collected later on and earlier in the 
trial and not separately for baseline. These parameters are
•
12-lead Electrocardiogram (ECG).
•
Laboratory parameters.
•
Vital signs.
•
Dip stick urinalysis.
•
Modified constipation assessment scale (mCAS).
•
Physical examination.
As a parameter of special interest, baseline pain will be reported together with the assessments 
collected later on and earlier and in addition as baseline characteristics.
Further baseline characteristics to be presented are: 
•
Pain cause (cancer-related pain, non-cancer-related pain)
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 31 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
Type of pain (neuropathic, nociceptive/somatic, nociceptive/visceral and all possible 
combinations)
•
Baseline pain intensity, pain cause and type of pain will be summarized descriptively. 
The results of urine test for drugs of abuse, will be included in the subject data listings only. 
11.3
Subject medical history
The assessment of a disease as prior or concomitant is done by the investigator and will be 
evaluated as documented on the relevant medical history page of the eCRF. 
Medical history will be summarized and sorted alphabetically, separately for prior and concomitant 
diseases, by primary System Organ Class and Preferred Term coded via MedDRA. The number and 
percentage of subjects with at least one disease will be displayed for each System Organ Class and 
Preferred Term.
The underlying diagnosis/reason for the pain leading to enrollment of subjects in the trial will be 
summarized descriptively by primary System Organ Class and Preferred Term in a separate 
presentation, coded via MedDRA and sorted alphabetically.
11.4
Prior and concomitant medication or therapy
Therapies will only be displayed in the subject data listings.
Prior and concomitant medication is collected in the eCRF as per enrollment. For the analysis, the 
following algorithms will be used to define prior and concomitant medication: 
Part 1
•
Prior is all medication stopped prior to the first dose of IMP, regardless of its start date. 
•
Concomitant is any medication not stopped before the first dose of IMP, but with start date 
not after the End of Treatment Visit of the Treatment Period (Visit VE).
•
Medication starting after the End of Treatment Visit of the Treatment Period (Visit VE) 
will not be assigned to Part 1, but Part 2.
Part 2
For all presentations, except displaying prior and concomitant medication for subjects in the 
Observation Period that have switched from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period: 
•
Prior is all medication stopped prior to or at the End of Treatment Visit of the Treatment 
Period (Visit VE), regardless of its start date. 
•
Concomitant is any medication not stopped before or at the End of Treatment Visit of the 
Treatment Period (Visit VE) and, for subjects discontinuing treatment early in the 
Tapentadol Period, with start date not after Visit ET. 
For presenting prior and concomitant medication for subjects in the Observation Period that have 
switched from the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period: 
•
Prior is all medication stopped prior to or at the Early Termination Visit (Visit ET)
regardless of its start date. 
•
Concomitant is any medication not stopped before or at Visit ET, regardless of its start 
date.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 32 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Medication will be summarized and sorted alphabetically separately for prior and concomitant 
medication by Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical categories (Level 2: pharmacological or 
therapeutic subgroup and Level 3: chemical or therapeutic or pharmacological subgroup). For each 
medication the number of subjects will be displayed. In addition the number of subjects with 
medication taken during IMP administration for the Treatment and Tapentadol Period (flag 
definition see Section 18.1.5.5) will be displayed. 
Medication or therapy taken during IMP administration for the Treatment Period of Part 1 as well as 
medication or therapy taken during IMP administration for the Tapentadol Period of Part 2 will be 
flagged in the subject data listing. 
Handling incomplete dates is described in Section 18.1.5.5.
12
EXPOSURE AND COMPLIANCE
12.1
Exposure
IMP intake is assessed in the eDiary as well as the drug accountability page of the eCRF. Unless 
specified differently, analyses described below will be based on data collected in the eDiary.
Part 1
The daily doses of IMP per kg body weight will be determined for each subject and summarized 
descriptively for each calendar day of the Treatment Period.
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% confidence intervals of the daily doses of 
IMP per kg body weight (Tapentadol equivalents; 1 mg morphine PR is equivalent to 2.5 mg 
tapentadol PR) of each day separately for the two treatment arms.
The duration of exposure will be summarized descriptively. Duration of exposure of Part 1 is 
defined as:
Date of last IMP administration in Part 1 – Date of first IMP intake +1
Furthermore, the overall average daily dose per kg body weight will be determined for each subject 
and summarized descriptively. This analysis will be based on data assessed via drug accountability
collected in the eCRF.
Part 2
Exposure to IMP is only assessed during the Tapentadol Period and analyses of exposure of Part 2
will only be presented for the Tapentadol Period.
The average daily doses and modal (i.e., most frequent) doses of IMP per kg body weight will be 
determined for each four-week interval between two visits (excluding visits M1 and M2) and 
summarized descriptively per interval. In case of more than one modal dose value for an interval, 
the average of those will be considered. 
For a detailed definition of the time intervals and how to handle subjects terminating the Tapentadol 
Period in between two scheduled visits, see Section 18.1.6.
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% confidence intervals of the average daily 
doses of IMP of each interval for the two arms of differently pretreated subjects.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 33 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
The duration of exposure will be summarized descriptively. Duration of exposure of Part 2 is 
defined as
Date of last IMP administration in Part 2 – Date of first IMP intake in Part 2 +1
Furthermore the overall average daily dose per kg body weight will be determined for each subject 
between visit VE and visit ET/F12M and summarized descriptively. This analysis will be based on 
data assessed via drug accountability collected in the eCRF.
12.2
Compliance
Compliance to the IMP dose regimen (%) is defined as the amount of IMP actually taken by a 
subject divided by the expected IMP amount the subject should have taken in the respective period 
and multiplied by 100. The information will be taken from the drug accountability pages and the 
“Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment”-pages of the eCRF. An algorithm for the calculation of actual and 
expected IMP amount is given in Section 18.1.7.
Compliance will be presented for both parts separately using the following categories: <80%, 80-
<95%, 95-105%, >105-120%, >120%.
For Part 1, in addition to the presentation by treatment arm, descriptive summaries will also be 
presented overall. For Part 2, compliance will only be presented for the Tapentadol Period.
13
EFFICACY ANALYSES 
13.1
Primary endpoint
The primary efficacy endpoint and its analyses only involve Part 1 of the trial.
The primary efficacy endpoint is a binary variable “responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” 
if both of the following criteria are met:
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period. A definition is given in Section 8.2.2.
•
One of the following calculated from the scheduled pain assessments (“pain right now”) is 
documented during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period:
−
Average pain <50 on a VAS for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years; or <5 on 
the FPS-R for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years.
−
Average reduction from baseline of pain ≥20 on a VAS for subjects aged 12 years to 
less than 18 years; or ≥2 on the FPS-R for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years.
Pain assessments during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period means the last six 
scheduled pain assessments up to the time point of last IMP intake of the Treatment Period whether 
these fall across 3 (morning assessment 2 days before last IMP intake until evening assessment at 
the day of last IMP intake given last IMP taken in the evening) or 4 calendar days (evening 
assessment 3 days before last IMP intake until morning assessment at the day of last IMP intake 
given last IMP taken in the morning).
Summary statistics for the primary efficacy endpoint for the FAS and PPS will be provided. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 34 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
13.1.1
Main analysis
The FAS will be the primary analysis set.
Let ,  be defined as
 : expected value of the responder rate in the tapentadol arm
 : expected value of the responder rate in the morphine arm
Let the non-inferiority margin be  = 0.2.
The primary null hypothesis to be tested in this trial is that treatment with tapentadol is inferior to 
treatment with morphine, i.e.,
:  − ≤−
The alternative hypothesis is that treatment with tapentadol is non-inferior to treatment with 
morphine, i.e.,
:  − > −
Maximum-Likelihood estimates ̂, ̂ for ,  will be obtained fitting a logistic regression 
model to the response using baseline pain intensity, age group, treatment and underlying pain 
condition as explanatory variables.
The method introduced by Farrington and Manning (1990) will be used to determine the variance 
estimator .
Based on ̂, ̂ and the Farrington-Manning variance estimate  , the p-value of the Farrington-
Manning test regarding non-inferiority and the 80% -confidence interval (CI) of the difference in 
responder rates will be determined.
Non-inferiority of tapentadol versus morphine will be assigned if the lower bound of the CI exceeds 
the negative non-inferiority margin − = −0.2.
For details on the methods and formulas used, see Section 18.1.8.
Handling missing data
The primary efficacy endpoint consists of two parts. Information on the first part, Completion of the 
14-day Treatment Period, will always be available. However information on the pain assessments 
during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period might only be partially available. In this 
case Multiple Imputation will be used to impute missing values. A detailed description of this 
method can be found in Section 18.1.8.
13.1.2
Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analyses will only be performed at the final analysis of Part 1.
1.
Different analysis set:
To assess the robustness of the results with respect to heterogeneous compliance to the 
protocol and protocol violation, the analysis of the primary endpoint will be repeated for the 
Per Protocol Set.
2.
Different completer definition:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 35 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
To assess the robustness of the results with respect to the definition of the primary efficacy 
endpoint, the analysis of the primary endpoint will be repeated using the following 
modifications in the definition of a responder:
•
Subjects stopping treatment earlier than 14 days because of no further need for opioid 
treatment (according to reason for discontinuation given in eCRF) will be classified as 
treatment responders instead of non-responders.
3.
Different imputation method:
To assess the impact of the missing imputation method on the results, the analysis of the 
primary endpoint will be repeated without imputing missing pain assessments. The average 
of the available pain assessments will be calculated and used to assign responder status. If 
no pain value during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period is present for a 
subject, that subject will be assigned a non-responder.
4.
Different adjustment factors: 
To assess the robustness of the results with respect to different explanatory variables in the 
logistic regression model, the analysis of the primary endpoint will be repeated 
o
Once discarding baseline pain intensity.
o
And once including the IMP dose level during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period as specified in Section 18.1.6.1.
5.
Bayesian analysis:
A further sensitivity analysis will be carried out by fitting a Bayesian logistic regression 
model to compare the proportion of responders under tapentadol PR and morphine PR. The 
Bayesian Framework allows incorporating prior information gathered on tapentadol in 
earlier trials in the analysis. Prior information that was obtained from trials in adults will be 
incorporated into the analysis using a conditional power prior approach (see e.g., Neelon and 
O’Malley 2010), which allows to down-weight the prior information in the final analysis. A 
detailed description of this analysis can be found in Section 18.1.8.3.
For this sensitivity analysis, the responder status as derived based on the alternative 
imputation method described in sensitivity analysis 3. above will be used. 
6.
Exclusion of CRPS patients:
The main analysis of the primary endpoint will be repeated excluding subjects with CRPS as 
underlying diagnosis/reason for pain as provided in the eCRF. 
13.1.3
Other analysis
Summary statistics for the primary endpoint will be provided for each level of the subgroups
defined in Table 4 and for subgroups of subjects with and without a neuropathic pain component 
(based on information from the Pain Condition page of the eCRF at Visit V1).
Furthermore, as exploratory analyses, for subgroup levels that include at least 5 subjects in each of 
the two treatment groups, the differences in Maximum Likelihood-estimators between morphine 
and tapentadol and their 80% confidence intervals obtained by the Farrington Manning method will 
be provided and illustrated together in one forest plot.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 36 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
In addition, summary statistics for the primary endpoint per IMP dose level during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period will be presented.
Based on observed, non-imputed data, the individual criteria considered for the response assessment 
for the FAS will be summarized descriptively. The following categories will be presented:
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period (yes/no).
•
Average pain during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period <50 (VAS) or 
<5 (FPS-R) (yes/no).
•
Average pain reduction for the last 3 days of treatment during the Treatment Period from 
baseline of ≥20 (VAS) or ≥2 (FPS-R) (yes/no).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period and average pain during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period <50 (VAS) or <5 (FPS-R).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period and average pain reduction for the last 3 days 
of treatment during the Treatment Period from baseline of ≥20 (VAS) or ≥2 (FPS-R).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period, but average pain during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period ≥50 mm (VAS) or ≥5 (FPS-R) and average pain 
reduction for the last 3 days of treatment during the Treatment Period from baseline 
<20 mm (VAS) or <2 (FPS-R).
The pain related criteria will be presented using VAS for all subjects, using FPS-R for all subjects 
and using VAS for subjects 12-<18 years or FPS-R for subjects 6-<12 years.
The analysis of the primary endpoint will also be repeated using the following modifications in the 
definition of a responder:
•
Using VAS for all subjects 6-<18 years old to assess the pain related response criteria 
(average pain <50 or average reduction from baseline pain ≥20 on a VAS).
•
Using FPS-R for all subjects 6-<18 years old to assess the pain related response criteria 
(average pain <5 or average reduction from baseline pain ≥2 on a FPS-R).
13.2
Secondary endpoint
There is no secondary efficacy endpoint in this trial. For secondary safety endpoints, please see 
Section 15.1.
13.3
Other endpoints
13.3.1
Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale
Part 1
The diary values are used for statistical analysis.
Daily average pain values will be calculated for each subject as described in Section 18.1.9. For 
each day during the Treatment Period these averages and their changes from baseline will be 
summarized descriptively. In addition, these summary tables will be presented for the subgroups as 
specified in Table 4.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 37 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Graphical presentations over time of the Treatment Period for the determined averages and changes 
from baseline will be provided (mean and 95% confidence interval), including numbers at the
bottom of the plot representing the number of subjects by treatment arm and day.
Additionally, the average change from baseline to the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment 
Period (last six scheduled assessments) will be summarized descriptively.
Part 2
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the investigator will document the pain that the subject has at 
each visit in the eCRF using a paper-based VAS and FPS-R. These eCRF values are used for 
statistical analysis. 
Changes in the VAS and FPS-R at each scheduled time point (including Visit F12M) from baseline 
and the change from baseline to the last assessed pain value, i.e., the value assessed at either Visit 
F12M or Visit ET, will be summarized descriptively for the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. In case no 
baseline pain value from the eCRF is available, the last available pain values from the eDiary of the 
Treatment Period will be used as baseline. In addition, these summary tables will be presented for 
the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
13.3.2
Rescue medication
The analyses of rescue medication address only Part 1. Rescue medication is assessed in the eDiary 
and assessed in the drug accountability page of the eCRF.
Analyses based on eDiary-data:
For each day of the Treatment Period (day 1 until day 16) the two endpoints
•
Number of daily doses.
•
Total daily dose (mg/kg).
will be summarized descriptively and compared to the mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalent) 
within the treatment arms of that day. The individual daily amount of IMP will be compared over 
time to the two endpoints with Pearson’s and Spearman’s correlation coefficients (see 
Section 18.1.9 for details).
In addition, descriptive statistics will be presented for the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
The time from first IMP to first rescue medication intake will be summarized using time-to-event 
methods. The calculation of time to first rescue medication and the censoring algorithm are 
described in Section 18.1.9.
The percentage of days with rescue medication intake will be summarized descriptively as a 
categorical variable using the following percentage categories: 0, (0-10), [10-20), [20-30),…, [90-
100), 100. The percentages will be calculated considering the day of the first IMP intake up to the 
day of the last IMP intake of Part 1 (both included).
Analyses based on eCRF-data:
Based on information in the drug accountability page of the eCRF, the average mean daily dose for 
each subject, i.e., the cumulative volume difference between Visit V2 and Visit VE divided by the 
number of days between Visit V2 and Visit VE (both days included), will be analyzed descriptively.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 38 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
13.4
Acceptability and palatability
The acceptability and palatability questionnaire consists of two dimensions (taste/swallowing). The 
response to each dimension is measured on an ordinal, five-category scale. 
For each of the two visits (Visit V3 and VE) and each of the two dimensions, responses will be 
summarized with descriptive statistics. The change between the two visits will be displayed for each 
dimension in a shift table.
In addition, descriptive statistics will be presented for the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
14
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACOKINETIC AND 
PHARMACODYNAMICS PARAMETERS
Blood samples for serum pharmacokinetics are only taken from the tapentadol arm during Part 1 of 
the trial. Thus all subsequent elaborations only refer to the tapentadol arm of the Treatment Period
of Part 1.
Descriptive statistics of the observed concentrations of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide at 
the respective time points will be presented for all subjects and for subgroups as specified in 
Table 4. The concentrations will be descriptively summarized by 
•
N>LLOQ (lower limit of quantification).
•
Arithmetic mean, standard deviation and coefficient of variation.
•
Geometric mean, standard deviation and coefficient of variation.
In addition, the data will be graphically displayed:
•
Boxplots of plasma concentrations of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide (on linear 
scale) by subgroups as specified in Table 4.
•
Mean plasma concentration and 95% confidence interval of tapentadol and tapentadol-O-
glucuronide (on linear scale) by subgroups as specified in Table 4.
The bioanalytical methods for the determination of individual serum concentrations of tapentadol 
and tapentadol-O-glucuronide will be reported together with the serum concentration results in 
separate bioanalytical reports. These bioanalytical reports will be appended to the ICTR.
A population pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic analysis will be performed using a non-linear 
mixed-effect modeling approach to investigate the pharmacokinetic properties, the correlation 
between drug exposure and therapeutic effect, concerned tolerability and safety aspects of the 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide. A pharmacometric analysis plan will be written before 
data base lock, and the pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic results will be reported separately from 
the ICTR. Therefore, the population pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic analysis is not subjects of 
this SAP.
15
SAFETY ANALYSES
No statistical tests for comparison of safety data between treatment arms will be performed.
Safety data will be summarized descriptively as described in Section 8.1.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 39 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
All safety data will be presented for the SAF unless otherwise specified. 
Unless otherwise specified, separate descriptive analyses will be performed for the different trial 
periods and respective treatment groups.
15.1
Secondary endpoint
The main secondary endpoints are:
Part 1
Constipation as assessed by changes from baseline of total scores for the modified constipation 
assessment scale (mCAS).
Part 1 and Part 2
Tolerability as assessed by the number and type of adverse events and adverse drug reactions by 
treatment arm during the different trial periods, on a subject and event level.
15.1.1
Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
The assessment of constipation is considered a secondary endpoint for Part 1. For Part 2 it is 
considered an exploratory endpoint and its analysis is addressed in Section 15.2.6.
Descriptive summaries of each time point and summaries of the changes from baseline to Visit V3 
and from baseline to Visit VE will be provided for the total score as well as each item. 
15.1.2
Adverse events
Definition of non-treatment emergent adverse events (non-TEAE)
•
All adverse events occurring during the pre-treatment Period (defined in Section 8.2.2) are 
defined as pre-treatment non-TEAEs.
•
All adverse events occurring during the post-Treatment Period (defined in Section 8.2.2) 
are defined as post-treatment non-TEAEs.
Definition of treatment emergent adverse events (TEAE)
•
All adverse events occurring or worsening on-treatment in one of the trial periods (defined 
in Section 8.2.2) are defined as TEAEs of this period. Due to the consideration of the 
therapeutic reach in the definition of the on-treatment period, a TEAE that occurred during
the on-treatment period of the Treatment or Tapentadol Period will be assigned to this trial 
period, although it actually might have started during the Observation Period. 
The assessment whether an AE is a TEAE or a non-TEAE will be based on the start time of the AE 
recorded on the Adverse Event page of the eCRF. In case of partial dates or times, this assessment 
is done after imputation of missing date/time information; an AE will be considered treatment 
emergent unless the information available will clearly exclude it. For details on the imputation of 
missing date/time and programming aspects of adverse events in general, see Section 18.1.11.
15.1.2.1
Analyses of adverse events
The following overview tables of TEAEs will be generated as described in Section 8.1 for Part 1 
and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. For Part 1, in addition to the presentation by treatment arm, 
descriptive summaries will also be presented overall.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 40 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
1.
Summary of the number and percentage of subjects with at least one:
•
TEAE.
•
Serious TEAE.
•
Non-serious TEAE.
•
Unexpected TEAE.
•
Related TEAE.
•
Related serious TEAE.
•
TEAE leading to discontinuation from IMP.
•
TEAE leading to discontinuation from the trial.
•
Deaths.
For Part 1 in addition: 
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Observation Period of Part 2.
•
TEAE of Part 1, that actually started during the Observation Period of Part 2 (within the 
therapeutic reach of the last IMP intake of the Treatment Period).
For Tapendatol Period of Part 2 in addition: 
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
•
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that actually started during the Observation Period of 
Part 2 (within the therapeutic reach of the last IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period)
•
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that are ongoing during the Observation Period of 
Part 2
2.
Summary presenting the number of TEAEs per subject categorized as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 
>5.
3.
Summary of the number and percentage of TEAEs for:
•
TEAEs.
•
Serious TEAEs.
•
Non-serious TEAEs.
•
Unexpected TEAE.
•
Related TEAEs.
•
Related serious TEAEs.
•
TEAE leading to discontinuation from IMP.
•
TEAE leading to discontinuation from the trial.
For Part 1 in addition: 
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Observation Period of Part 2.
•
TEAE of Part 1, that actually started during the Observation Period of Part 2.
For Tapendatol Period of Part 2 in addition: 
•
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 41 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that actually started during the Observation Period of 
Part 2.
•
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that are ongoing during the Observation Period of 
Part 2.
The percentage denominator will be the total number of TEAEs. 
In addition, these overview tables will be presented for subgroups as specified in Table 4.
15.1.2.2
Incidence, Incidence Rates and number of events
The incidence of an AE is defined as the number of subjects with occurrence of this AE during the 
period of interest (pre-treatment, on-treatment or post-treatment).
The incidence rate (CIR for crude incidence rate) of an AE is defined as the number of subjects with 
occurrence of this AE during the period of interest divided by the total number of subjects n in the 
respective arm (defined in Section 8.1).
Analysis by Preferred Term
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, for TEAEs with an incidence rate of ≥ 5 % in at 
least one of the arm displayed, the incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the 
percentage of events (related to the total number of events) will be summarized by Preferred Term 
(PT), sorted by decreasing incidence rate in the arm of subjects randomized to tapentadol.
Percentages will be calculated related to the total number of subjects/events presented in the table, 
i.e., the number of subjects with TEAEs and the total number TEAEs for the respective trial Period.
Analysis by System Organ Class and Preferred Term
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the incidence, incidence rate, the number of events 
and the percentage of events (related to the total number of events) will be summarized by System 
Organ Class (SOC) and PT (sorted alphabetically) for each
•
TEAEs.
•
Serious TEAEs.
•
Non-serious TEAEs.
•
Related TEAEs.
In addition, for TEAEs, the incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the percentage of 
events will be summarized by SOC and PT for the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
For serious TEAEs, the incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the percentage of events 
will also be presented for serious related TEAEs, serious fatal TEAEs and serious fatal related 
TEAEs.
Percentages will be calculated related to the total number of subjects/events presented in the 
respective table e.g., for the presentation of SOC and PT for serious TEAEs percentages will be 
related to the number of subjects with serious TEAE/the total number of serious TEAEs, 
respectively.
For serious TEAEs, percentages will additionally be presented related to the total number of all 
subjects/events, respectively.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 42 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
The incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the percentage of events (related to the total 
number of events) will be summarized by SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for each
•
Pre-treatment (Part 1 only, all enrolled subjects, by treatment arm and overall)
−
Non-TEAE.
−
Serious non-TEAE.
•
Post-treatment (all trial Periods together, SAF, presenting the arms of the Observation 
Period)
−
Non-TEAE.
−
Serious non-TEAE.
Percentages will be calculated related to the total number of subjects/events presented in the 
respective table as outlined above for the TEAE tables by SOC and PT.
Analysis by System Organ Class, Preferred Term and descriptors
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the number and percentage of events will be 
summarized by SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for the following AE descriptors. Presentations
will be for TEAEs only.
•
Intensity: mild, moderate, severe.
•
Causal relationship to the IMP: related (with subcategories: possible, probable/likely, 
certain), not related (with subcategories: not related, unlikely), unknown (with 
subcategories: conditional/unclassified, assessable/unclassifiable, causal relationship 
missing).
•
Outcome: recovered/resolved, recovering/resolving, not recovered/not resolved, 
recovered/resolved with sequelae, fatal, unknown.
•
Non IMP related countermeasures: none, newly started medication, trial discontinuation, 
others.
•
Action taken with IMP: dose increased, dose reduced, drug interrupted, drug withdrawn, 
dose not changed, not applicable, unknown.
•
Measures of location and variation will be calculated for:
•
Duration of TEAEs: Duration will be analyzed in days with measures of dispersion and 
variation.
•
Time to onset of TEAE will be analyzed in days with measures of dispersion and variation. 
Denominator for percentage calculation will be the number of all TEAEs for presentation over all 
SOCs, and the number of TEAEs per SOC or PT respectively for the presentation per SOC and PT, 
respectively.
The number and percentage of all post-treatment non-TEAEs (all Periods together) will be 
summarized by SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for the following AE descriptors:
•
Intensity.
•
Time to onset of post-treament non-TEAEs after last IMP administration will be 
summarized with measures of dispersion and variation. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 43 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Listings
The following listings will be produced for all enrolled subjects: 
•
Deaths.
•
Serious adverse events other than death.
•
AEs leading to discontinuation from the trial.
•
AEs leading to discontinuation from IMP.
•
AEs leading to IMP dose decrease or interruption of IMP.
•
AEs starting on the day of Visit VE (including the last IMP intake of Part 1 and first IMP 
intake of Part 2 [eDiary and dispense information]).
15.1.2.3
Exposure adjusted incidence rate
To overcome the difficulties of interpreting the incidence rate in the presence of subjects who 
prematurely discontinue in the Tapentadol Period of the trial, the exposure-adjusted incidence rate 
(EAIR) will be used (Siddiqui 2009) in addition to the CIR. 
The EAIR is defined as the number of subjects x with a specific TEAE during the period of interest
divided by the total exposure time T (in years) in the respective trial group. The exposure time of a 
subject is the period the subject is at risk to experience the respective TEAE for the first time. It 
starts at the time-point of first intake of IMP and lasts until occurrence of the first event in the 
period of interest or is censored at the end of the period of interest of the subject in case of no event. 
The total exposure time T is defined as the sum of exposure times over all subjects in the respective 
treatment arm.
The EAIR is interpreted as the number of events occurring per unit time, i.e., subject years in this 
trial.
For TEAEs of the Tapentadol Period with a CIR of at least 5% in either arm defined in Section 8.1, 
the point estimates of the EAIR and CIR will be presented for each arm. Sorting will be by PT. 
15.2
Other endpoints
15.2.1
Laboratory parameters
The following laboratory parameters will be analyzed as continuous variables: 
Hematology panel
Hemoglobin
Red blood cell (RBC) count
Hematocrit
Red blood cell morphology 
Mean cell volume (MCV)
White blood cell (WBC) count 
White blood cell morphology
White blood cell differential count
Platelet count
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 44 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Clinical chemistry panel 
Sodium
Lipase
Potassium
Triglycerides
Chloride
Total serum bilirubin
Blood urea nitrogen (BUN)
Alkaline phosphatase
Creatinine
Creatine phosphokinase
Uric acid
Lactic acid dehydrogenase (LDH)
Calcium
Alanine transaminase (ALT)
Phosphorus
Aspartate transaminase (AST)
Albumin
Gamma-glutamyltransferase (GGT)
Total protein
Glucose
Urine dipstick by the local laboratory
pH
Specific gravity
The following categorical laboratory parameters will be summarized:
Urine dipstick by the local laboratory
Glucose
Bilirubin
Protein
Urobilinogen
Blood
Nitrite
Ketones
Leukocyte esterase
Parameters of the Hematology and clinical chemistry panel are assessed by a central laboratory and 
for a subset of parameters additionally at baseline of Part 1 by a local laboratory. For summary 
statistics and for the classification of values based on the reference and alert ranges, only values 
obtained from the central laboratory will be used. The creatinine clearance (CLCR) will be 
calculated in the eCRF using a central laboratory standard age appropriate formula and will also be 
analyzed. Dipstick urinalysis will be performed locally and will be used for summary statistics. 
Only in case of abnormalities, a urine sample will be sent to the central laboratory for sediment 
analysis. These results will only be included in the subject data listings.
Laboratory data will be descriptively summarized by type of laboratory test and by visit. Change 
from Baseline to each visit will be presented for all laboratory parameters. 
Shift tables from baseline for the different visits and overall post-baseline (see Section 18.1.12.1) 
will be generated for each laboratory parameter for categories low, normal and high, based on the 
reference ranges of the central laboratory.
Furthermore, a summary by type of laboratory test, by visit and overall post-baseline will be 
provided on the number and percentage of subjects with a value outside the sponsor defined alert 
ranges (potentially clinically important (PCI) values, Section 18.2). See Section 18.1.12 for details
regarding the analysis.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 45 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, graphical presentations over time of the trial for the observed 
data will be provided (mean and 95% confidence interval), including numbers on the top and the 
bottom of the plot representing the number of subjects and the frequency of subjects with a PCI 
value by visit for the two arms of differently pretreated subjects.
These graphs will be provided for the continuous laboratory parameters given in Table 6.
Table 6:
Laboratory parameters presented in graphical illustrations
Lactic acid dehydrogenase (LDH)
Alanine transaminase (ALT)
Aspartate transaminase (AST)
Gamma glutamyltransferase (GGT)
Alkaline phosphatase
Total serum bilirubin
A listing of subjects with PCI values will be provided. A listing of subjects with any laboratory 
results outside the reference ranges will be provided.
Subjects potentially qualifying for Hy´s law criteria (FDA 2009), i.e., subjects showing confirmed 
(repeated) post-randomization (including unscheduled visits) values of ALT or AST of >3x ULN 
and total bilirubin of >2x ULN, will be given in a separate listing.
All laboratory values will be presented in the subject data listing of the respective part. Values out 
of reference ranges will be flagged as H (above the reference range) or L (below the reference 
range) in the listing. If a value classified as high or low is in addition also out of alert ranges, it will 
be flagged as H* or L* in the listing.
15.2.2
Electrocardiogram
Twelve-lead electrocardiogram parameters are RR interval, PR interval, QRS interval, QT interval
and heart rate and are assessed during Part 1 only. Furthermore, the QTcF interval will be calculated 
using Fridericia (QTcF = QT/(RR)⅓) correction. The investigator will record clinically relevant 
abnormalities and their medical interpretation in the eCRF. Cardiologists at a central ECG 
laboratory will read all ECGs. The ECG report from the central ECG laboratory will be considered 
a source document.
Electrocardiogram parameters will be summarized by visit. Changes from baseline to Visit VE will 
be presented descriptively. 
Shift tables from baseline to Visit VE and overall (worst value on treatment, see Section 18.1.12.1
for definition of worst) will be generated for each ECG parameter for categories low, normal and 
high, based on the reference ranges provided in Table 7 and for categories normal, prolonged 
regarding the QTcF based on reference ranges provided in Table 8.Furthermore for the overall 
interpretation on ECG findings (‘normal’, ‘abnormal, clinically not relevant’ and ‘abnormal, 
clinically relevant’) assessed by the investigator, a summary by visit and overall post-baseline will 
be provided. See Section 18.1.12.1 for details regarding the analysis. A subject data listing of all 
abnormal, clinically relevant findings as documented by the investigator in the eCRF will be 
created.
All ECG values will be presented in the subject data listing. Values out of reference ranges (based 
on Table 7 and Table 8) will be flagged as H (above the reference range) or L (below the reference 
range) in the listing.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 46 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
In case of the occurrence of a clear technical problem, the non-reliable measurements will be 
ignored during the analysis but will be shown in the subject data listings.
Table 7:
Classification of abnormal ECG parameters
Parameter (unit)
Age class
Abnormally low
Abnormally high
PR (msec)
6 - < 12 years
<100
>180
12 - <18 years
<100
>200
QRS (msec)
6 - <12 years
<50
>89
12 - <18 years
<60
>99
QT (msec)
6 - <18 years 
<320
>450
RR (msec)
6 - <18 years 
<600
>1200
The ECG parameters are based on standard criteria of the ECG provider ERT.
Table 8:
Classification of abnormal QTcF values
Parameter (unit)
Classification
Criterion
QTcF_MN (msec)
Normal
≤450
Prolonged
>450
The QTcF_MN (_MN: mean of all beats) values are based on standard criteria of the ECG provider ERT.
15.2.3
Vital signs
Vital signs measured in the trial are respiratory rate, systolic and diastolic blood pressure and pulse 
rate.
For each parameter of the vital signs, observed values will be summarized by visit. In addition 
changes from baseline for all post-baseline visits will be summarized. 
Shift tables from baseline for the different visits and overall (worst value on treatment, see 
Section 18.1.12.1 for definition of worst) will be generated for each vital sign parameter for 
categories low, normal and high, based on the reference ranges, defined by the sponsor, in Table 9.
Furthermore, a summary by visit and overall post-baseline will be provided on the number and 
percentage of subjects with alert value results. Alert values are abnormally low or abnormally high 
measurements regarded as potentially clinically important values defined by the sponsor (Table 10).
See Section 18.1.12.1 for details regarding the analysis.
For Part 1, graphical presentations over time of the trial for the observed data will be provided 
(mean and 95% confidence interval), including numbers on the top and the bottom of the plot 
representing the number of subjects and the frequency of subjects with abnormally high/low values 
(based on Table 10) by treatment arm and visit.
For the Tapentadol Period, graphical presentations over time of the trial for the observed data will 
be provided (mean and 95% confidence interval), including numbers on the top and the bottom of 
the plot representing the number of subjects and the frequency of subjects with abnormally high/low 
values (based on Table 10) by visit and the two arms of differently pretreated subjects.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 47 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
A listing of subjects with vital sign results outside the sponsor defined alert ranges will be provided
(Table 10).
All vital signs values will be presented in the subject data listing of the respective part. Values out 
of normal ranges (Table 9) will be flagged as H (above the normal range) or L (below the normal
range) in the listing. If a value classified as high or low is in addition also out of alert ranges, it will 
be flagged as H* or L* in the listing.
Table 9:
Normal ranges of vital signs
Parameter (unit)
Age class
6 - <9 years
9 - <12 years
12 - <16 years
16 - <18 years
Diastolic BP (mmHg)
57-71
60-75
64-78
65-81
Systolic BP (mmHg)
95-110
101-116
108-121
109-127
Heart rate HR (bpm)
74-111
67-103
62-96
58-92
Respiration rate 
18-24
16-22
15-21
13-19
The ranges of vital signs are based on Fleming et al. 2011 and NIH pediatric blood pressure charts.
Table 10:
Potentially clinically important values for vital signs 
Parameter (unit)
Age class
6 - < 9 years
9 - <12 years
12 - <16 years
16 - <18 years
Diastolic BP (mmHg)
abnormally low
< 42
<45
<49
<50
abnormally high
>86
>89
>93
>95
Systolic BP (mmHg)
abnormally low
<80
<86
<93
<95
abnormally high
>125
>130
>135
>140
Heart rate HR (bpm)
abnormally low
<74
<67
<62
<58
abnormally high
>111
>103
>96
>92
Respiration rate 
abnormally low
<12
<12
<12
<12
abnormally high
>24
>24
>24
>24
15.2.4
Urine pregnancy test
In female subjects who are post-menarchal or older than 12 years at the time of the scheduled visit,
a urine pregnancy test will be performed during Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2. No 
urine pregnancy test will be performed during the Observation Period.
Results of all urine pregnancy tests will be presented in a subject data listing, including all 
information collected on the respective eCRF-page.
15.2.5
Physical examination
Results of all physical examinations will be presented in a subject data listing, including the 
descriptions of abnormalities.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 48 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
15.2.6
Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
Part 1
Analyses of the mCAS of Part 1 are described in Section 15.1.1 as the mCAS of Part 1 is a 
secondary endpoint.
Part 2
Assessments and changes from baseline will be summarized descriptively for the total score and 
each item.
15.2.7
Height
Part 1
Assessments of height and changes from baseline will be summarized descriptively by age 
subgroups for each visit. In addition to the presentation by treatment arm, descriptive summaries 
will also be presented overall.
Part 2
Assessments of height and changes from baseline will be summarized descriptively by age 
subgroups. The patient’s height will be transformed into an age and sex adjusted Z-score. The Z-
score and change from baseline in Z-score will be summarized by visit, by treatment arm and 
overall.
Details on the programming aspects regarding the height Z-Score can be found in Section 18.1.5.2.
15.2.8
Weight
Assessments and changes from baseline will be summarized descriptively for each visit. 
Additionally the number and percentage of subjects in the following weight groups will be 
illustrated for each visit:
•
Below 17.5 kg
•
32.5 kg to <40.0 kg
•
55.0 kg to <60.0 kg
•
17.5 kg to <22.5 kg
•
40.0 kg to <45.0 kg
•
Above 60.0 kg
•
22.5 kg to <27.5 kg
•
45.0 kg to <50.0 kg
•
27.5 kg to <32.5 kg
•
50.0 kg to <55.0 kg
For Part 1, in addition to the presentation by treatment arm, descriptive summaries will also be 
presented overall.
15.2.9
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale (SOWS)
The SOWS questionnaire is a self-administered scale for grading opioid withdrawal symptoms. The 
version of the questionnaire used in this study includes questions to 16 symptoms whose intensity 
the subject rates on a scale of 0 (not at all) to 4 (extremely).
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed once daily starting from 
•
Part 1: the day after Visit VE (baseline) until the seventh day after the last intake of IMP for 
subjects not entering the Tapentadol Period. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 49 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
Part 2: the day after Visit ET/F12M of the Tapentadol Period (baseline) until the seventh 
day after the last intake of IMP for subjects entering the Tapentadol Period.
The total score of the SOWS questionnaire and the change from baseline will be descriptively 
analyzed per day after last IMP intake up to Day 7 (Day 0 = day of last IMP intake, Day 1 = day 
after last IMP intake,…, Day 7 = 7 days after last IMP intake). For subjects stopping IMP intake 
prior to Visit VE/ET/F12M, the information of the last IMP intake (End of Trial page of eCRF) will 
be used to determine the day after last IMP intake. 
Additionally the total score of the first 15 questions of the SOWS questionnaire will be analyzed in 
the same manner, being more appropriate for the studied population. 
Analyses of Part 2 will be presented for the Tapentadol Period only.
Details on the programming aspects regarding the SOWS can be found in Section 18.1.13.
16
REFERENCES
Dmitrienko A, Molenberghs G, Chuang-Stein C, Offen W. Analysis of clinical trials using SAS®: a 
practical guide, Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc.; 2005.p 308 ff.
Chen F, Brown G, Stokes M. Fitting Your favorite mixed models with PROC MCMC. Paper SAS 
5601-2016: 1-27.
Farrington CP, Manning G. Test statistics and sample size formulae for comparative binomial trials 
with null hypothesis of nonzero risk difference or non-unity relative risk. Stat Med 1990; 9: 1447-
54.
Gelman A. Prior distributions for variance parameters in hierarchical models. Bayesian Analysis 
2006; 1 (3): 515-533.
Hlavin G, Koenig F, Male C, Posch M, Bauer P. Evidence, eminence and extrapolation. Stat Med 
2016; 35 (13): 2117-32.
ICH E9 International conference on harmonization of technical requirements for registration of 
pharmaceuticals for human use – Statistical principles for clinical trials. 
http://www.ich.org/fileadmin/Public_Web_Site/ICH_Products/Guidelines/Efficacy/E9/Step4/E9_G
uideline.pdf
Liu GF, Wang J, Liu K, Snavely DB. Confidence intervals for an exposure adjusted incidence rate 
difference with applications to clinical trials. Statistics in Medicine 2006; 25: 1275-86.
Neelon B, O’Malley J. Bayesian analysis using power priors with application to Pediatric quality of 
care. Journal of Biometrics and Biostatistics 2010; 1: 103.
Schwartz GJ, Feld LG, Langford DJ. A simple estimate of glomerular filtration rate in full-term 
infants during the first year of life. J Pediatr 1984; 104 (6): 849-54.
Schwartz GJ, Muñoz A, Schneider MF, Mak RH, Kaskel F, Warady BA, et al. New equations to 
estimate GFR in children with CKD. J Am Soc Nephrol 2009; 20: 629-37.
Siddiqui O. Statistical methods to analyze adverse events data of randomized clinical trials. Journal 
of Biopharmaceutical Statistics 2009; 19: 889-99.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 50 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
WHO Multicentre Growth Reference Study Group (2006). WHO Child Growth Standards: 
Length/height-for-age, weight-for-age, weight-for-length, weight-for-height and body mass index-
for-age: Methods and development. Geneva: World Health Organization; pp 312 (web site: 
http://www.who.int/childgrowth/publications/en/).
17
SAP AMENDMENTS
17.1
Amendment 02
Amendment rationale
Please refer to Section 7.2 for a description of the amendment rationale.
Detailed description of changes
Minor editorial changes, such as the correction of typing errors or language adaptions, are not 
specifically listed. 
In the table below, deleted text is crossed out and new text is highlighted using italics. 
Changes include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 10.1: Subject disposition
•
Subjects switched from Tapentadol to
Observation Period (Tapentadol Period only).
•
Subjects who discontinued Tapentadol Period 
and entered Observation Period (Tapentadol 
Period only).
Section 10.2: Subject discontinuations
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment 
group of Part 1 discontinue IMP in the Treatment Period 
or if more than 10% of subjects entering the Tapentadol 
Period discontinue the IMP in the Tapentadol Period 
due to no more need for opioid treatment, the time to 
discontinuation due to no more need for opioid treatment
will be calculated and evaluated as described above. 
Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in 
Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who discontinue IMP for other
reasons will be censored at the time of discontinuation.
Section 11.2: Other baseline characteristics
The underlying diagnosis/reason for pain which qualified 
the subject for inclusion, as well as the results of urine 
test for drugs of abuse, will be included in the subject 
data listings only. 
The results of urine test for drugs of abuse, will be 
included in the subject data listings only.
Section 11.3: Subject medical history
The underlying diagnosis/reason for the pain leading to 
enrollment of subjects in the trial will be summarized 
descriptively by primary System Organ Class and 
Preferred Term in a separate presentation, coded via 
MedDRA and sorted alphabetically.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 51 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 12.1: Exposure
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% 
confidence intervals of the daily doses of IMP per kg 
body weight (Tapentadol equivalents) of each day 
separately for the two treatment arms.
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% 
confidence intervals of the daily doses of IMP per kg 
body weight (Tapentadol equivalents; 1 mg morphine PR 
is equivalent to 2.5 mg tapentadol PR) of each day 
separately for the two treatment arms.
Section 13.1: Primary endpoint
The primary efficacy endpoint is a binary variable 
“responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” if both 
of the following criteria are met:

Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period. A 
definition is given in Section 8.2.2.

One of the following calculated from the 
scheduled pain assessments (“pain right now”) 
documented during the last 3 days of the 
Treatment Period:
−
…
Pain assessments during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period means the last six scheduled pain assessments 
before Visit VE whether these fall across 3 (morning 
assessment 3 days before VE until evening assessment 1 
day before VE) or 4 calendar days (evening assessment 
3 days before VE until morning assessment at day of 
VE). The information which pain assessments should be 
considered can be obtained from the eDiary: If the 
morning diary of VE is available and assigned to the 
Treatment Period, this pain assessment will be included; 
if the morning diary of VE is not available or not 
assigned to the Treatment Period, the assessments of the 
3 calendar days before will be used.
The primary efficacy endpoint is a binary variable 
“responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” if both 
of the following criteria are met:

Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period. A 
definition is given in Section 8.2.2.

One of the following calculated from the 
scheduled pain assessments (“pain right now”) 
documented during the last 3 days of
treatment in the Treatment Period:
−
…
Pain assessments during the last 3 days of treatment in
the Treatment Period means the last six scheduled pain 
assessments up to the time point of last IMP intake of the 
Treatment Period whether these fall across 3 (morning 
assessment 2 days before last IMP intake until evening 
assessment at the day of last IMP intake given last IMP 
taken in the evening) or 4 calendar days (evening 
assessment 3 days before last IMP intake until morning 
assessment at the day of last IMP intake given last IMP 
taken in the morning). 
Section 13.1.1: Main analysis
The primary efficacy endpoint consists of two parts. 
Information on the first part, Completion of the 14-day 
Treatment Period, will always be available. However 
information on the pain assessments during the last 
3 days of the Treatment Period might only be partially 
available. 
The primary efficacy endpoint consists of two parts. 
Information on the first part, Completion of the 14-day 
Treatment Period, will always be available. However 
information on the pain assessments during the last 
3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period might only 
be partially available. 
Section 13.1.2: Sensitivity analysis
2.
Different imputation method:
… If no pain value during the last 3 days before 
Visit VE is present for a subject, that subject 
will be assigned a non-responder.
2.
Different imputation method:
… If no pain value during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period is present for 
a subject, that subject will be assigned a non-
responder.
Section 13.1.3: Other analysis
Summary statistics for the primary endpoint will be 
provided for each level of the subgroups defined in 
Table 4. 
Summary statistics for the primary endpoint will be 
provided for each level of the subgroups defined in 
Table 4 and for subgroups of subjects with and without a 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 52 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
…
In addition, summary statistics for the primary endpoint 
per IMP dose level during the last 3 days of the 
Treatment Period will be presented.
neuropathic pain component (based on information from 
the Pain Condition page of the eCRF at Visit V1).
…
In addition, summary statistics for the primary endpoint 
per IMP dose level during the last 3 days of treatment in 
the Treatment Period will be presented.
Based on observed, non-imputed data, the individual 
criteria considered for the response assessment for the 
FAS will be summarized descriptively. The following 
categories will be presented:
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period 
(yes/no).
•
Average pain during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period <50 (VAS) 
or <5 (FPS-R) (yes/no).
•
Average pain reduction for the last 3 days of 
treatment during the Treatment Period from 
baseline of ≥20 (VAS) or ≥2 (FPS-R) (yes/no).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period 
and average pain during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period <50 (VAS) 
or <5 (FPS-R).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period 
and average pain reduction for the last 3 days 
of treatment during the Treatment Period from 
baseline of ≥20 (VAS) or ≥2 (FPS-R).
•
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period, 
but average pain during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period ≥50 mm 
(VAS) or ≥5 (FPS-R) and average pain 
reduction for the last 3 days of treatment 
during the Treatment Period from baseline 
<20 mm (VAS) or <2 (FPS-R).
The pain related criteria will be presented using VAS for 
all subjects, using FPS-R for all subjects and using VAS 
for subjects 12-<18 years or FPS-R for subjects 6-
<12 years.
The analysis of the primary endpoint will also be 
repeated using the following modifications in the 
definition of a responder:
•
Using VAS for all subjects 6-<18 years old to 
assess the pain related response criteria 
(average pain <50 or average reduction from 
baseline pain ≥20 on a VAS).
•
Using FPS-R for all subjects 6-<18 years old 
to assess the pain related response criteria 
(average pain <5 or average reduction from 
baseline pain ≥2 on a FPS-R).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 53 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 13.3.1: Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale
Part 1
… Additionally, the average change from baseline to the 
last six scheduled assessments before performing Visit 
VE (either scheduled at day 14±1 or earlier when the 
Treatment Period is terminated early) will be 
summarized descriptively.
Part 2 
… Changes in the VAS and FPS-R at each scheduled 
time point (including Visit F12M) from baseline and the 
change from baseline to the last assessed pain value, i.e., 
the value assessed at either Visit F12M or Visit ET, will 
be summarized descriptively for the Tapentadol Period 
of Part 2. In addition, these summary tables will be 
presented for the subgroups as specified in Table 4. 
Part 1
… Additionally, the average change from baseline to the 
last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period (last six 
scheduled assessments) will be summarized 
descriptively.
Part 2 
… Changes in the VAS and FPS-R at each scheduled 
time point (including Visit F12M) from baseline and the 
change from baseline to the last assessed pain value, i.e., 
the value assessed at either Visit F12M or Visit ET, will 
be summarized descriptively for the Tapentadol Period 
of Part 2. In case no baseline pain value from the eCRF 
is available, the last available pain values from the 
eDiary of the Treatment Period will be used as baseline. 
In addition, these summary tables will be presented for 
the subgroups as specified in Table 4. 
Section 15.2.9: Subjective opiate withdrawal scale (SOWS)
The total score of the SOWS questionnaire and the 
change from baseline will be descriptively analyzed per 
day after last IMP intake. 
The total score of the SOWS questionnaire and the 
change from baseline will be descriptively analyzed per 
day after last IMP intake up to Day 7 (Day 0 = day of 
last IMP intake, Day 1 = day after last IMP intake,…,
Day 7 = 7 days after last IMP intake). 
Section 16: References
Chen F, Brown G, Stokes M. Fitting your favorite mixed 
models with PROC MCMC. Paper SAS 5601-2016: 1-27.
Gelman A. Prior distributions for variance parameters in 
hierarchical models. Bayesian Analysis 2006; 1 (3): 515-
533.
Hlavin G, Koenig F, Male C, Posch M, Bauer P. 
Evidence, eminence and extrapolation. Stat Med 2016; 
35 (13): 2117-32.
Section 18.1.2.4: Trial day count
The day of allocation/baseline visit/first IMP is defined 
as trial Day 1.
The day of first IMP intake is defined as trial Day 1.
Section 18.1.2.10: Trial phases and periods
Observation Period
•
For subjects switching from the Tapentadol 
Period to the Observation Period during Part 2, 
the Observation Period start date is the date 
assessed on the End of Period page in the 
eCRF at the end of the Tapentadol Period. 
Observation Period
•
For subjects who discontinue the Tapentadol 
Period and enter the Observation Period during 
Part 2, the Observation Period start date is the 
date assessed on the End of Period page in the 
eCRF at the end of the Tapentadol Period. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 54 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 18.1.4.1: Subject discontinuation
Completion status
Treatment completer:
•
Part 1: 
−
If (End of Treatment Visit date –
Randomization date) ≥13 and either 
(Last IMP intake of the Treatment Period 
– Randomization date) ≥13 or (Last IMP
intake of the Treatment Period-
Randomization date = 12 with last IMP 
intake of the Treatment Period in the 
evening
•
Part 2, Tapentadol Period only: 
−
If  
(12  −
!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  ) ≥351
…
Time to discontinuation
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
days for Part 1 as:
Date of Last IMP intake of the Treatment Period –
Randomization date + 1
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
weeks for Part 2 as:
(date of Last IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period – date 
of Visit VE + 1)/7
Censoring algorithm
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to IMP discontinuation:
−
Part 1: time will be censored at the End-
of-Treatment Visit (VE) for treatment 
completers Part 1
−
Part 2, Tapentadol Period: time will be 
censored at the visit 12 month after Visit 
VE (F12M) for treatment completers Part 
2
Completion status
Treatment completer:
•
Part 1: 
−
If (End of Treatment Visit date – First 
IMP intake of the Treatment Period date) 
≥13 and either (Last IMP intake of the 
Treatment Period – First IMP intake of 
the Treatment Period date) ≥13 or (Last 
IMP intake of the Treatment Period –
First IMP intake of the Treatment Period 
date) = 12 with last IMP intake of the 
Treatment Period in the evening.
•
Part 2, Tapentadol Period only: 
−
If  
(12  −
!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  ) ≥351
with F12M completed as part of 
Tapentadol Period.
…
Time to discontinuation
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
days for Part 1 as:
Date of Last IMP intake of the Treatment Period – date 
of First IMP intake of the Treatment Period + 1
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
weeks for Part 2 as:
(date of Last IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period – date 
of First IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period + 1)/7
Censoring algorithm
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to IMP discontinuation:
−
Part 1: time will be censored at the date of 
last IMP intake of the Treatment Period
for treatment completers Part 1.
−
Part 2, Tapentadol Period: time will be 
censored at the date of last IMP intake of 
the Tapentadol Period for treatment 
completers Part 2.
Section 18.1.5.2: Other baseline characteristics
Derivation of height Z-Scores
The height Z-Scores will be calculated using the WHO 
Child Growth Standards. …
Derivation of height Z-Scores
The height Z-Scores will be calculated using the WHO 
Child Growth Standards. … 
As age in months is required for this calculation, it will 
be derived by multiplying the recorded age in years by 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 55 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
12 and adding 6 months.
Section 18.1.6.1: Dose level for the sensitivity analysis of the primary endpoint
The IMP dose level during the last 3 days of the 
Treatment Period will be specified based on the 
information from the Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment-page 
of the eCRF. 
Therefore, the last six scheduled IMP intakes of the 
Treatment Period, i.e., the last IMP of Part 1 and the 
5 predecessing intakes, will be considered. 
For subjects completing the Treatment Period, these 
should be the last six scheduled IMP intakes before VE 
and should fall across 3 (morning intake 3 days before 
VE until evening intake 1 day before VE in case the last 
IMP intake is the one in the evening of the day before 
VE) or 4 calendar days (evening intake 3 days before VE 
until morning intake at day of VE in case the last IMP 
intake is the one in the morning of the day of Visit VE), 
analogous to the pain intensity assessments considered 
for the primary endpoint assessment. For subjects 
discontinuing the Treatment Period, these will be the last 
six scheduled IMP intakes before the Treatment is 
discontinued.
For each of the six considered IMP intakes, the dose 
level (1 to 5) of the dose as given in the eCRF will be 
determined based on the tapentadol PR and morphine PR 
dosing tables provided in the trial protocol. The most 
frequent dose level will then be used as IMP dose level 
during the last 3 days of the Treatment Period. In case 
several different dose levels occur equally often among 
these 6 time points, the highest dose level of these will 
be used.
The IMP dose level during the last 3 days of treatment in 
the Treatment Period will be specified based on the 
information from the Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment-page 
of the eCRF. 
Therefore, the last six scheduled IMP intakes of the 
Treatment Period, i.e., the last IMP of Part 1 and the 
5 predecessing intakes, will be considered, analogous to 
the pain intensity assessments considered for the primary 
endpoint assessment. 
For each of the six considered IMP intakes, the dose 
level (1 to 5) of the dose as given in the eCRF will be 
determined based on the tapentadol PR and morphine PR 
dosing tables provided in the trial protocol. The most 
frequent dose level will then be used as IMP dose level 
during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment 
Period. In case several different dose levels occur 
equally often among these 6 time points, the highest dose 
level of these will be used.
Section 18.1.6.2: Average daily doses during the Tapentadol Period
In case of a missing intermediate visit, it will be 
artificially introduced for this analysis by dividing the 
available surrounding visit interval to two equally sized 
subintervals. Hence, if the i-th visit for a subject j is 
missing ( - #$ %./,0), this visit will be estimated as 
the midpoint of the surrounding visit interval 
(- #$ %./1,0 , - #$ %./2,0] and the two newly 
introduced timeframes 
4- #$ %./1,0 , - #$ %./,05 and 
(- #$ %./,0 , - #$ %./2,0] will be used for further 
calculations. In case the length of the available visit 
interval is not a multiple of 2, it will be splitted such that 
the first time interval is 1 day longer than the second 
one.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 56 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 18.1.8.1: Missing baseline pain intensity for the Treatment Period
For the primary endpoint analysis (main analysis and 
sensitivity analyses if applicable), including baseline 
pain intensity as a factor in the analysis model, missing 
values will be imputed by the average baseline pain 
intensity of the respective age group.
For the primary endpoint analysis (main analysis and 
sensitivity analyses if applicable), including baseline 
pain intensity as an explanatory variable in the analysis 
model, missing values will be imputed by the values 
resulting from the multiple imputation for the missing 
pain values during the 3 last days of treatment in the 
Treatment Period as explained in the “Handling missing 
data” paragraph of the following section. For those 
analyses based on primary endpoint data from multiple 
imputation, the corresponding imputed baseline values 
of the respective dataset will be used. For those analyses 
of the primary endpoint based on observed data, the 
average of the baseline values for the 200 multiple 
imputation datasets for a subject will be used for 
imputation of this missing baseline value.
Section 18.1.8.2: Primary analysis
Handling missing data
... 
Information on the pain assessments during the last 
3 days of the Treatment Period might only be partially 
available. In this case Multiple Imputation will be used to 
impute missing values:
1. For each treatment group, a multivariate normal 
distribution for the vector of the last 6 scheduled pain 
measurements during the Treatment Period, denoted by 
(6, … , 68), is assumed (6, … , 68)~(:(;, <). Missing 
observations are assumed to depend on the observed 
values of the subjects in the same treatment group. 
Therefore, in both treatment arms, missing pain 
assessments will be imputed using information from an 
imputation model that is only based on the subjects in the 
respective arm, with baseline pain intensity, age group 
and underlying pain condition as explanatory variables.
The multiple imputations will be done via SAS PROC 
MI. The imputation model will be based on the default 
Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) method for general 
patterns of missingness (Dmitrienko et al. 2005). 
For the sake of reproducibility of the results, the seed for 
pseudo-random number generation will be set to 550366
for each of both treatment arms.
The number K of imputed data sets will be set to 200, 
resulting in 200 complete data sets: 
•
Number of imputed data sets:
= = 200
Handling missing data
…
Information on the pain assessments during the last 
3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period might only 
be partially available. In this case Multiple Imputation
will be used to impute missing values:
1.
For each treatment group, a multivariate normal 
distribution for the vector of the age group (AGE), 
underlying pain condition (PAIN) and baseline pain 
intensity (BASE) as well as the last 6 scheduled 
pain measurements during treatment of the 
Treatment Period, denoted by (6, … , 68), is 
assumed 
(>?!, .>@:, A>B!, 6, … , 68)~(:(;, <).
Missing observations are assumed to depend on the 
observed values of the subjects in the same 
treatment group. Therefore, in both treatment arms, 
missing pain assessments will be imputed using 
information from an imputation model that is only 
based on the subjects in the respective arm. 
The multiple imputation will be performed once for 
all subjects using VAS, and once for all subjects 
using FPS-R. To ensure that the imputed values are 
within the range of the respective pain scale (0-10 
for FPS-R and 0-100 for VAS), minimum and 
maximum values for the variable to be imputed 
should be specified.
The multiple imputations will be done via SAS 
PROC MI. The imputation model will be based on 
the default Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) 
method for general patterns of missingness 
(Dmitrienko et al. 2005). A BY statement will be 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 57 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
used to implement the imputation by treatment 
group. The variables will be given the following 
order: age group, pain condition, baseline pain, last 
6 scheduled pain assessments starting with the 
earliest one. 
For the sake of reproducibility of the results, the 
seed for pseudo-random number generation will be 
set to 550366.
The number K of imputed data sets will be set to 
200, resulting in 200 complete data sets: 
•
Number of imputed data sets:
= = 200
Imputed values for missing baseline pain intensities, 
to be used as explanatory variable in the logistic 
regression model, will also be obtained from the 
multiple imputation. 
Section 18.1.8.3: Bayesian analysis - details
A non-informative Gamma (0.001, rate=0.001) prior will 
be assigned to the precision of the random effects 1/σ2.
...
One MCMC chain of length 110,000 will be run, 
discarding the first 10,000 and keeping every 5th. The 
resulting thinned sample of size 2,000 will be 
summarized for each model parameter by means of the 
posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 80% 
credibility interval.
…
Then compute the difference -. At the end of 
the MCMC run, the posterior sample of size 2,000 
for  - will be also summarized together with 
the model parameters.
A half-t distribution (delta=0, var=10, df=3) will be 
used as prior for the precision of the random effects σ. 
The half-t distribution is defined as the absolute value of 
a Student-t distribution centered at zero and is 
recommended as a prior distribution for the hierarchical 
standard deviation when the number of groups is small 
(see Gelman 2016 and Chen et al. 2016).
…
One MCMC chain of length 1,100,000 will be run, 
discarding the first 100,000 and keeping every 50th. The 
resulting thinned sample of size 20,000 will be 
summarized for each model parameter by means of the 
posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 80% 
credibility interval.
…
Then compute the difference -. At the end of 
the MCMC run, the posterior sample of size 20,000 
for  - will be also summarized together with 
the model parameters.
Section 18.1.10: Rescue medication
The summary table for the number of daily doses and 
total daily dose per day of the Treatment Period include 
the mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalents).
…
Time to first rescue medication intake
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to first rescue medication intake will be 
censored at the End-of-Treatment Visit (VE) 
The summary table for the number of daily doses and 
total daily dose per day of the Treatment Period include 
the mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalents; 1 mg 
morphine PR is equivalent to 2.5 mg tapentadol PR).
…
Time to first rescue medication intake
If the time of the first IMP intake is missing, 0:00 will be 
used if the first IMP intake was in the morning and 12:00 
will be used if the first IMP was taken in the evening.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 58 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
regardless of whether subjects complete part 1 
or perform Visit VE prior to day 14. 
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to first rescue medication intake will be 
censored at the End-of-Treatment Visit (VE) 
regardless of whether subjects complete part 1 
or perform Visit VE prior to day 14. The time 
to be considered for the censoring will be set to 
23:59, or the time of first IMP intake of the 
Tapentadol Period if available.
17.2
Amendment 01
Amendment rationale
Refer to Section 7.2 for a description of the amendment rationale.
Detailed description of changes
Minor editorial changes, such as the correction of typing errors or language adaptions, are not 
specifically listed. 
In the table below, deleted text is crossed out and new text is highlighted using italics. 
Changes include:
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 2: Abbreviations
CP             Conditional power
LLN          Lower limit normal
SAS          Statistical analysis software
SAS          Statistical Analysis System  
Section 3: Introduction
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) includes all 
definitions and analysis details for the analysis of the 
trial KF5503-66. The analysis will be performed in the 
Department of Biostatistics at a contract research 
organization in accordance with this SAP. 
This SAP corresponds to the Trial Protocol of KF5503-
66 Document Management System (DMS) Version 5.0.
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) includes all 
definitions and analysis details for the analysis of the 
trial KF5503-66 in accordance with the protocol 
Amendment 05 dated 27 July 2017. The analysis will be 
performed by a contract research organization in 
accordance with this SAP. 
…
The analyses of both parts of the trial are covered by this 
SAP.
Section 5.1: Overall trial design and plan
Part 1
Part 1 of the trial is an adaptive 2-stage design with 
possible sample-size re-estimation after the first stage, 
with no early stopping for success or futility foreseen 
(see Section 17 for details). 
The Treatment Period will include the following visits:
•
Enrollment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 to Day 1)
•
Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1)
Only a brief synopsis of the trial design is presented 
here; full details can be found in the trial protocol.
Part 1
Part 1 starts with an Enrolment Visit (Visit V1; Day -14 
to Day 1), followed by the 14-day Treatment Period. The 
Treatment Period will include the following visits:
•
Visit V2 (Allocation Visit; Day 1)
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 59 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 5.1 Overall trial design and plan, Figure 1 footnotes
Footnotes were added, based on the corresponding 
footnotes in the trial protocol.
Section 5.1 Overall trial design and plan, Table 1
Lines: 
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale <--------------->
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken at the 
site)
Lines: 
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale X a X a
Dispense IMP (the first dose of IMP will be taken during 
Visit V2,  within 24 hours after randomization. Day 1 is
the day of first IMP intake)
Footnotes were added, based on the corresponding 
footnotes in the trial protocol.
Section 5.1 Overall trial design and plan, Table 2
Footnotes were added, based on the corresponding 
footnotes in the trial protocol.
Section 5.1 Overall trial design and plan, Table 3
Lines: 
Record height at ET and F12M
Lines: 
Record height at TP2, TP6, TP9, TP12, ET and F12M
Footnotes were added, based on the corresponding 
footnotes in the trial protocol.
Section 5.2: Sample size
The design of the trial is an adaptive 2-stage design with 
possible sample-size re-estimation after the first stage, 
with no early stopping for success or futility foreseen. 
This interim analysis aims for verification of the 
assumptions for the sample size calculation by using a so 
called “promising zone” approach. Stopping for any 
reason is not foreseen based on the results of the interim 
analysis. As a result of the interim analysis, the overall 
number of subjects in the Full Analysis Set (FAS) will be 
between N = 129 and an upper sample size limit of 
Nmax = 200.
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington Manning (1990) test 
by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% 
power and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.025, 
129 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 2:1 
randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR. Using the 
proposed method for sample size re-assessment, the final 
analysis does not have to be adjusted for the interim 
analysis.
The operating characteristics of the trial design and the 
sample size was assessed in 2 steps. First, a sample size 
calculation was carried out using Adaptive Designs –
Plans and Analyses software package ADDPLAN 
version 6.0.8 provided by Aptiv Solutions, for an 
adaptive 2 stage design without stopping at the interim 
To show the non-inferiority of tapentadol PR compared 
to morphine PR using a Farrington Manning (1990) test 
by a non-inferiority margin of 20% with at least 80% 
power and a 1-sided significance level of alpha = 0.1, 
69 subjects are required in the FAS, assuming a 2:1 
randomization of tapentadol PR:morphine PR. 
A one-sided alpha of 0.1 is considered appropriate based 
on a method proposed by Hlavin et al. (2016). The 
approach makes use of prior knowledge and the concept 
of extrapolation from a larger population to a small 
target population (i.e., pediatric population), to reduce 
the burden of evidence in pediatrics by relaxing the 
Type I error, while controlling a certain posterior belief, 
i.e., confidence after successful pediatric trials, in 
effectiveness of the drug in children. 
Further details for the application of the concept of 
Hlavin et al. (2016) in the context of this trial are 
provided in a separate document.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 60 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
analysis after 75% of data are available. The resulting 
total number of subjects (N = 129) was then 
implemented in a simulation process using the response 
rate as the primary endpoint and computing the empirical 
statistical power for several values of the overall sample 
size. These simulations were carried out using R 
version 2.12.2. The simulations were validated by an 
independent statistician.
A detailed description of the process can be found in the 
sponsor’s trial master files.
Section 5.3: Randomization
Randomization will be outsourced to a Central 
Randomization Center (Almac Clinical Technologies)
that will develop an Interactive Voice/Web Response 
System (IVRS/IWRS).
Randomization will be outsourced to a Central 
Randomization Center  that will develop an Interactive 
Voice/Web Response System (IVRS/IWRS).
Section 6.1: Final analyses
The final analysis of Part 1 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 1 of the trial and the data 
has been locked for analyses of Part 1.
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed after all 
subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial and the final 
data base has been locked. 
Two separate integrated clinical trial reports (ICTRs) 
will be written, one after Part 1, another after Part 2. The 
results of the final analyses of the relevant parts will be 
the basis for the ICTRs. For details on the final analyses 
please refer to Section 13 and Section 15.
Final analysis Part 1
The final analysis of Part 1 will be performed after 

All subjects have completed Part 1 and the first 
12 weeks (Visit TP3 or Visit OP3) of Part 2 of the 
trial (if not discontinued before), 

And all data of Part 1 and Part 2 up to Visit 
TP3/OP3 is cleaned. 
Together with this final analysis of Part 1, an interim 
analysis of Part 2 will be conducted. This interim 
analysis will be based on all data of Part 2 (also 
including information after TP3/OP3) available in the 
database at the time point of completion of the cleaning 
for Part 1 and Part 2 up to Visit TP3/OP3.
For the final analysis of Part 1 and the interim analysis 
of Part 2, all data available in the database will be fixed 
in a snapshot. Individual subjects that have completed 
the entire trial and are clean will be locked.
The final analysis of Part 1 will encompass all analyses 
of Part 1 as described in this SAP. The interim analysis 
of Part 2 will encompass all Part 2 analyses planned 
according to this SAP.
An integrated clinical trial report, integrating clinical, 
pharmacokinetic, and statistical results of the final
analysis of Part 1 and the interim analysis of Part 2 will 
be prepared by the sponsor.
Final analysis Part 2
The final analysis of Part 2 will be performed once all 
subjects have completed Part 2 of the trial and the final 
data base has been hard locked. 
The final analysis of Part 2 will encompass all Part 2 
analyses as described in this SAP.
A second integrated clinical trial report (optionally as an 
amendment) will be prepared including the final results 
of Part 2.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 61 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 6.2: Interim analysis
The trial will be conducted using an adaptive 2-stage 
design with possible sample-size re-estimation after the 
first stage, with no stopping for any reason foreseen 
(Mehta and Pocock 2011). The interim analysis is 
planned to be conducted after 75% of the initially 
planned number of subjects in the FAS (i.e., 97 subjects) 
complete Part 1 of the trial. Interim data will be defined, 
cleaned and locked for interim analysis. The sample-size 
re-estimation will be done in an unblinded manner as the 
trial itself is open label. The feasibility threshold 
(= upper sample size limit), to which the sample size 
might be increased in this trial is Nmax = 200.
For details on the interim analysis, please refer to 
Section 17.
As described in the previous section, an interim analysis 
of Part 2 will be performed.
Section 7.1: Changes in analysis compared to the trial protocol
As changes were addressed in the protocol amendments, 
all changes were deleted. 
Not applicable.
Section 7.2: SAP amendment rationale
SAP amendment rationale for Amendment 01 was 
added. Please see section for further details. 
Section 8.1: General principles
Analysis structure
If 2 or more of the population sets as defined in the SAP 
coincide, presentations will only be prepared for 1 
population.
For Part 1, all presentations will be done per treatment 
arm, i.e., comparing the tapentadol arm to the morphine 
arm. 
For Part 2, the different periods, i.e., Tapentadol Period 
and Observation Period, are not comparable, due to the 
heterogeneity of the populations (see Section 18.1.3 for 
additional information).
Thus, for Part 2, various changes compared to baseline 
(i.e., Visit VE) will be illustrated separately for the 
Tapentadol and Observation Periods. 
Analysis structure
Separate analyses will be performed for Part 1 and Part 
2. 
The analysis for Part 1 will take into consideration the 
Treatment Period of Part 1. For Part 1, all presentations 
will be done per treatment arm, i.e., comparing the 
tapentadol arm to the morphine arm. 
The analysis for Part 2 will take into consideration the 
Tapentadol Period and Observation Period of Part 2. 
Given that the different periods, i.e., Tapentadol Period 
and Observation Period, are not comparable, due to the 
heterogeneity of the populations (see Section 18.1.3 for 
additional information), all analyses of Part 2 will be 
illustrated separately for the Tapentadol and Observation 
Period as detailed below, if not specified differently. 
Section 8.1: General principles
Additionally, the last assessment (defined in 
Section 8.2.2) and change from baseline to the last 
assessment will be summarized.
The data collected and derived in the trial will be 
presented in subject data listings. Data listings will be 
sorted by period and arm.
Unscheduled measurements of laboratory parameters, 
vital signs and electrocardiogram will be presented in the 
subject data listing and will be considered in the 
derivation of the overall post-baseline value (see 
Section 18.1.12.1) that is used in the shift and alert 
Additionally, for Part 2, the last assessment (defined in 
Section 8.2.2) and change from baseline to the last 
assessment will be summarized.
Data presented in subject data listings will be sorted by 
treatment if not specified differently.
Unscheduled measurements of laboratory parameters, 
vital signs and electrocardiogram will be presented in the 
subject data listing. In general, unscheduled 
measurements will not be included in the analysis. 
However, they will be considered in the derivation of the 
overall post-baseline value (see Section 18.1.12.1) that is 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 62 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
frequency analyses. 
used in the shift and alert frequency analyses. 
Section 8.1: General principles
Summary statistics
Data collected in this trial will be summarized by the 
number of subjects, mean, standard deviation (SD), 
minimum and maximum values, median and quartiles for 
continuous variables and absolute and relative 
frequencies for categorical variables, as appropriate. 
•
If not defined otherwise, the percentage 
denominator will be the number of subjects in 
the analyzed population.
•
For time-to-event variables, descriptive 
statistics will include the number of subjects, 
minimum, first quartile (Q1), median, third 
quartile (Q3), and maximum. Furthermore
Kaplan-Meier estimates and graphs will be 
provided. Additionally the Kaplan-Meier graph 
will include the median time-to-event and its 
95% confidence interval for all arms. 
Censoring mechanisms depend on the specific 
endpoint and will be described in the 
respective section.
Summary statistics
Data collected in this trial will be summarized according 
to their nature as follows: 
•
Continuous variables: number of non-missing 
observations,  arithmetic mean, standard 
deviation (SD), minimum and maximum 
values, median and quartiles. If there are less 
than 5 observations descriptive statistics will 
be presented based on the rules specified in 
Section 18.1.2.2.
•
Categorical variables: absolute and relative 
frequencies. If not defined otherwise, the 
percentage denominator will be the number of 
subjects in the trial at the respective time point 
in the analyzed population.
•
Time-to-event variables: Kaplan-Meier 
estimates together with the 95% confidence 
intervals (CI) will be provided with the 
respective number at risk and the number 
censored at the relevant time points. In 
addition, the median time-to-event and its 95% 
confidence interval for all arms will be 
presented. For calculating the survival 
estimate CI bounds, the log-log transformed 
estimate of CI bounds will be used. Censoring 
mechanisms depend on the specific endpoint 
and will be described in the respective section.
Section 8.1: General principles
Coding of eCRF-entries
All Medication and additional therapies/treatments will 
be coded using the World Health Organization Drug 
Dictionary (WHO-DD) or in case of non-medicinal 
therapies via Medical Dictionary for Regulatory 
Activities (MedDRA).
…
For the final analyses, the latest version of the WHO-
DD/MedDRA at the time of coding for final evaluations 
will be used. These might be different for Part 1 and Part 
2. Coding for the DMC analyses is addressed in the 
DMC SAP.
Coding of eCRF-entries
All Medication and additional therapies/treatments will 
be coded using the World Health Organization Drug 
Dictionary (WHO-DD) or in case of non-medicinal 
therapies via Medical Dictionary for Regulatory 
Activities (MedDRA). The versions of these reference 
documents will be specified on the appropriate statistical 
outputs.
…
For the final analyses, the latest version of the WHO-
DD/MedDRA at the time of coding for final evaluations 
will be used. These might be different for the final 
analyses of Part 1 and the final analysis of Part 2. Coding 
for the DMC analyses is addressed in the DMC SAP.
Section 8.2.1: Definition of subgroup
•
Underlying pain condition
−
Cancer related pain.
−
Non-cancer related pain.
•
Randomization strata:
•
Underlying pain condition (based on 
information from the eCRF at Visit V1)
−
Cancer related pain.
−
Non-cancer related pain.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 63 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
The four combinations of age and underlying 
pain condition strata.
Section 8.2.1: Definition of subgroup, Table 4: Subgroup analyses
Age 
grou
p
Underl
ying 
pain 
conditi
on
Rando
mizati
on 
strata
Subject disposition
Enrol
led 
Set
Enrolle
d Set
Enroll
ed Set
Demographics + 
baseline characteristics
SAF/
FAS
SAF/FA
S
SAF/F
AS
Exposure
SAF
SAF
-
Descriptive statistics of 
primary efficacy 
endpoint
FAS/
PPS
FAS/PP
S
FAS/P
PS
Exploratory statistical 
analysis and forest 
plots of primary 
efficacy endpoint as 
described in 
Section 13.1.3
FAS
FAS
FAS
Pain assessments
FAS
FAS
-
Acceptability and 
palatability 
questionnaire
FAS
-
-
Rescue medication
FAS
FAS
FAS
Vital signs
SAF
SAF
-
Laboratory parameters
SAF
SAF
-
Modified constipation 
assessment scale
SAF
SAF
SAF
Physical examination
SAF
SAF
SAF
Serum concentrations 
of tapentadol and 
tapentadol-O-glucuroni
de
PK-
Set
PK-Set
-
Incidence of TEAEs 
by SOC and PT
SAF
SAF
SAF
Age 
group
Underlying 
pain condition
Subject disposition
Enroll
ed Set
Enrolled Set
Demographics + other
baseline characteristics 
(excluding medical 
history and prior and 
concomitant medication) 
SAF
SAF
Descriptive statistics of 
primary efficacy 
endpoint
FAS
FAS
Exploratory statistical 
analysis and forest plots 
of primary efficacy 
endpoint as described in 
Section 13.1.3
FAS
FAS
Pain assessments
FAS
FAS
Acceptability and 
palatability questionnaire
FAS
-
Rescue medication
FAS
-
Serum concentrations of 
tapentadol and 
tapentadol-O-glucuronid
e
PK-
Set
PK-Set
Incidence of TEAEs by 
SOC and PT (selected 
analyses)
SAF
SAF
Section 8.2.2: Further definitions
On-treatment-period, Part 1:
•
Subjects continuing in the Tapentadol Period directly 
after the Treatment Period or discontinuing the trial 
during Part 1:
a.
Start: First IMP administration (included) 
b.
End: First occurrence of one of the 
following events:
i. Last administration of IMP during 
Part 1 + 72 hours (included, 
On-treatment-period, Part 1:
•
Subjects continuing in the Tapentadol Period after 
the Treatment Period:
a. Start: First IMP administration of Part 1 
(included) 
b. End: 
iii. If the last administration of IMP during 
Part 1 is more than 3 days before Visit 
VE: Last administration of IMP during 
Part 1 + 72 hours (included, therapeutic 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 64 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
therapeutic reach)
ii.
Visit VE (included)
•
Subjects continuing in the Observation Period
directly after the Treatment Period: 
c.
Start: First IMP administration (included) 
On-treatment-period, Part 2:
Tapentadol Period only:
a.
Start: Visit VE (excluded)
Treatment completers, Part 1: 
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period means that a 
subject performs the End of Treatment Visit (Visit VE) 
in the allowed window of 15 ± 1 days, i.e., at or later 
than Day 14.
Treatment completers, Part 2:
Completion of the 12-month Tapentadol Period means 
that a subject. performs the 12-month follow-up visit 
(F12M) in the window of 365 ± 14 days, i.e., at or later 
than 351 days after Visit VE.
Trial completers, Part 1: 
Subjects who fully completed the extension period. i.e., 
either subjects completing the Tapentadol Period and the 
follow-up visit (F7D) or subjects completing the 
Observation Period (F12M not earlier than 351 days after 
Visit VE).
Baseline values, Treatment Period: 
•
For pain assessment, baseline pain is defined as 
“pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be assessed 
before any painful or unpleasant procedure, and 
before the first intake of IMP.
reach)
iv. If the last administration of IMP during 
Part 1 is less than 3 days before Visit 
VE: Visit VE (included)
•
Subjects not continuing in the Tapentadol Period 
after the Treatment Period: 
c.
Start: First IMP administration 
(included) 
On-treatment-period, Part 2:
Tapentadol Period only:
a.
Start: Visit VE (excluded in case VE is included 
in the on-treatment period of Part 1; included in 
case VE is not included in the on-treatment 
period of Part 1)
Treatment completers, Part 1: 
Completion of the 14-day Treatment Period means that a 
subject performs the End of Treatment Visit (Visit VE) 
in the allowed window of 15 ± 1 days, i.e., at or later 
than Day 14, and has the last IMP intake of part 1 no 
earlier than Day 13 in the evening.
Treatment completers, Part 2:
Completion of the 12-month Tapentadol Period means 
that a subject. performs the 12-month follow-up visit 
(F12M) in the window of 365 ± 14 days, i.e., at or later 
than 351 days after Visit VE, as part of the Tapentadol 
Period.
Trial completers, Part 1: 
Subjects who fully completed the extension period, i.e., 
either subjects completing the Tapentadol Period and the 
follow-up visit (F12M and F7D) or subjects completing 
the Observation Period (F12M) not earlier than 351 days 
after Visit VE.
Baseline values, Treatment Period: 

For pain assessment, baseline pain is defined as 
“pain right now” at Visit V2, and will be 
assessed before any painful or unpleasant 
procedure, and before the first intake of IMP.
Details on the programming aspects regarding 
the baseline pain intensity can be found in 
Section 18.1.5.3.
Section 9: Subject populations
Allocated Set
Analysis of the Allocated Set will be conducted 
according to the allocated treatment.
Safety Set
The analysis on the SAF will be conducted on the actual 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 65 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
treatment received. 
Full Analysis Set
The analysis on the FAS will be conducted according to 
the allocated treatment.
Per Protocol Set 
The analysis on the PPS will be conducted according to 
the allocated treatment.
Section 9.7: Application of analysis sets
As SAF and FAS are expected to be identical, the 
analysis of demographics and baseline characteristics, 
including medical history and prior and concomitant 
medication, will only be presented for the SAF. In case of 
differences resulting in a need for an additional 
presentation for the FAS, the analysis will be provided as 
an additional analysis.
Demographics and other baseline characteristics are 
planned for SAF in PK Set. In case these two analysis 
sets coincide, presentations will only be prepared for the 
SAF.
Section 9.7: Application of analysis sets, Table 5: Use of analysis sets
Enroll
ed Set
Alloca
ted 
Set
SA
F
FA
S
PP
S
PK 
Set
Subject 
disposition
X
Subject 
discontinuations
X
Protocol 
deviations
X
Demographics
X
X
X
X
Other baseline 
characteristics
X
X
X
X
Subject medical 
history
X
X
Previous and 
concomitant 
medication
X
X
X
Exposure
X
Compliance
X
Primary 
endpoint
X
X
Exploratory
efficacy 
endpoints
X
Secondary safety 
endpoints
X
Other safety 
parameter
X
Enroll
ed Set
Alloca
ted 
Set
SA
F
FA
S
PP
S
PK 
Set
Subject
disposition
X
X
X
X
X
X
Subject 
discontinuations
X
Protocol 
deviations
X
Demographics
X
X
X
Other baseline 
characteristics
X
X
Subject medical 
history
X
Previous and 
concomitant 
medication
X
Exposure
X
Compliance
X
Serum 
concentrations 
and 
pharmacokinetic
s 
X
Primary 
endpoint
X
X
Other efficacy 
endpoints
X
Secondary safety 
endpoints
X
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 66 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Other safety 
parameter
X
Section 10: Disposition
For Part 1, in addition to the presentation by treatment 
arm, descriptive summaries will also be presented 
overall. 
Section 10.1: Subject disposition
The following populations will be summarized.
•
Subjects enrolled (only overall)
•
Subjects enrolled but not allocated and reason 
for non-allocation (only overall)
•
Subjects allocated 
•
SAF
•
FAS
•
PPS 
•
PK-Set
•
Trial completers 
•
Treatment completers (for Part 2: Tapentadol
Period only)
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued the trial 
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued IMP  (for 
Part 2: Tapentadol Period only)
…
In addition, an overview table will be prepared 
presenting the number of subjects enrolled, allocated, in 
the SAF, in the FAS and the PK-Set per country. 
All presentations for subject disposition will be as 
described in Section 8.1. For all Periods,  descriptive 
summaries will also be presented overall.  
For describing the subject disposition, the following 
populations will be summarized for each of the three 
different trial periods if applicable:
•
Subjects enrolled (only overall for Treatment 
Period).
•
Subjects enrolled but not allocated and reason 
for non-allocation (only overall for Treatment 
Period).
•
Subjects allocated (Treatment Period only).
•
Subjects allocated but not treated and reason 
for not being treated (Treatment Period only).
•
SAF.
•
FAS.
•
PPS (Treatment Period only).
•
PK-Set (Treatment Period only).
•
Trial completers.
•
Treatment completers (not applicable for 
Observation Period).
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued the trial.
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued IMP (not 
applicable for Observation Period).
•
Subjects switched from Tapentadol to 
Observation Period (Tapentadol Period only).
…
For the Tapentadol and Observation Period, the 
information will be presented based on the subjects in 
the SAF entering these periods. The percentage 
denominator will be the corresponding number of 
subjects in the SAF. 
…
Furthermore, an overview table will be prepared 
presenting the number of subjects enrolled, allocated, 
allocated and treated, in the SAF, in the FAS and the 
PK-Set per country. 
Section 10.2: Subject discontinuations
Part 1
Discontinuations from the trial and from IMP will be 
Part 1
Discontinuations from the trial and from IMP will be 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 67 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
presented for allocated subjects.
Reasons for discontinuations from the trial and from IMP 
will be presented for 
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued the trial 
•
Subjects allocated and discontinued IMP
presented for the SAF overall, per country and per site.
Reasons for discontinuations from the trial and from IMP 
will be presented for 
•
Subjects discontinued from the trial 
•
Subjects discontinued from IMP
Part 2
…
Presentation will be done overall, per country and per 
site.
Section 10.2: Subject discontinuations
Part 1 and Part 2
The details for “other reasons” will be presented in a 
listing if applicable.
If more than 10% of subjects discontinue the trial/IMP
the distribution of the time to discontinuation from 
trial/IMP will be summarized using time-to-event 
methods. Time will be in days until discontinuation for 
Part 1 and in weeks until discontinuation for Part 2. A
graphical display using Kaplan-Meier methods 
displaying subjects at risk per time-point will also be 
produced. 
The calculation of time to trial/IMP discontinuation and 
the censoring algorithm are described in 
Section 18.1.4.1. 
If more than 10% of subjects discontinue the trial/IMP 
due to lack of efficacy, time to discontinuation due to 
lack of efficacy will be calculated and evaluated as 
described above only for subjects who discontinued due 
to lack of efficacy. Additionally to the censoring 
algorithm described in Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who 
discontinue the trial/IMP for reasons other than lack of 
efficacy will be censored at the time of discontinuation.
If more than 10% of subjects discontinue the trial/IMP 
due to an adverse event (AE), time to withdrawal due to 
AEs will be calculated and evaluated as described above 
only for subjects who discontinued due to AEs. 
Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in 
Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who discontinue the trial/IMP 
for reasons other than AE will be censored at the time of 
discontinuation.
Part 1 and Part 2
The details for “other reasons” will be presented in a 
listing sorted by site and treatment if applicable.
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment 
group of Part 1 discontinue the IMP in the Treatment 
Period or if more than 10% of subjects entering the 
Tapentadol Period discontinue the IMP in the 
Tapentadol Period respectively, the distribution of the 
time to discontinuation from IMP will be summarized 
using time-to-event methods. Time will be in days until 
discontinuation for Part 1 and in weeks until 
discontinuation for the Tapentadol Period. For the 
Tapentadol Period, a graphical display using Kaplan-
Meier methods displaying subjects at risk per time-point 
will also be produced. 
The calculation of time to IMP discontinuation and the 
censoring algorithm are described in Section 18.1.4.1. 
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment 
group of Part 1 discontinue the IMP in the Treatment 
Period or if more than 10% of subjects entering the 
Tapentadol Period discontinue the IMP in the 
Tapentadol Period due to lack of efficacy, the time to 
discontinuation due to lack of efficacy will be calculated 
and evaluated as described above only for subjects who 
discontinued due to lack of efficacy. Additionally to the 
censoring algorithm described in Section 18.1.4.1, 
subjects who discontinue IMP for reasons other than lack 
of efficacy will be censored at the time of 
discontinuation.
If more than 10% of subjects in the SAF per treatment 
group of Part 1 discontinue IMP in the Treatment Period 
or if more than 10% of subjects entering the Tapentadol 
Period discontinue the IMP in the Tapentadol Period
due to an adverse event (AE), time to withdrawal due to 
AEs will be calculated and evaluated as described above 
only for subjects who discontinued due to AEs. 
Additionally to the censoring algorithm described in 
Section 18.1.4.1, subjects who discontinue the IMP for 
reasons other than AE will be censored at the time of 
discontinuation.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 68 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 11: Demographics and other baseline characteristics
Subject demographics and baseline characteristics will 
be summarized descriptively as described in Section 8.1. 
For Part 1, in addition to the presentation by treatment 
arm, descriptive summaries will also be presented 
overall.
Furthermore, the subgroups as given in Table 4 will be 
displayed using the SAF and FAS.
Subject demographics and baseline characteristics will 
be summarized descriptively as described in Section 8.1. 
For Part 1 and Observation Period Part 2, in addition to 
the presentation by the arms as specified in Section 8.1,
descriptive summaries will also be presented overall.
Subject demographics will also be presented for the 
enrolled set (Part 1); presentation will be without 
treatment group but only for overall.
Furthermore, the subgroups as given in Table 4 will be 
displayed for subject demographics and other baseline 
characteristics, excluding medical history and prior and 
concomitant medication.
Section 11.1: Subject demographics
Age will be collected at visit V1, V2 and VE. 
•
Age at Visit V2 will be used for subject 
demographics of both parts. 
Date of signing the informed consent/assent form as well 
as age at visit V1 and VE will be included in the subject 
data listings only.
Age groups will be 6-<12 years and 12-<18 years.
…
For completeness, baseline values of height and weight  
are tabulated with subject demographics as well.
Age will be collected at visit V1, V2 and VE. 
•
Age at Visit V2 will be used for subject 
demographics of both parts. 
Date of signing the informed consent/assent form will be 
included in the subject data listings only.
Section 11.2: Other baseline characteristics
For parameters collected on more than one occasion 
during the trial including baseline, the assessment at 
Baseline Visit will be presented with assessments 
collected later on in the trial and not separately for 
baseline. These parameters are
•
…
•
Dip stick urinalysis 
•
Pain
•
Modified constipation assessment scale 
(mCAS)
•
Serum pharmacokinetics
•
Physical examination
The remaining baseline characteristics will be 
summarized descriptively: 
•
Pain cause (cancer-related pain, non-cancer-
related pain)
•
Type of pain (neuropathic, 
nociceptive/somatic, nociceptive/visceral)
•
Test results of urine test for drugs of abuse 
(Part 1 only). Results will be displayed for 
each substance.
For parameters collected on more than one occasion 
during the trial including baseline, the assessment at 
Baseline Visit will be presented with assessments 
collected later on and earlier in the trial and not 
separately for baseline. These parameters are
•
...
•
Dip stick urinalysis.
•
Modified constipation assessment scale 
(mCAS).
•
Physical examination.
As a parameter of special interest, baseline pain will be 
reported together with the assessments collected later on 
and earlier and in addition as baseline characteristics. 
Further  baseline characteristics to be presented are: 
•
Pain cause (cancer-related pain, non-cancer-
related pain).
•
Type of pain (neuropathic, 
nociceptive/somatic, nociceptive/visceral and 
all possible combinations).
Baseline pain intensity, pain cause and  type of pain will 
be summarized descriptively. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 69 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
The underlying diagnosis/reason for pain which qualified 
the subject for inclusion will be included in the subject 
data listings only. 
The underlying diagnosis/reason for pain which qualified 
the subject for inclusion, as well as the results of urine 
test for drugs of abuse, will be included in the subject 
data listings only. 
Section 11.4: Prior and concomitant medication or therapy
Therapies will only be displayed in the subject data 
listings.
Prior and concomitant medication is collected in the 
eCRF as per enrollment. 
Section 11.4: Prior and concomitant medication or therapy
In addition the number of subjects with medication 
started after last dose of IMP for the different parts (flag 
definition see Section 18.1.5.5) will be displayed. 
Medication or therapy started after last dose of IMP 
during the Treatment Period of Part 1 will be flagged in 
the subject data listing of Part 1. Medication or therapy 
started after last dose of IMP during the Tapentadol 
Period of Part 2 will be flagged in the subject data listing
of Part 2. 
In addition the number of subjects with medication taken 
during IMP administration for the Treatment and 
Tapentadol Period (flag definition see Section 18.1.5.5) 
will be displayed. 
Medication or therapy taken during IMP administration 
for the Treatment Period of Part 1 as well as medication
or therapy taken during IMP administration for the 
Tapentadol Period of Part 2 will be flagged in the subject 
data listing. 
Section 12.1: Exposure
Part 1
The average daily doses of IMP per kg body weight will 
be determined for each subject and summarized 
descriptively for each day of the Treatment Period. In 
addition, these summary tables will be presented for the 
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% 
confidence intervals of the average daily doses of IMP 
(Tapentadol equivalents) of each day separately for the 
two treatment arms.
…
Part 2
…
In addition, these summary tables will be presented for 
the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
Part 1
The daily doses of IMP per kg body weight will be 
determined for each subject and summarized 
descriptively for each calendar day of the Treatment 
Period. 
A graphical illustration will illustrate the means and 95% 
confidence intervals of the daily doses of IMP per kg 
body weight (Tapentadol equivalents) of each day 
separately for the two treatment arms.
…
Part 2
…
In case of more than one modal dose value for an 
interval, the average of those will be considered. 
Section 13.1: Primary endpoint
The primary efficacy endpoint is the proportion of 
subjects classified as responders. Responders are 
subjects who meet both of the following criteria:
…
Pain assessments during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period means the last six scheduled pain assessments 
before Visit VE whether these fall across 3 or 4 calendar 
days.
The primary efficacy endpoint is a binary variable 
“responder”. A subject is defined as “responder” if both 
of the following criteria are met:
…
Pain assessments during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period means the last six scheduled pain assessments 
before Visit VE whether these fall across 3 (morning 
assessment 3 days before VE until evening assessment 1 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 70 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Summary statistics for the primary efficacy endpoint will 
be provided. 
day before VE) or 4 calendar days (evening assessment 3 
days before VE until morning assessment at day of VE). 
The information which pain assessments should be 
considered can be obtained from the eDiary: If the 
morning diary of VE is available and assigned to the 
Treatment Period, this pain assessment will be included; 
if the morning diary of VE is not available or not 
assigned to the Treatment Period, the assessments of the 
3 calendar days before will be used.
Summary statistics for the primary efficacy endpoint for 
the FAS and PPS will be provided. 
Section 13.1.1: Main analysis
95% -confidence interval 
80% -confidence interval 
Section 13.1.2: Sensitivity analysis
4. Bayesian Analysis
…
4. Different adjustment factors: 
To assess the robustness of the results with 
respect to different explanatory variables in the 
logistic regression model, the analysis of the 
primary endpoint will be repeated 
o
Once discarding baseline pain 
intensity.
o
And once including the IMP dose level 
during the last 3 days of the Treatment 
Period as specified in 
Section 18.1.6.1.
5. Bayesian Analysis:
…
For this sensitivity analysis, the responder 
status as derived based on the alternative 
imputation method described in sensitivity 
analysis 3. above will be used. 
6. Exclusion of CRPS patients:
The main analysis of the primary endpoint will be 
repeated excluding subjects with CRPS as underlying 
diagnosis/reason for pain as provided in the eCRF.
Section 13.1.3: Other analysis
Furthermore, as exploratory analyses, for subgroup 
levels that include at least 15% of overall data, the 
differences in Maximum Likelihood-estimators between 
morphine and tapentadol and their confidence intervals 
obtained by the Farrington Manning method will be 
provided and illustrated together in one forest plot.
Furthermore, as exploratory analyses, for subgroup 
levels that include at least 5 subjects in each of the two 
treatment groups, the differences in Maximum 
Likelihood-estimators between morphine and tapentadol 
and their 80% confidence intervals obtained by the 
Farrington Manning method will be provided and 
illustrated together in one forest plot.
In addition, summary statistics for the primary endpoint 
per IMP dose level during the last 3 days of the 
Treatment Period will be presented.
Section 13.3: Other endpoints
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 71 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
13.3 Exploratory endpoints
13.3 Other endpoints
Section 13.3.2: Rescue medication
For each day of the Treatment Period (day 1 until day 
16) the two endpoints
•
Number of daily doses
•
Mean total daily dose (mg/kg)
will be summarized descriptively and compared to the 
mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalent) within the 
treatment arms of that day. The mean amount of IMP 
will be compared over time to the two endpoints with 
Pearson’s and Spearman’s correlation coefficients (see 
Section 18.1.9 for details).
…
The percentage of days with rescue medication will be 
summarized descriptively as a categorical variable.
For each day of the Treatment Period (day 1 until day 
16) the two endpoints
•
Number of daily doses.
•
Total daily dose (mg/kg).
will be summarized descriptively and compared to the 
mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalent) within the 
treatment arms of that day. The individual daily amount 
of IMP will be compared over time to the two endpoints 
with Pearson’s and Spearman’s correlation coefficients 
(see Section 18.1.9 for details).
…
The percentage of days with rescue medication intake 
will be summarized descriptively as a categorical
variable using the following percentage categories: 0, (0-
10), [10-20), [20-30),…, [90-100), 100. The percentages 
will be calculated considering the day of the first IMP 
intake up to the day of the last IMP intake of Part 1 (both 
included).
Section 14: Analysis of pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics parameters
Descriptive statistics of the observed concentrations of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide at the 
respective time points will be presented. The 
concentrations will be descriptively summarized by 
•
…
and graphically displayed for the PK-Set.
In addition, descriptive statistics will be presented for the
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
…
Descriptive statistics of the observed concentrations of
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide at the 
respective time points will be presented for all subjects 
and for subgroups as specified in Table 4. The 
concentrations will be descriptively summarized by 
•
…
In addition, the data will be graphically displayed:
•
Boxplots of plasma concentrations of 
tapentadol and tapentadol-O-glucuronide (on 
linear scale) by subgroups as specified in 
Table 4.
•
Mean plasma concentration and 95% 
confidence interval of tapentadol and 
tapentadol-O-glucuronide (on linear scale) by 
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
…
Therefore, the population 
pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic analysis is not 
subjects of this SAP.
Section 15: Safety analyses
Unless otherwise specified, separate descriptive analyses 
will be performed for the different trial periods and 
respective treatment groups.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 72 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 15.1.1: Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
In addition, descriptive statistics will be presented for the 
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
Section 15.1.2: Adverse events
Definition of treatment emergent adverse events 
(TEAE)
•
All adverse events occurring or worsening on-
treatment (defined in Section 8.2.2) are defined 
as TEAEs
…
In case of partial dates or times, this assessment is done 
after imputation of missing date/time information.
Definition of treatment emergent adverse events 
(TEAE)
•
All adverse events occurring or worsening on-
treatment in one of the trial periods (defined in 
Section 8.2.2) are defined as TEAEs of this 
period. Due to the consideration of the 
therapeutic reach in the definition of the on-
treatment period, a TEAE that occurred during 
the on-treatment period of the Treatment or 
Tapentadol Period will be assigned to this trial 
period, although it actually might have started
during the Observation Period. 
…
In case of partial dates or times, this assessment is done 
after imputation of missing date/time information; an AE 
will be considered treatment emergent unless the 
information available will clearly exclude it.
Section 15.1.2.1: Analyses of adverse events
1.
Summary of the number and percentage of subjects 
with at least one
•
TEAE 
•
…
•
For Part 2 in addition: TEAE of Part 1, that are 
ongoing during Part 2
o
For Observation Period of Part 2 in addition: 
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that are 
ongoing during the Observation Period of Part 2
o
TEAEs during the Observation Period are AEs
that started during the therapeutic reach of the 
previous treatment.
1.
Summary of the number and percentage of subjects 
with at least one
•
TEAE 
•
... 
•
For Part 1 in addition: 
o
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
o
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Observation Period of Part 2
o
TEAE of Part 1, that actually started 
during the Observation Period of Part 
2 (within the therapeutic reach of the 
last IMP intake of the Treatment 
Period)
•
For Tapendatol Period of Part 2 in addition: 
o
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
o
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, 
that actually started during the 
Observation Period of Part 2 (within 
the therapeutic reach of the last IMP 
intake of the Tapentadol Period)
o
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, 
that are ongoing during the 
Observation Period of Part 2
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 73 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
3.
Summary of the number and percentage of TEAEs 
for
•
TEAEs
•
…
o
For Part 2 in addition: TEAEs of Part 1, that are 
ongoing during Part 2
o
For Observation Period of Part 2 in addition: 
TEAEs of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, that are 
ongoing during the Observation Period of Part 2
•
3.
Summary of the number and percentage of 
TEAEs for
•
TEAEs
•
…
•
For Part 1 in addition: 
a.
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
b.
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Observation Period of Part 
2
c.
TEAE of Part 1, that actually started 
during the Observation Period of Part 
2
•
For Tapendatol Period of Part 2 in addition: 
d.
TEAE of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during the Tapentadol Period of Part 2
e.
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, 
that actually started during the 
Observation Period of Part 2
f.
TEAE of Tapentadol Period of Part 2, 
that are ongoing during the 
Observation Period of Part 2
In addition, these overview tables will be presented for 
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
Section 15.1.2.2: Incidence, incidence rates and numbers of events
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the 
incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the 
percentage of events (related to the total number of 
events) will be summarized by System Organ Class 
(SOC) and PT (sorted alphabetically) for each
•
TEAEs
•
serious TEAEs
•
related TEAEs 
The incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and 
Analysis by Preferred Term
…
Percentages will be calculated related to the total 
number of subjects/events presented in the table, i.e., the 
number of subjects with TEAEs and the total number 
TEAEs for the respective trial Period.
Analysis by System Organ Class and Preferred Term
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the 
incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and the 
percentage of events (related to the total number of 
events) will be summarized by System Organ Class 
(SOC) and PT (sorted alphabetically) for each
•
TEAEs
•
Serious TEAEs
•
Non-serious TEAEs
•
Related TEAEs 
…
For serious TEAEs, the incidence, incidence rate, the 
number of events and the percentage of events will also 
be presented for serious related TEAEs, serious fatal 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 74 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
the percentage of events (related to the total number of 
events) will be summarized by SOC and PT (sorted 
alphabetically) for each
•
Pre-treatment … 
•
Post-treatment (Observation Period of Part 2 
only)
−
non-TEAE
o
non-TEAEs of Part 1, that are ongoing 
during Part 2
o
non-TEAEs of Tapentadol Period of 
Part 2, that are ongoing during the 
Observation Period of Part 2
−
serious non-TEAE 
o
serious non-TEAEs of Part 1, that are 
ongoing during Part 2
o
serious non-TEAEs of Tapentadol 
Period of Part 2, that are ongoing 
during the Observation Period of Part 2
For Part 1, post-treatment non-TEAEs will only include 
AEs that occur after 72 hours after last IMP but before 
Visit VE. These non-TEAEs will only be listed. All other 
post-treatment non-TEAEs will only be included in Part 
2. 
For the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, post-treatment non-
TEAEs will only include AEs that either occur after the 
therapeutic reach after last IMP regarding Visit F12M or 
that occur after 72 hours after last IMP but before Visit 
ET for subjects who switch to Observation Period. These 
non-TEAEs will only be listed. All other post-treatment 
non-TEAEs will be included in the Observation Period 
of Part 2. 
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the 
number and percentage of events will be summarized by 
SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for the following AE 
descriptors. Presentations will be for TEAEs only.
•
Intensity: mild, moderate, severe
•
…
•
Action taken with IMP: dose increased, dose 
reduced, drug interrupted, drug withdrawn, 
dose not changed, not applicable, unknown 
•
Duration of TEAEs: Duration will be analyzed 
in days with measures of dispersion and 
variation.
•
Time to onset of TEAE will be analyzed in 
days with measures of dispersion and variation. 
Denominator for percentage calculation will be the 
number of all TEAEs/post-treatment non-TEAE for 
presentation over all SOCs, and the number of 
TEAEs and serious fatal related TEAEs.
Percentages will be calculated related to the total 
number of subjects/events presented in the respective 
table e.g., for the presentation of SOC and PT for serious 
TEAEs percentages will be related to the number of 
subjects with serious TEAE/the total number of serious 
TEAEs, respectively.
For serious TEAEs, percentages will additionally be 
presented related to the total number of all 
subjects/events, respectively.
The incidence, incidence rate, the number of events and 
the percentage of events (related to the total number of 
events) will be summarized by SOC and PT (sorted 
alphabetically) for each
•
Pre-treatment … 
•
Post-treatment (all trial Periods together, SAF, 
presenting the arms of the Observation Period)
−
Non-TEAE
−
Serious non-TEAE 
Percentages will be calculated related to the total 
number of subjects/events presented in the respective 
table as outlined above for the TEAE tables by SOC and 
PT.
Analysis by System Organ Class, Preferred Term and 
descriptors
For Part 1 and the Tapentadol Period of Part 2, the 
number and percentage of events will be summarized by 
SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for the following AE 
descriptors. Presentations will be for TEAEs only.
•
Intensity: mild, moderate, severe
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 75 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
TEAEs/post-treatment non-TEAE per SOC or PT for the 
presentation per SOC and PT, respectively.
For the Observation Period of Part 2, the number and 
percentage of post-treatment non-TEAEs will be 
summarized by SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for 
the following AE descriptors:
The following listings will be produced for all enrolled 
subjects: 
•
…
•
…
•
Action taken with IMP: dose increased, dose 
reduced, drug interrupted, drug withdrawn, 
dose not changed, not applicable, unknown 
•
Measures of location and variation will be 
calculated for:
•
Duration of TEAEs: Duration will be analyzed 
in days with measures of dispersion and 
variation.
•
Time to onset of TEAE will be analyzed in 
days with measures of dispersion and variation. 
Denominator for percentage calculation will be the 
number of all TEAEs for presentation over all SOCs, and 
the number of TEAEs per SOC or PT respectively for the 
presentation per SOC and PT, respectively.
The number and percentage of all post-treatment non-
TEAEs (all Periods together) will be summarized by 
SOC and PT (sorted alphabetically) for the following AE 
descriptors:
Listings
The following listings will be produced for all enrolled 
subjects: 
•
…
•
AEs leading to IMP dose decrease or 
interruption of IMP.
•
AEs starting on the day of Visit VE (including 
the last IMP intake of Part 1 and first IMP 
intake of Part 2 [eDiary and dispense 
information])
Section 15.1.2.3: Exposure adjusted incidence rate
To overcome the difficulties of interpreting the incidence 
rate in the presence of subjects who prematurely 
discontinue in a trial, the exposure-adjusted incidence 
rate (EAIR) will be used (Siddiqui 2009) in addition to 
the CIR. 
(1-α)-confidence intervals for differences of incidence 
rates are defined in Section 20.1.11.9 and are regarded as 
exploratory analyses. 
Part 1
For TEAEs with a CIR of at least 5% in the either arm, 
the point estimates and confidence intervals of the EAIR 
and CIR for each treatment arm will be presented side by 
side with the difference in EAIR and CIR between 
treatments (tapentadol minus morphine) and the 
respective 95%-confidence intervals for the difference. 
Sorting will be by PT. 
Tapentadol Period of Part 2 
To overcome the difficulties of interpreting the incidence 
rate in the presence of subjects who prematurely 
discontinue in the Tapentadol Period of the trial, the 
exposure-adjusted incidence rate (EAIR) will be used 
(Siddiqui 2009) in addition to the CIR. 
For TEAEs of the Tapentadol Period with a CIR of at 
least 5% in either arm defined in Section 8.1, the point 
estimates of the EAIR and CIR will be presented for 
each arm. Sorting will be by PT.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 76 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
For TEAEs with a CIR of at least 5% in either arm 
defined in Section 8.1, the point estimates and 
confidence intervals of the EAIR and CIR will be 
presented for each arm. Sorting will be by PT. 
Observation Period of Part 2 
For post-treatment non-TEAEs with a CIR of at least 5% 
in either arm of subjects continuing in the Observation 
Period directly after Part 1, the point estimates and 
confidence intervals of the EAIR and CIR will be 
presented for each arm. Sorting will be by PT.
Section15.2: Other endpoints
15.2 Exploratory and other endpoints
15.2 Other endpoints
Section 15.2.1: Laboratory parameters
Hematology panel: Hemoglobin, Hematocrit, Mean cell 
volume (MCV), Red blood cell (RBC) count, White 
blood cell (WBC) count (if WBC abnormal, also 
differential count), Platelet count
Hematology panel: Hemoglobin, Hematocrit, Mean cell 
volume (MCV), Red blood cell (RBC) count, Red blood 
cell morphology, White blood cell (WBC) count, White 
blood cell differential count, Platelet count, White blood 
cell morphology
Section 15.2.1: Laboratory parameters
For summary statistics, only values obtained from the 
central laboratory will be used. The creatinine clearance 
(CLCR) will be calculated using a central laboratory 
standard age appropriate formula and will also be 
analyzed. 
…
Shift tables from baseline for the different visits and 
overall (worst value on treatment, see Section 18.1.12.1
for definition of worst) will be generated for each 
laboratory parameter for categories low, normal and 
high, based on the reference ranges of the central 
laboratory.
…
In addition, the above descriptive statistics and graphs 
will be presented for the subgroups as specified in
Table 4.
A listing of subjects with PCI values will be provided.
…
All laboratory values will be presented in the subject 
data listing of the respective part. Values out of reference 
ranges will be flagged as H (above the reference range) 
or L (below the reference range) in the listing. 
For summary statistics and for the classification of 
values based on the reference and alert ranges, only 
values obtained from the central laboratory will be used. 
The creatinine clearance (CLCR) will be calculated in the 
eCRF using a central laboratory standard age appropriate 
formula and will also be analyzed. 
…
Shift tables from baseline for the different visits and 
overall post-baseline (see Section 18.1.12.1) will be 
generated for each laboratory parameter for categories 
low, normal and high, based on the reference ranges of 
the central laboratory.
…
A listing of subjects with PCI values will be provided. A 
listing of subjects with any laboratory results outside the 
reference ranges will be provided.
…
All laboratory values will be presented in the subject 
data listing of the respective part. Values out of reference 
ranges will be flagged as H (above the reference range) 
or L (below the reference range) in the listing. If a value 
classified as high or low is in addition also out of alert 
ranges, it will be flagged as H* or L* in the listing.
Section 15.2.2: Electrocardiogram
A subject data listing of all abnormal, clinically relevant 
findings as documented by the investigator in the eCRF 
will be created.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 77 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 15.2.3: Vital signs
In addition, descriptive summaries and graphs will be 
presented for the subgroups as specified in Table 4.
For each part separately, a listing of subjects with vital 
sign results outside the sponsor defined alert ranges will 
be provided (Table 10).
All vital signs values will be presented in the subject data 
listing of the respective part. Values out of normal ranges 
(Table 9) will be flagged as H (above the normal range) 
or L (below the normal range) in the listing. 
Table 9: Normal ranges of vital signs and oxygen 
saturation
Table 10: Potentially clinically important values for vital 
signs and oxygen saturation
A listing of subjects with vital sign results outside the 
sponsor defined alert ranges will be provided (Table 10).
All vital signs values will be presented in the subject data 
listing of the respective part. Values out of normal ranges 
(Table 9) will be flagged as H (above the normal range) 
or L (below the normal range) in the listing. If a value 
classified as high or low is in addition also out of alert 
ranges, it will be flagged as H* or L* in the listing.
Table 9: Normal ranges of vital signs 
Table 10: Potentially clinically important values for vital 
signs
Section 15.2.4: Urine pregnancy test
Results of the pregnancy test will be summarized 
descriptively for each visit. For Part 1, in addition to the 
presentation by treatment arm, descriptive summaries 
will also be presented overall.
A listing of subjects with positive pregnancy test will be 
provided including all information collected on the 
respective eCRF-page.
Results of all urine pregnancy tests will be presented in a 
subject data listing, including all information collected 
on the respective eCRF-page.
Section 15.2.5: Physical examination
For each visit, answers on the questions are summarized 
descriptively. For Part 1, in addition to the presentation 
by treatment arm, descriptive summaries will also be 
presented overall.
In addition, descriptive statistics will be presented for the 
subgroups as specified in Table 4.
Results of all physical examinations will be presented in 
a subject data listing, including the descriptions of 
abnormalities.
Section 15.2.6: Constipation assessed by the modified constipation assessment scale
Details on the programming aspects regarding the mCAS 
can be found in Section 20.1.13.
Section 15.2.7: Height
Part 1
Assessments will be summarized descriptively for each 
visit.
Part 2
Assessments and changes from baseline will be 
summarized descriptively.
Part 1
Assessments of height and changes from baseline will be 
summarized descriptively by age subgroups for each 
visit. 
Part 2
Assessments of height and changes from baseline will be 
summarized descriptively by age subgroups.  The 
patient’s height will be transformed into an age and sex 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 78 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
adjusted Z-score.  The Z-score and change from baseline 
in Z-score will be summarized by visit, by treatment arm 
and overall.
Details on the programming aspects regarding the 
height Z-Score can be found in Section 18.1.5.2.
Section 15.2.9: Subjective opiate withdrawal scale (SOWS)
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed once daily 
starting from 
•
Part 1: (including) Visit VE (baseline) until 
Visit F7D (included)
•
Part 2: (including) Visit ET/F12M of the 
Tapentadol Period (baseline) until Visit F7D 
(included)
The total score of the SOWS questionnaire and the 
change from baseline will be descriptively analyzed per 
day after last IMP intake, up to day 7 after last IMP 
intake. For subjects stopping IMP intake prior to Visit 
VE/ET/F12M, the information of the last IMP intake 
(End of Trial page of eCRF) will be used to determine 
the day after last IMP intake. SOWS scores after 7 days 
after last IMP will only be included in the subject data 
listing.
The SOWS questionnaire will be completed once daily 
starting from 
•
Part 1: the day after Visit VE (baseline) until 
the seventh day after the last intake of IMP for 
subjects not entering the Tapentadol Period. 
•
Part 2: the day after Visit ET/F12M of the 
Tapentadol Period (baseline) until the seventh 
day after the last intake of IMP for subjects 
entering the Tapentadol Period 
The total score of the SOWS questionnaire and the 
change from baseline will be descriptively analyzed per 
day after last IMP intake. For subjects stopping IMP 
intake prior to Visit VE/ET/F12M, the information of the 
last IMP intake (End of Trial page of eCRF) will be used 
to determine the day after last IMP intake. 
Original Section 16: Other data
Section 16 deleted as 16.1 Acceptability and palatability 
shifted to Section 13 (13.4). 
Original Section 17: Interim analysis
Complete Section 17 deleted, as due to the sample size 
reduction, the interim analysis was discarded.
Section 16: References (original Section 18)
Mehta CR, Pocock, SJ. Adaptive increase in sample size 
when interim results are promising: A practical guide 
with examples. Statistics in Medicine 2011; 30(28): 
3267–84.
Dmitrienko A, Molenberghs G, Chuang-Stein C, Offen, 
W. Analysis of clinical trials using SAS®: a practical 
guide, Cary, NC: SAS Institute Inc.; 2005.p 308 ff.
WHO Multicentre Growth Reference Study Group 
(2006). WHO Child Growth Standards: Length/height-
for-age, weight-for-age, weight-for-length, weight-for-
height and body mass index-for-age: Methods and 
development. Geneva: World Health Organization; pp 
312 (web site: 
http://www.who.int/childgrowth/publications/en/)
Section 18.1.2.2: Presentation of descriptive statistics (original Section 20.1.2.2), Table 11
Footnotes added: n = number of values, sd = standard 
deviation, min = minimum, Q1 = first quartile, Q3 = 
third quartile, max=maximum 
Section 18.1.2: General specifications (original Section 20.1.2)
The following sections were added. Please see sections 
for further details. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 79 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
18.1.2.3 Presentation of differences and changes
18.1.2.4 Trial day count
18.1.2.5 Conversion of time intervals
18.1.2.6 Presentation of units
18.1.2.7 Presentation of dates
18.1.2.8 Handling of missing values
18.1.2.11 First and last IMP intake
Section 18.1.2.10: Trial phases and period (original Section 20.1.2.4)
Tapentadol Period
•
The Tapentadol Period end date is the date of 
Visit F12M. If Visit F12M is not performed, 
the date assessed on the End of Period page of 
the eCRF at the end of the Tapentadol Period is 
used.
Tapentadol Period
•
The Tapentadol Period end date is the date 
assessed on the End of Period page of the 
eCRF at the end of the Tapentadol Period.
Section 18.1.4.1 Subjects discontinuation (original Section 20.1.4.1)
Completion status
Treatment completer:
•
Part 1: If  (End of Treatment Visit date −
Randomization date) ≥13
•
Part 2, Tapentadol Period only: 
If  
(F12M date −
End of Treatment Visit date) ≥351
Time to discontinuation
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
days for Part 1 as:
!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  
−U"#')V)#"  + 1
Time to trial discontinuation will be calculated in days 
for Part 1 as:
 #$ !" #$ %&)X Y )"  ZU
−U"#')V)#"  + 1
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
weeks for Part 2 as:
( #$ ()*) !% − #$ ()*) (! + 1)/7
Time to trial discontinuation will be calculated in weeks 
Completion status
Treatment completer:
•
Part 1: 
−
If 
4!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  – U"#')
13 and either              
(^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#
U"#')V)#"  ) ≥13 or 
(^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#
U"#')V)#"  ) = 12 with last IMP 
intake of the Treatment Period in the 
evening
•
Part 2, Tapentadol Period only: 
−
If  
(12  −
!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  ) ≥351
Time to discontinuation
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
days for Part 1 as:
 #$ ^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#
−U"#')V)#"  + 1
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in 
weeks for Part 2 as:
( #$ ^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ % "#X . &)#
− #$ ()*) (! + 1)/7
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 80 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
for Part 2 as:
( #" !" #$ %&)X Y )"  ZU
− #$ ()*) (! + 1)/7
Censoring algorithm
•
Time to trial discontinuation:
−
Part 1: time will be censored at 
o
the final post treatment visit F7D for 
subjects entering the Observation 
Period, i.e., with “… will proceed in 
the Observation Period”  is ticked on 
the subject eligibility page in the 
eCRF.
o
date of Visit VE for subjects entering 
the Tapentadol Period, i.e., with “… 
will proceed in the Tapentadol Period”  
is ticked on the subject eligibility page 
in the eCRF
−
Part 2: time will be censored at 
o
Date of final post treatment visit (F7D) 
for subjects completing the Tapentadol 
Period and the follow-up visit
Date of visit 12 month after Visit VE for subjects 
completing the Observation Period.
Censoring algorithm
Section 18.1.5.2: Other baseline characteristics (see Section 20.1.5.2)
Not applicable.
Derivation of height Z-Scores
The height Z-Scores will be calculated using the WHO 
Child Growth Standards.  The Z-scores can be 
calculated using the algorithm as implemented in the 
SAS igrowup package 
(www.who.int/childgrowth/software/en/) and the 
required reference files for subjects from 6-<18 years 
old provided by the WHO 
(http://www.who.int/growthref/who2007_height_for_age
/en/) .
Section 18.1.5.3 Baseline pain intensity of the Treatment Period (new Section)
According to the protocol, the first dose of IMP should 
be taken during Visit V2, within 24 hours after 
randomization. Therefore, the actual day of first IMP 
intake is not necessarily the same as the day of 
randomization, but might be the day after the 
randomization. Based on this, from a programming 
perspective baseline pain will be derived as follows:
•
The pain assessment in the eDiary on the day 
and at the day time (morning/evening) of the 
first IMP intake of the Treatment Period will 
be used as baseline pain. 
•
In case this eDiary entry is missing, the last 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 81 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
available pain assessment before this time 
point will be used. 
•
In case this eDiary entry is missing and there 
is no earlier pain assessment available, 
baseline pain will be set to missing.
Section 18.1.5.5: Prior and concomitant medication or therapy (original Section 20.1.5.4)
Assignment of categories “prior” and “concomitant”
Part 1:
Prerequisite is a complete date of first dose of IMP (first 
IMP entry in eDiary).
Part 2: 
Prerequisite is a complete date of first dose of IMP (first 
IMP entry in eDiary).
Date of 
medication
Condition
Categor
y
Complete 
stop date is 
available
Stop date is earlier than 
or equal to date of Visit 
VE
prior
Stop date 
with missing 
month
Year of stop date is 
earlier than year of Visit 
VE
prior
Stop date 
with missing 
day
Month/year of stop date 
are earlier than 
month/year of Visit VE
prior
Tapentadol 
Period: 
Complete 
start date is 
available
Start date is later than 
Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
Tapentadol 
Period: Start 
date with 
missing 
month
Year of start date is later 
than year of Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
Tapentadol 
Period: Start 
date with 
missing day
month/year of start date 
is later than month/year 
of Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
otherwise
concomi
tant
Prerequisite is a complete date of first dose of IMP (first 
Assignment of categories “prior” and “concomitant”
Part 1:
Prerequisite is a complete date of first dose of IMP.
Part 2: 
Date of 
medication
Condition
Categor
y
Complete 
stop date is 
available
Stop date is earlier than 
or equal to date of Visit 
VE
prior
Stop date 
with missing 
month
Year of stop date is 
earlier than year of Visit 
VE
prior
Stop date 
with missing 
day
Month/year of stop date 
are earlier than 
month/year of Visit VE
prior
Tapentadol 
Period: 
Complete 
start date is 
available
Only applicable for 
subjects that discontinue 
from the  Tapentadol 
Period and switch to the 
Observation Period: 
Start date is later than 
Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
Tapentadol 
Period: Start 
date with 
missing 
month
Only applicable for 
subjects that discontinue 
from the Tapentadol 
Period and switch to the 
Observation Period: 
Year of start date is later 
than year of Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
Tapentadol 
Period: Start 
date with 
missing day
Only applicable for 
subjects that discontinue 
from the Tapentadol 
Period and switch to the 
Observation Period: 
month/year of start date 
is later than month/year 
of Visit ET
Not 
consider
ed for 
Tapenta
dol 
period
otherwise
concomi
tant
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 82 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
IMP entry in eDiary).
Assignment of post-IMP flag
Part 1:
The following rules are used to identify medications or 
therapies which started after last dose of IMP during the 
Treatment Period of Part 1.
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP (first 
IMP entry in eDiary).
Start of medication 
or therapy date
Condition
Start 
after 
last 
dose of 
IMP
complete date  is 
available
start date is later 
than date of last 
dose of IMP, but 
before Visit VE
yes
Otherwise (due to short Treatment Period)
no
Part 2:
The following rules are used to identify medications or 
therapies which started after last dose of IMP during the 
Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP (first 
IMP entry in eDiary).
Start of 
medication 
or therapy 
date
Condition
Start 
after 
last 
dose of 
IMP
complete 
date  is 
available
start date is later than date 
of last dose of IMP
yes
missing 
month
year of start date is later 
than year of last dose of 
IMP
yes
missing day
month/year of start date 
are later than month/year 
of last dose of IMP
yes
Otherwise
no
Assignment of flag for medication/therapy taken 
during IMP administration
Part 1:
The following rules are used to identify medications or 
therapies which were taken during IMP administration of
the Treatment Period of Part 1. 
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP for 
the Treatment Period.
Start of medication 
or therapy date
Condition
Flag 
for 
medicat
ion 
during 
IMP 
adminis
tration
Medication/therapy 
is not a concomitant 
medication of Part 1
no
complete date  is 
available
start date is later 
than date of last 
dose of IMP, but 
before Visit VE
no
Otherwise (due to short Treatment Period) 
yes
Part 2:
The following rules are used to identify medications or 
therapies which were taken during IMP administration 
of the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP for 
the Tapentadol Period.
Start of 
medication 
or therapy 
date
Condition
Flag 
for 
medicat
ion 
during 
IMP 
admini
stration
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 83 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Medication/t
herapy is not 
a 
concomitant 
medication 
of the 
Tapentadol 
Period of 
Part 2
no
complete 
date  is 
available
start date is later than date 
of last dose of IMP
no
missing 
month
year of start date is later 
than year of last dose of 
IMP
no
missing day
month/year of start date 
are later than month/year 
of last dose of IMP
no
Otherwise
yes
Section 18.1.6: Exposure (original Section 20.1.6)
Original text denoted as Section 18.1.6.2: Average daily 
doses during the Tapentadol Period and additional 
Section 18.1.6.1: Dose level for the sensitivity analysis 
of the primary endpoint added. Please see sections for 
further details.
Section 18.1.8: Primary endpoint (original section 20.1.7)
Calculating the confidence interval and p-value based 
on the Farrington-Manning test
…
•
:a: sample size of morphine arm in Part 2
•
…
•
b = −[1 + & + ̂ + & ∗̂ +  ∗(& + 2)]
•
e = a + (2 ∗̂ + & + 1) + ̂ + & ∗̂
•
 = −̂ ∗ ∗(1 + )
…
95% -confidence interval 
f = 0.025. 
Handling missing data
In this case Multiple Imputation will be used to impute 
New Section 18.1.8 Primary endpoint introduced, with 
original Section 20.1.8 Primary analysis as 
subsection 18.1.8.2. New subsection 18.1.8.1 Missing 
baseline pain intensity for the Treatment Period added. 
Please see section for further details.
Calculating the confidence interval and p-value based 
on the Farrington-Manning test
…
•
:a: sample size of morphine arm in Part 1
•
…
•
b = −[1 + & + ̂ + & ∗̂ − ∗(& + 2)]
•
e = a −(2 ∗̂ + & + 1) + ̂ + & ∗̂
•
 = ̂ ∗ ∗(1 −)
…
80% -confidence interval 
f = 0.1. 
Handling missing data
In this case Multiple Imputation will be used to impute 
missing values:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 84 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
missing values:
1.
Let the vector of the last 6 scheduled pain 
measurements be denoted by (6, … , 68) with
(6, … , 68)~(:(;, <). For each of the eight 
combinations of 
g.
Treatment (tapentadol/morphine)
h.
Age group ([6y,12y), [12y,18y))
i.
Underlying pain condition
(cancer/non-cancer)
PROC MI is used to impute the missing pain 
assessments. …
In case of difficulties to establish a specific 
covariance matrix < for all eight combinations of 
treatment, age group and underlying pain condition 
due to low sample sizes, one common covariance 
matrix will be determined using the overall 
population (FAS). This covariance matrix will then 
be used for each of the eight combinations.
3.
With (gh, i,), … , (gha, i ,a) as input, PROC 
MIANALYZE will be applied to obtain the test 
statistic %jk and confidence interval Z@jk  as 
follows:
…
with l,1m being the (1 −f)-quantile of the t-
distribution with f = 0.025 and n degrees of 
freedom.
1.
For each treatment group, a multivariate normal 
distribution for the vector of the last 6 scheduled 
pain measurements during the Treatment Period, 
denoted by (6, … , 68), is assumed 
(6, … , 68)~(:(;, <). Missing observations are 
assumed to depend on the observed values of the 
subjects in the same treatment group. Therefore, in 
both treatment arms, missing pain assessments will 
be imputed using information from an imputation 
model that is only based on the subjects in the 
respective arm, with baseline pain intensity, age 
group and underlying pain condition as explanatory 
variables. 
The multiple imputations will be done via SAS 
PROC MI. The imputation model will be based on 
the default Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) 
method for general patterns of missingness 
(Dmitrienko et al. 2005). 
For the sake of reproducibility of the results, the 
seed for pseudo-random number generation will be 
set to 550366 for each of both treatment arms.
3.
With (gh, o i,), … , (gha, o i,a) as input, 
PROC MIANALYZE will be applied to obtain the 
test statistic %jk and confidence interval Z@jk  as 
follows:
       …
with l,1m being the (1 −f)-quantile of the t-
distribution with f = 0.1 and n degrees of 
freedom.
Section 18.1.8.3: Bayesian analysis – Details (original Section 20.1.9)
95% credibility interval 
80% credibility interval
Section 18.1.9: Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale (new Section)
Section was added. Please see sections for further details. 
Section 18.1.10: Rescue medication (original Section 20.1.10)
The summary table for the number of daily doses and 
mean total daily dose include the mean amount of IMP 
(morphine equivalents).
…
Time to first rescue medication intake
The information of date/time of first rescue medication 
intake and first IMP intake will be taken from the 
eDiary.
The summary table for the number of daily doses and 
total daily dose per day of the Treatment Period include 
the mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalents).
…
The correlation coefficients will be calculated using 
PROC CORR. 
Time to first rescue medication intake
The information of date/time of first rescue medication 
intake will be taken from the eDiary.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 85 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
Section 18.1.11.3: Assessment of TEAEs (original Section 20.1.9.3)
The assessment whether an AE is a TEAE, a pre-
treatment or a post-treatment non-TEAE of the different 
trial periods will be done after replacement of missing 
date/time information. 
The assessment whether an AE is a TEAE, a pre-
treatment or a post-treatment non-TEAE of the different 
trial periods will be done after replacement of missing 
date information. 
Section 18.1.11.4: Handling different episodes of the same adverse event
In the following causal relationship is ordered in 
descending order starting with the worst expression:
1) certain, 2) conditional/unclassified, 3) 
unassessable/unclassifiable, 4) possible, 5) 
probable/likely, 6) unlikely, 7) not related  
In the following causal relationship is ordered in 
descending order starting with the worst expression:
1) certain, 2) probable/likely, 3) possible, 4) conditional
/unclassified, 5) unassessable/unclassifiable, 6) unlikely, 
7) not related  
Section18.1.11.7: Time to onset of AE
In case the time of first administration of IMP is missing, 
time equal “00:00” will be used for calculation.
Section 18.1.12: Laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters (original Section 20.1.10)
20.1.12.1 Frequency table of potentially clinically 
important values
Percentages for the PCI tables will be calculated as:
2.
Summary by visit for all subjects:
% subjects with PCI values at visit x (total) =
# subjects with a post −baseline PCI value at visit x
# subjects with a post −baseline assessment at visit x
∗100
4.
Summary overall post-baseline for all subjects:
% subjects with PCI values (total) =
# subjects with at least 1 post −baseline PCI value
# subjects with at least 1 post −baseline assessment
∗100
Ordering of parameters
Laboratory parameters, vital signs and ECG parameters 
will be ordered alphabetically within their parameter 
group (e.g., hematology, clinical chemistry, and 
urinalysis). Visits will be sorted chronologically. If 
changes from BL are displayed by visit all visits will be 
displayed first followed by all the changes from baseline.
Not exact values
Not exact laboratory values such as < x, > x will not be 
included in the analysis of continuous parameters. The 
frequency of occurrence of not exact values will be 
displayed in the respective table where applicable.
Categorical parameters
For categorical parameters, 2 types of tables are 
created:
1.
Frequency tables display the pre-defined categories 
by visit and overall post-baseline.
2.
Shift tables display the shift from baseline at each 
visit and overall.
Both types of tables show the number of subjects still in 
the trial (n) at the visit and the number of missing values 
(nMiss) at the visit. For the overall presentation, all 
post-baseline values on treatment are taken into account 
and nMiss is the number of subjects without any on-
treatment post-baseline values.
In tables where parameters are classified as abnormal 
low, normal, abnormal high based on reference ranges, 
and alert low, normal, alert high based on sponsor-
defined alert ranges the available pre-defined categories 
must be displayed in tables even if there are categories 
to which no subjects belong. Categories that are not 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 86 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Formerly read:
Now reads: 
applicable must be omitted.
Original Section 20.1.11.9: Confidence intervals for difference in incidence rates
Section with programming specifications for the 
confidence intervals for difference in incidence rates 
deleted, as no confidence intervals for incidence rates 
will not be presented.  
Section 18.1.12.1: Overall post-baseline value (original Section 20.1.10.2)
Therefore, all post-baseline assessments, including 
unscheduled assessments, are taken into account and the 
“worst” of those will be considered. 
“Worst” for the different parameters is defined as 
follows:
PCI xxx > PCI yyy: PCI xxx is worse than PCI yyy, and 
in case both PCI xxx and PCI yyy for the corresponding 
parameter is observed post-baseline during the respective 
period of interest (treatment period, Tapentadol Period, 
Observation Period), PCI xxx will be counted for this 
parameter.
Therefore, all post-baseline assessments, including 
unscheduled assessments, are taken into account. 
For the overall post-baseline summary subjects might 
have both low and high values. These subjects will be 
categorized in a new category “high and low” and 
excluded from the categories “high” and “low”. The 
inclusion of this category in the frequency and shift 
tables is only required if there are any subjects falling 
into this category.
Original Section 20.1.11: Modified constipation assessment scale
The answer to each item will be entered in the eCRF. 
The eCRF will calculate the total score as sum of the 
individual answers. Thus the total score will be available 
in the SDTM data set. 
If at least one answer is missing or at least one answer is 
“Unable to Assess”, the eCRF will assign the total score 
to “Unable to Assess”.
Section deleted.
Original Section 20.1.13: Interim analysis – Algorithm to determine actual CPmin
Section deleted.
Section 18.2: Sponsor defined alert ranges for laboratory parameters (original Section 20.2)
Table 12: Potentially clinically important values for 
laboratory parameters
Potentially clinically important values for laboratory 
parameters are assessed based on the sponsor defined 
alert ranges, and can be both, either alert high or alert 
low values. The sponsor defined alert ranges were 
defined in the laboratory statement of work and are 
implemented in the SDTM data. Therefore, they are not 
repeated here.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 87 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18
APPENDIX
18.1
Programming specifications
18.1.1
Introduction
The purpose of this section is to give technical details for SAP text implemented as Statistical 
Analysis System (SAS) code. 
18.1.2
General specifications
18.1.2.1
Percentages and decimal places
If not otherwise specified, the following rules are applied:
•
Study Data Tabulation Model (SDTM) or Analysis Data Model ADaM data sets will 
contain unrounded values.
•
For presentations, the following rounding rules apply:
−
Percentages are presented to 1 decimal point. 
−
Percentages equal to 0 or 100 are presented as such without a decimal point. 
−
For descriptive summary statistics, the same number of decimal places as in the raw 
data are presented when reporting minimum and maximum values, 1 more decimal 
place when reporting mean, median, quartiles and confidence interval (CI) and standard 
deviation (SD).
−
P-values are presented to 4 decimal points.
−
Ratios are presented to 3 decimal points.
The above described displaying rules must not be changed (e.g., rounding) for the ICTR text and 
are used 1:1 in the body report as well.
18.1.2.2
Presentation of descriptive statistics
Calculation of mean: if not otherwise specified (e.g., for pharmacokinetic data), the arithmetic mean 
is used.
Table 11:
Presentation of descriptive statistics in clinical trials
Number of non-
missing values
n
missing n
mean
SD
min
Q1
median
Q3
max
0
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2.3.4
+
+
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ summary statistic will be presented;  - summary statistic will not be presented.
n = number of values, SD = standard deviation, min = minimum, Q1 = first quartile, Q3 = third quartile, 
max=maximum 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 88 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.2.3
Presentation of differences and changes
For differences between active and active comparator, active will constitute the minuend and 
comparator the subtrahend. 
For changes from baseline, the baseline value will constitute the subtrahend and the later value the 
minuend. 
18.1.2.4
Trial day count
The day of first IMP intake is defined as trial Day 1.
Calculate the trial day according to the following rules:
•
If date < trial Day 1 then trial day = Date – trial Day 1.
•
If date > trial Day 1 then trial day = Date – trial Day 1 +1.
18.1.2.5
Conversion of time intervals
If a time interval was calculated in minutes, hours or days and needs to be converted into months or 
years, the following conversion factors will be used:
•
1 month = 30 days
•
1 year = 365.25 days
18.1.2.6
Presentation of units
If applicable, parameters will be displayed together with the used unit of measurement. The unit of 
measurement is enclosed in square brackets ([ ]).
18.1.2.7
Presentation of dates
Where applicable (e.g., in listings), dates will be displayed in ISO8601 format (example: 2014-09-
29T12:16, see CDISC 2013). In case of incomplete dates, both the original value and the imputed 
value (if available) is displayed.
18.1.2.8
Handling of missing values
At each time point/visit, all subjects still in the trial are reported. Missing values will be taken into 
account as missing in the analysis. The number of observed values and the number of missing 
values must sum up to the number of subjects in the trial at the respective time point/visit.
If missing values are imputed, the result of all imputation strategies and newly derived information 
must be stored in the ADaM data set. The shifts required for the shift tables should already be 
included in the ADaM data set.
Imputed values will be listed in the subject data listing and be marked as imputed.
18.1.2.9
Visit time windows
See Section 5.1.
18.1.2.10
Trial phases and periods
Treatment Period
•
The Treatment Period start date is the allocation date as documented on the Allocation to 
Treatment page in the eCRF. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 89 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
The Treatment Period end date is the date of the End of Treatment Visit as documented in 
the eCRF.
Tapentadol Period
•
The Tapentadol Period start date is the date of the End of Treatment Visit as documented in 
the eCRF. 
•
The Tapentadol Period end date is the date assessed on the End of Period page of the eCRF 
at the end of the Tapentadol Period.
Observation Period
•
For subjects entering the Observation Period after Part 1, the Observation Period start date 
is the date of the End of Treatment Visit as documented in the eCRF. 
•
For subjects who discontinue the Tapentadol Period and enter the Observation Period
during Part 2, the Observation Period start date is the date assessed on the End of Period
page in the eCRF at the end of the Tapentadol Period. 
•
The Observation Period end date is the date of Visit F12M. If Visit F12M is not performed, 
the date assessed on the End of Trial page of the eCRF will be used.
18.1.2.11
First and last IMP intake
The first and last IMP intake of the Treatment Period and of the Tapentadol Period will be specified 
based on the start and end dates provided on the IMP dispense form of the eCRF, supported by the 
eDiary data.
First IMP intake of the Treatment Period
The first IMP intake of the Treatment Period will be the date and time of the day
(morning/evening) of the earliest start entry in the eCRF for the Treatment Period.
The time will be set to the time of the corresponding eDiary entry at that date and time of the 
day if available; else the time will be missing.
First IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period 
The first IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period will be the date and time of the day of the 
earliest start entry in the eCRF for the Tapentadol Period. 
The time will be set to the time of the corresponding eDiary entry at that date and time of the 
day if available; else the time will be missing.
Last IMP intake of the Treatment Period 
The last IMP intake of the Treatment Period will be the date and time of the day of the latest 
end entry in the eCRF for the Treatment Period. 
The time will be set to the time of the corresponding eDiary entry at that date and time of the 
day if available; else the time will be missing.
Last IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period 
The last IMP intake of the Tapentadol Period will be the date and time of the day of the 
latest end entry in the eCRF for the Tapentadol Period. 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 90 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
The time will be set to the time of the corresponding eDiary entry at that date and time of the 
day if available; else the time will be missing.
In case the required information from the IMP Dispense form of the eCRF is not available, the first 
and last IMP intake assigned to the Treatment and Tapentadol Period in the eDiary will be used. In 
case the switch of the eDiary from the Treatment Period to the Tapentadol Period was missed, the 
date of Visit VE will be used for the last IMP intake of the Treatment Period and the first IMP 
intake of the Tapentadol Period, with time of the day and time missing.
18.1.3
Population heterogeneity during Part 2
For Part 2, the different periods, i.e., Tapentadol Period and Observation Period, are not 
comparable. Subjects in the Tapentadol Period continue to receive tapentadol throughout this 
period, while patients in the Observational Period do not receive any further IMP. One part of 
subjects are expected to enter the Observational Period because they are no longer in need of 
treatment with tapentadol because of an improvement of the underlying pain condition. Other 
subjects may enter the Observation Period due to worsening of the underlying disease. Subjects
may therefore not be sufficiently treated in the Tapentadol Period as they may require higher doses 
or a different route of administration. Due to the heterogeneity of the subject populations during 
Part 2 of the trial, no comparisons between the Tapentadol Period and Observation Period will be 
performed.
18.1.4
Disposition
18.1.4.1
Subject discontinuation
Reasons for subject discontinuation as specified in the End of Trial page or End of Period page of 
the eCRF. 
Completion status
Treatment completer:
•
Part 1: 
−
If 
4!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  – First IMP intake of the Treatment Period   ≥
13 and either              (^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#  −
First IMP intake of the Treatment Period) ≥13 or 
(^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#  −
First IMP intake of the Treatment Period) = 12 with last IMP intake of the 
Treatment Period in the evening.
•
Part 2, Tapentadol Period only: 
−
If  (12  −!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  ) ≥351 with F12M completed as 
part of Tapentadol Period.
Trial completer:
•
Part 1: Treatment completer Part 1 with either
−
Visit F7D performed, if subject entered Observation Period or
−
Subject entered Tapentadol Period
•
Part 2: Either 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 91 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
−
Treatment completer Part 2 with Visit F7D performed or 
−
Subjects with F12M of the Observation Period performed with   (12  −
!" #$ %& ' " ()*)  ) ≥351
Time to discontinuation
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in days for Part 1 as:
 #$ ^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)#
− #$ )&* @. )"_ #$ ℎ %& ' " . &)# + 1
Time to treatment discontinuation will be calculated in weeks for Part 2 as:
( #$ ^* @. )"_ #$ ℎ % "#X . &)#
− #$ )&* @. )"_ #$ ℎ % "#X . &)# + 1)/7
Censoring algorithm
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to IMP discontinuation:
−
Part 1: time will be censored at the date of last IMP intake of the Treatment Period for 
treatment completers Part 1.
−
Part 2, Tapentadol Period: time will be censored at the date of last IMP intake of the 
Tapentadol Period for treatment completers Part 2.
18.1.4.2
Protocol deviations
Protocol deviations are based on the analysis data set ADDV. Major protocol deviations are 
retrieved from the respective SDTM data set (DV.DVCAT). No further protocol deviations are 
programmed in the analysis data sets for ADDV.
18.1.5
Demographics and other baseline characteristics
18.1.5.1
Subject demographics
Derivation of age
Age as entered directly in the eCRF and available in DM.AGE.
Derivation of BMI:
The BMI is not in the SDTM data set and will be derived from WEIGHT [KG] and HEIGHT[M] of 
the DM data set. BMI is calculated and rounded to 1 decimal place using the following formula:
BMI [KG/M²] = WEIGHT [KG] / HEIGHT²[M]
18.1.5.2
Other baseline characteristics 
Derivation of height Z-Scores
The height Z-Scores will be calculated using the WHO Child Growth Standards. The Z-scores can 
be calculated using the algorithm as implemented in the SAS igrowup package
(www.who.int/childgrowth/software/en/) and the required reference files for subjects from 6-
<18 years old provided by the WHO (http://www.who.int/growthref/who2007_height_for_age/en/).
As age in months is required for this calculation, it will be derived by multiplying the recorded age 
in years by 12 and adding 6 months.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 92 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.5.3
Baseline pain intensity of the Treatment Period 
According to the protocol, the first dose of IMP should be taken during Visit V2, within 24 hours 
after randomization. Therefore, the actual day of first IMP intake is not necessarily the same as the 
day of randomization, but might be the day after the randomization. Based on this, from a 
programming perspective baseline pain will be derived as follows:
•
The pain assessment in the eDiary on the day and at the day time (morning/evening) of the 
first IMP intake of the Treatment Period will be used as baseline pain. 
•
In case this eDiary entry is missing, the last available pain assessment before this time point 
will be used. 
•
In case this eDiary entry is missing and there is no earlier pain assessment available, 
baseline pain will be set to missing. 
18.1.5.4
Medical history 
Not applicable.
18.1.5.5
Prior and concomitant medication or therapy
Assignment of categories “prior” and “concomitant”
Part 1:
The following rules are used to define the categories “prior” and “concomitant” medication.
Prerequisite is a complete date of first dose of IMP.
Date of medication
Condition
Category
Complete stop date is available
stop date is earlier than date of first dose of IMP
prior
Stop date with missing month
year of stop date is earlier than year of first dose of IMP
prior
Stop date with missing day
month/year of stop date are earlier than month/year of first 
dose of IMP
prior
Complete start date is available
Start date is later than Visit VE
Not considered for 
Part 1
start date with missing month
Year of start date is later than year of Visit VE
Not considered for 
Part 1
start date with missing day
month/year of start date is later than month/year of Visit VE
Not considered for 
Part 1
Otherwise
concomitant
Part 2: 
For all presentations except displaying subjects in the Observation Period that have switched from 
the Tapentadol Period to the Observation Period, the following rules apply to define the categories 
“prior” and “concomitant” medication.
Medication ticked as “continued” will be classified as concomitant for the Observation Period and 
also for the Tapentadol Period if considered (see below).
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 93 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Date of medication
Condition
Category
Complete stop date is available
Stop date is earlier than or equal to date of Visit VE
prior
Stop date with missing month
Year of stop date is earlier than year of Visit VE
prior
Stop date with missing day
Month/year of stop date are earlier than month/year of Visit 
VE
prior
Tapentadol Period: Complete 
start date is available
Only applicable for subjects that discontinue from the  
Tapentadol Period and switch to the Observation Period: 
Start date is later than Visit ET
Not considered for 
Tapentadol period
Tapentadol Period: Start date 
with missing month
Only applicable for subjects that discontinue from the 
Tapentadol Period and switch to the Observation Period: 
Year of start date is later than year of Visit ET
Not considered for 
Tapentadol period
Tapentadol Period: Start date 
with missing day
Only applicable for subjects that discontinue from the 
Tapentadol Period and switch to the Observation Period: 
month/year of start date is later than month/year of Visit ET
Not considered for 
Tapentadol period
otherwise
concomitant
For presenting subjects of the Observation Period that have switched from the Tapentadol Period to 
the Observation Period, the following rules apply to define the categories “prior” and “concomitant” 
medication.
Medication ticked as “continued” will be classified as concomitant.
Date of medication
Condition
Category
Complete stop date is available
Stop date is earlier than date of Visit ET
prior
Stop date with missing month
Year of stop date is earlier than year of Visit ET
prior
Stop date with missing day
Month/year of stop date are earlier than month/year of Visit 
ET
prior
otherwise
concomitant
Assignment of flag for medication/therapy taken during IMP administration
Part 1:
The following rules are used to identify medications or therapies which were taken during IMP 
administration of the Treatment Period of Part 1.
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP for the Treatment Period.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 94 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Start of medication or therapy date
Condition
Flag for medication 
during IMP 
administration
Medication/therapy is not a concomitant 
medication of Part 1
no
complete date is available
start date is later than date of last dose 
of IMP, but before Visit VE
no
Otherwise (due to short Treatment Period)
yes
Part 2:
The following rules are used to identify medications or therapies which were taken during IMP 
administration of the Tapentadol Period of Part 2.
Prerequisite is a complete date of last dose of IMP for the Tapentadol Period.
Start of medication or 
therapy date
Condition
Flag for medication 
during IMP 
administration
Medication/therapy is not a 
concomitant medication of the 
Tapentadol Period of Part 2
no
complete date is available
start date is later than date of last dose of IMP
no
missing month
year of start date is later than year of last dose of IMP
no
missing day
month/year of start date are later than month/year of last 
dose of IMP
no
Otherwise
yes
18.1.6
Exposure
18.1.6.1
Dose level for the sensitivity analysis of the primary endpoint
The IMP dose level during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period will be specified 
based on the information from the Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment-page of the eCRF. 
Therefore, the last six scheduled IMP intakes of the Treatment Period, i.e., the last IMP of Part 1 
and the 5 predecessing intakes, will be considered, analogous to the pain intensity assessments 
considered for the primary endpoint assessment.
For each of the six considered IMP intakes, the dose level (1 to 5) of the dose as given in the eCRF 
will be determined based on the tapentadol PR and morphine PR dosing tables provided in the trial 
protocol. The most frequent dose level will then be used as IMP dose level during the last 3 days of 
treatment in the Treatment Period. In case several different dose levels occur equally often among 
these 6 time points, the highest dose level of these will be used.
18.1.6.2
Average daily doses during the Tapentadol Period 
For the Tapentadol Period, the average daily doses of IMP per kg body weight will be determined 
for each four-week interval and summarized descriptively per interval. The timeframe of the i-th 
interval of subject j is defined as
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 95 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
(- #$ %./1,0 , - #$ %./,0]
where %./,0 , ) = 1, … ,13, is the i-th visit of subject j during the Tapentadol Period (excluding visits 
M1 and M2 for subjects who were allocated to morphine in the Treatment period). %.,0 is equal to 
Visit VE of subject j. %.,0 is equal to Visit F12M of subject j.
For subjects terminating the Tapentadol Period between two scheduled visits, i.e., 
- #$ %./1,0 < - #$ ()*) !%0
the average daily doses of IMP per kg body weight in the time interval
(- #$ %./,10 , - #$ ()*) !%0]
will be determined and included in the descriptive summary of the time interval
(%./1 , %./]
In case of a missing intermediate visit, it will be artificially introduced for this analysis by dividing 
the available surrounding visit interval to two equally sized subintervals. Hence, if the i-th visit for a 
subject j is missing ( - #$ %./,0), this visit will be estimated as the midpoint of the surrounding 
visit interval (- #$ %./1,0 , - #$ %./2,0] and the two newly introduced timeframes 
4- #$ %./1,0 , - #$ %./,05 and (- #$ %./,0 , - #$ %./2,0] will be used for further 
calculations. In case the length of the available visit interval is not a multiple of 2, it will be splitted 
such that the first time interval is 1 day longer than the second one.
18.1.7
Compliance
Compliance to the IMP dose regimen (%) is defined as the amount of IMP actually taken by a 
subject divided by the expected IMP amount the subject should have taken in the respective period 
and multiplied by 100. 
Expected IMP amount:
For each subject the Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment-page of the eCRF collects for every entry/dose 
adjustment i
•
The dose level in mg, denoted by /
•
The start date (DD MMM YYYY) of dose level /, denoted by /
()
•
The information whether dose level / starts with the morning- or evening-dose of the start 
date. This will be denotes by B/
() and coded  B/
() = 1 for “evening”, B/
() = 2 for 
“morning”.
•
The end date (DD MMM YYYY) of dose level /, denoted by /
()
•
The information whether dose level / ended with the morning- or evening-dose of the start 
date. This will be denotes by B/
() and coded  B/
() = 1 for “morning”, B/
() = 2 for 
“evening”.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 96 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
•
The period the above information belongs to, either being Treatment Period or Tapentadol 
Period. This implies that at the End of Treatment Visit VE, the investigator has to fill out 
the Initial Dose/Dose Adjustment-page of the eCRF, entering end date and information on 
B/
()  even if the subjects continues on tapentadol with the same dose.
Let  be the index of the maximum start/end date where period equals treatment (X = 1) or 
tapentadol (X = 2) and  ≔0. 
The expected amount of IMP is calculated for each subject by:

/ ∗2 ∗/
() −/
() −1 + B/
() + B/
()

/2
, X = 1,2
Actual IMP amount:
IMP kits will be dispensed at every visit, but only to cover treatment until the next visit. 
The drug-accountability page of the eCRF assessed for every kit j
•
Date of dispense 0
()
•
IMP dose of kit j per tablet, denoted by 0
•
Number of tablets dispensed with kit , denoted by '0
()
•
Date return 0
()
•
Number of tablets returned regarding kit , denoted by '0
()
First, for every kit j, the IMP amount in mg at dispense of kit , denoted by 0
() and the remaining 
IMP amount in mg at return of kit , denoted by 0
(), will be calculated:
0
() = 0 ∗'0
()
0
() = 0 ∗'0
()
Kits that are returned before or at Visit VE, i.e., 0
() is lower or equal to the date of Visit VE, the 
difference 0
() −0
()is fully and uniquely assigned to Part 1.
Kits that are dispense after or at Visit VE, i.e., 0
() is greater or equal to the date of Visit VE, the 
difference 0
() −0
()is fully and uniquely assigned to Part 2.
Kits that are dispensed before Visit VE, i.e., 0
() is lower than the date of Visit VE, but returned 
after Visit VE due to any reason, i.e., 0
() is greater than the date of Visit VE, the difference 
0
() −0
()cannot uniquely be assigned to either part. In this case, at Visit VE the investigator 
should remind the subject not to continue IMP intake from that kit, but the ones dispense at Visit 
VE as compliant with the protocol. As the IMP of that particular kit should have been taken during 
Part 1, this kit will also be assigned to Part 1 for statistical analysis.
Let ̃ be the date of Visit VE.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 97 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
Part 1
The actual amount of IMP will be calculated as:

0
() −0
()
{0: 
() }
Part 2
The actual amount of IMP will be calculated as:

0
() −0
()
{0: 
() }
18.1.8
Primary endpoint
18.1.8.1
Missing baseline pain intensity for the Treatment Period 
For descriptive statistics of the baseline pain intensity for the Treatment Period, missing baseline 
pain values will be considered as such. 
For the derivation of the primary endpoint, the “responder” status of a subject, a missing baseline 
pain intensity value will be considered as missing, so that the responder criterion based on the 
baseline pain intensity cannot be assessed and therefore cannot lead to a “responder” status. 
For the primary endpoint analysis (main analysis and sensitivity analyses if applicable), including 
baseline pain intensity as an explanatory variable in the analysis model, missing values will be 
imputed by the values resulting from the multiple imputation for the missing pain values during the 
3 last days of treatment in the Treatment Period as explained in the “Handling missing data” 
paragraph of the following section. For those analyses based on primary endpoint data from 
multiple imputation, the corresponding imputed baseline values of the respective dataset will be 
used. For those analyses of the primary endpoint based on observed data, the average of the baseline 
values for the 200 multiple imputation datasets for a subject will be used for imputation of this 
missing baseline value.
18.1.8.2
Primary analysis
Calculating the confidence interval and p-value based on the Farrington-Manning test
Maximum-Likelihood estimates ̂, ̂ for ,  will be obtained fitting a logistic regression 
model to the response using baseline pain intensity, age group, treatment and underlying pain 
condition as explanatory variables. 
Baseline pain intensity is measured on different scales (FPS-R, VAS) depending on the age group
of the subject. To synchronize the scales, for the logistic regression the FPS-R baseline pain 
intensity, within a range of [0,10], will be multiplied by 10. This transformation allows for a 
common range of baseline pain intensities of [0,100].
The method introduced by Farrington and Manning (1990) will be used to determine the variance 
estimator
 = (1 −)
:
+ (1 −)
:a
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 98 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
with 
•
:: sample size of tapentadol arm in Part 1
•
:a: sample size of morphine arm in Part 1
•
 =  + 
•
 = 2 ∗u ∗cos(w) −b/(3a)
−
& = :a :
⁄
−
 = 1 + &
−
b = −[1 + & + ̂ + & ∗̂ − ∗(& + 2)]
−
e = a −(2 ∗̂ + & + 1) + ̂ + & ∗̂
−
 = ̂ ∗ ∗(1 −)
−
  = (¡ + cos1(/(¢)))/3
−
 = b
(3)
⁄
−(b ∗e)
(6a) +
⁄
 (2)
⁄
−
¢ = *)Y"()[ba
(3)a
⁄
−e (3)]
⁄
 a
⁄
Based on ̂, ̂ and the Farrington-Manning variance estimate  , the realization % of the test-
statistic
% = ̂ −̂ + 
o
will be obtained. The p-value of the Farrington-Manning test regarding non-inferiority will be 
determined by calculating the probability
 = .(¤ > %)
where ¤ is a standard normally distributed random variable. 
Furthermore the 80% -confidence interval of the difference in responder rates
Z@ = ¥̂ −̂ −V1m ∗o , ̂ −̂ + V1m ∗o 5
will be determined, where V1m is the (1 −f)-quantile of the standard normal distribution with 
f = 0.1. 
Handling missing data
The above elaboration describes the analysis procedure in the event of no missing data. For the 
proposed imputation method missing at random (MAR) will be assumed. 
Information on the pain assessments during the last 3 days of treatment in the Treatment Period 
might only be partially available. In this case Multiple Imputation will be used to impute missing 
values:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 99 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
1.
For each treatment group, a multivariate normal distribution for the vector of the age group 
(AGE), underlying pain condition (PAIN) and baseline pain intensity (BASE), as well as the 
last 6 scheduled pain measurements during treatment of the Treatment Period, denoted by 
(6, … , 68), is assumed (>?!, .>@:, A>B!, 6, … , 68)~(:(;, <). Missing observations are 
assumed to depend on the observed values of the subjects in the same treatment group.
Therefore, in both treatment arms, missing pain assessments will be imputed using information 
from an imputation model that is only based on the subjects in the respective arm.. 
The multiple imputation will be performed once for all subjects using VAS, and once for all 
subjects using FPS-R. To ensure that the imputed values are within the range of the respective 
pain scale (0-10 for FPS-R and 0-100 for VAS), minimum and maximum values for the 
variable to be imputed should be specified.
The multiple imputations will be done via SAS PROC MI. The imputation model will be based 
on the default Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) method for general patterns of missingness 
(Dmitrienko et al. 2005). A BY statement will be used to implement the imputation by 
treatment group. The variables will be given the following order: age group, pain condition, 
baseline pain, last 6 scheduled pain assessments starting with the earliest one. 
For the sake of reproducibility of the results, the seed for pseudo-random number generation 
will be set to 550366.
The number K of imputed data sets will be set to 200, resulting in 200 complete data sets:
•
Number of imputed data sets:
= = 200
Imputed values for missing baseline pain intensities, to be used as explanatory variable in the 
logistic regression model, will also be obtained from the multiple imputation. 
2.
Each complete data set _ = 1, … , = will be analyzed as described above in case of no missing 
data up to the step where ̂,¦, ̂,¦ and the Farrington-Manning variance estimate i,¦ are 
obtained. Let gh¦ = ̂,¦ −̂,¦.
3.
With (gh, o i ,), … , (gha, o i,a) as input, PROC MIANALYZE will be applied to obtain 
the test statistic %jk and confidence interval Z@jk  as follows:
•
Multiple imputation estimate: 
ghjk =

§ ∑
gh¦
§
¦
•
Within-imputation component of variance: 
©ªa =

§ ∑
©¦
a
§
¦
•
Between-imputation component of variance: 
©«
a =

§1 ∑
4gh¦ −ghjk
§
¦
2
•
Multiple imputation variance estimate: 
©jk
a = 1 +

§©«
a + ©ªa
•
Test statistic:
%jk =
¬­®¯2°
±i®¯
•
Degrees of freedom:
n = (= −1) ²1 +
±i³´
2
µ±i¶
´· 2
•
Confidence interval:
Z@jk = ¥ghjk −©jk
a l,1m, ghjk + ©jk
a l,1m5
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 100 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
with l,1m being the (1 −f)-quantile of the t-distribution with f = 0.1 and n degrees 
of freedom.
Non-inferiority of tapentadol versus morphine will be assigned if the lower bound of Z@jk exceeds 
the negative non-inferiority margin − = −0.2. Additionally, the realization %jk, of the test 
statistics %jk will be used to compute the one-sided p-value 
 = .(¤ > %jk,)
where ¤ is a t-distributed random variable with n degrees of freedom.
18.1.8.3
Bayesian analysis – Details
A sensitivity analysis will be carried out by fitting a Bayesian logistic regression model to compare 
the proportion of responders under tapentadol PR and morphine PR. Odds ratios will be calculated. 
Treatment response is the dependent variable and treatment arm, age group at baseline (ageg), 
underlying pain condition (cancer/non-cancer-related pain), age group x baseline VAS, and age 
group x baseline FPS-R are possible (but not limited to) explanatory variables. The age group refers 
to a variable indicating whether, on the basis of the subject’s age, to use the VAS pain assessment 
(for subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years) in the model, or to use the FPS-R score (for 
subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years). The treatment variable should be introduced in the 
model as an indicator variable with value 0 for subjects in Tapentadol and value 1 for subjects in 
Morphine.
Specifically, if Xi is the response indicator for subject i, then we will assume: 
Xi ~ Bernoulli(i)
log(i /(1-i)) = 0 + 1 agegi + 2 canceri + 3 (agegi*baseline VASi) + 4 (1-agegi)*baseline FPS-
Ri + 5 treatmenti + i
Non-informative flat normal priors with zero mean and variance equal to 1000 will be assigned to 
the regression coefficients 1 to 4. The prior for the treatment effect 5 (on the log-odds scale) will 
be a normal distribution with mean = 0.10 and standard deviation = 0.48; this prior distribution has 
been derived from the KF5503-15 trial (in subjects with moderate to severe chronic malignant 
tumor-related pain) using a conditional power prior approach (see e.g., Neelon and O’Malley, 2010) 
with a down-weighting factor a = 0.4 (see below for details on the prior elicitation for the treatment 
effect). The prior for the subject-specific random effects i, will be normal (0, σ2). A half-t 
distribution (delta=0, var=10, df=3) will be used as prior for the precision of the random effects σ.
The half-t distribution is defined as the absolute value of a Student-t distribution centered at zero 
and is recommended as a prior distribution for the hierarchical standard deviation when the number 
of groups is small (see Gelman 2016 and Chen et al. 2016).
The posterior distribution for the regression coefficients will not have an analytically closed form. 
Therefore, Markov chain Monte-Carlo (MCMC) methods will be used to obtain a sample from the 
posterior distribution for the difference between the response rates in tapentadol PR and 
morphine PR groups. One MCMC chain of length 1,100,000 will be run, discarding the first 
100,000 and keeping every 50th. The resulting thinned sample of size 20,000 will be summarized 
for each model parameter by means of the posterior mean, median, standard deviation and 80% 
credibility interval. The difference -, where  and  are the response rates in the Tapentadol 
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 101 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
and Morphine arms, respectively, will also be computed at each MCMC iteration to obtain a sample 
from its posterior distribution. To this end, at each MCMC iteration, a value for both response rates 
(on the log-odds scale) will be calculated as follows:
1.
Compute:
¸ = 0 + 1 ageg
ºººººº + 2 cancer
ººººººººº + 3 (ageg
ºººººº*baseline VAS
ººººººººººººººººº) + 4 (1- ageg
ºººººº)*baseline FPS-R
ººººººººººººººººººº
¸ = 0 + 1 ageg
ºººººº + 2 cancer
ººººººººº + 3 (ageg
ºººººº*baseline VAS
ººººººººººººººººº) + 4 (1- ageg
ºººººº)*baseline FPS-R
ººººººººººººººººººº + 5
where ageg
ºººººº is the proportion of subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years, cancer
ººººººººº is the 
proportion of subjects with cancer pain, baseline VAS
ººººººººººººººººº is the average baseline VAS pain for 
subjects aged 12 years to less than 18 years, and baseline FPS-R
ººººººººººººººººººº is the average baseline FPS-R 
pain (for subjects aged 6 years to less than 12 years).
2.
Compute  = exp(¸) (1 + exp(¸))
⁄
and  = exp(¸) (1 + exp(¸))
⁄
.
Then compute the difference -. At the end of the MCMC run, the posterior sample of size 
20,000 for  - will be also summarized together with the model parameters. If the lower 
limit of the 80% credibility interval for the difference of the 2 response rates - is >-0.2, 
then this would support non-inferiority by this sensitivity analysis. 
Elicitation of the prior distribution for the treatment effect
The KF5503-15 trial carried out in adult population included a secondary endpoint to compare the 
proportion of responders in the Tapentadol and Morphine treatment arms after the 2-week titration 
period. The response definition in that trial was comparable to the response definition considered in 
the present trial. It included criteria on trial completion and pain reduction. It also included a 
condition on the maximum limit for the rescue medication intake, which is not the case in the 
present study. When recalculating the response rates in the PPS of the KF5503-15 trial without the 
condition limiting the amount of rescue medication intake, we obtained that 83% of the 100 subjects 
in the Morphine arm and 81% of the 229 subjects in the Tapentadol arm responded to treatment.
As before, let  and  be the response rates in the Tapentadol and Morphine arms, respectively. 
Assuming for both a non-informative prior Beta(0.5, 0.5) and based on the above results of 
KF5503-15, the posterior distribution obtained using the conditional power approach for a certain 
down-weighting factor  are:
 ~ Beta( ∗100 ∗0.83 + 1,  ∗100 ∗(1 −0.83) + 1)
 ~ Beta( ∗229 ∗0.81 + 1,  ∗229 ∗(1 −0.81) + 1)
Considerations on similarities and differences in the design characteristics of the KF5503-15 trial 
and the present study led to assume a value for the down-weighting factor of =0.4, which in a way 
can be interpreted as borrowing 40% of the information from the adults trial to set the prior 
distribution for the treatment effect in the pediatric population.
The log-odds ratio b = log
Á
1Á −log
Â
1Â, should be informative of the treatment effect 5, 
because it can be seen as an unadjusted log-odds ratio. Therefore, to obtain the prior for 5, we 
generated 10,000 values from the posterior distributions of  and  and used them to obtain a 
sample form the posterior distribution of the quantity b above. The resulting mean of 0.10 and 
standard deviation of 0.48 were used to set the prior for 5.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 102 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.9
Pain assessed using a VAS and FPS-R scale
For the calculation of daily average pain values of the Treatment Period per subjects, the following 
rules will be used: 
−
If the first IMP of the Treatment Period is administered in the morning, the daily 
average of “day 1” consists of the pain assessment in the evening of the same day and 
the morning pain assessment of the following day. All following daily averages will 
consist of an evening value and subsequent morning value.
−
If the first IMP of the Treatment Period is administered in the evening, the daily 
average of “day 1” consists of the pain assessments in the morning and the evening of 
the following day. All following daily averages will consist of an morning and evening 
value on the same day.
18.1.10
Rescue medication
Correlation coefficients
The summary table for the number of daily doses and total daily dose per day of the Treatment 
Period include the mean amount of IMP (morphine equivalents; 1 mg morphine PR is equivalent to 
2.5 mg tapentadol PR).
Additionally this table will provide for each day j, for each of the two endpoints k and each 
treatment arm l, Pearson’s and Spearman’s correlation coefficients of the tuples (/,0,, &/,0,¦,), 
where /,0, is the morphine equivalent amount of IMP of subject i on day j in treatment arm l, and 
&/,0,¦, is the number of daily doses (k=1) or mean total daily dose (k=2) of subject i on day j in 
treatment arm l. The correlation coefficients will be calculated using PROC CORR. 
Time to first rescue medication intake
Time to first rescue medication intake will be calculated in hours as:
 /)' #$ $)&* & *e¢ ' )e)#" )"_ − /)' #$ $)&* @. )"_ 
The information of date/time of first rescue medication intake will be taken from the eDiary. If the 
time of the first IMP intake is missing, 0:00 will be used if the first IMP intake was in the morning 
and 12:00 will be used if the first IMP was taken in the evening.
Censoring algorithm is defined as follows:
•
Time to first rescue medication intake will be censored at the End-of-Treatment Visit (VE)
regardless of whether subjects complete part 1 or perform Visit VE prior to day 14. The 
time to be considered for the censoring will be set to 23:59, or the time of first IMP intake 
of the Tapentadol Period if available.
18.1.11
Adverse events
The result of all imputation strategies (e.g., incomplete start dates of AE), combination of 
observations (combination of consecutive AEs) and new derived information (e.g., definition of 
concomitant medication categories) must be stored in the analysis data set ADAE.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 103 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.11.1
Handling of missing date information
The term missing date refers to a completely missing date, or to an incomplete date where parts are 
not available.
Missing start and end date will be imputed conservatively, i.e., missing values will be imputed in 
such a way that the duration of the AE is considered with the longest possible duration and such 
that, whenever the AE may potentially start after first IMP administration, the AE will be handled 
as a TEAE.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 104 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
I1-I4: imputation steps, 
C1-C4: checkpoints
Figure 2:
Graphical overview about the imputation strategy
Further explanations on the flow chart: The different steps of the displayed imputation strategy must 
be completed from the first to the last step. All procedures in each step must be completed in the 
order given.
•
Imputation:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 105 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
−
I1: impute with date of first IMP.
−
I2:
Impute with first calendar day and/or first calendar month.
Imputation will be done based on the available partial information starting with month 
and then day. The respective first month and day will be chosen for imputation:
Missing date
Imputed date
2014-Mar
2014-Mar-01
2014
2014-Jan-01
−
I3: Impute with date of informed consent signed 
−
I4:
Impute with last calendar day and /or calendar last month
Imputation will be done based on the available partial information starting with month 
and then day. The respective last month and day will be chosen for imputation:
Missing date
Imputed data
2014-Mar
2014-Mar-31
2014
2014-Dec-31
For February leap years must to be taken into account when calculating the last day in February.
•
Checkpoints
−
C1: The decision must to be taken based on the available information (date) before 
imputation. 
−
C2: AE stop date before first IMP
1) The decision must to be taken based on the available information (date) before 
imputation.
2) If the end date is completely missing (with or without the information that the 
AE was ongoing) this will be considered as after first IMP.
3) If no IMP was given this will be treated as AE stop date before first IMP.
−
C3: The decision must to be taken based on the available information (date) before 
imputation.
−
C4: The decision must to be taken based on the available information (date) before 
imputation.
A replacement of missing year for AE start information is not foreseen. If needed this will be 
considered on a case-by-case decision which must be documented together with the documentation
of ADaM data sets.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 106 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.11.2
Assessments of pre-/on-/post-treatment-period
The calculation of the pre-/on-/post-treatment- period will be based on the date information given 
for IMP administration and for Visit VE (see Section 8.2.2).
18.1.11.3
Assessment of TEAEs
The assessment whether an AE is a TEAE, a pre-treatment or a post-treatment non-TEAE of the 
different trial periods will be done after replacement of missing date information. 
18.1.11.4
Handling different episodes of the same adverse event
Changes in any of the attributes of an ongoing adverse event will be documented by recording a 
separate episode of the same adverse event. A new episode demands a new entry of start date 
seriousness, intensity, action taken with IMP and causal relationship to IMP, while AE number, AE 
term, outcome, countermeasures and end date (or continuing) will be assessed only once for the 
same AE.
If there are multiple consecutive episodes of one AE starting in the same subject during the same 
period, these episodes will be analyzed as one (combined) AE with the highest intensity, the worst 
causal relationship, the worst seriousness, and all actions taken with IMP. Onset of this combined 
event is the onset of the first event.
In the following causal relationship is ordered in descending order starting with the worst 
expression:
Expression
1) certain, 2) probable/likely, 3) possible, 4) conditional /unclassified, 5) unassessable/unclassifiable, 6) unlikely, 7) 
not related  
If a non-TEAE worsens after IMP intake, it has to be reported as non-TEAE until worsening and as 
TEAE afterwards. 
If an AE worsens in any attribute in a different trial period, it will be analyzed with the previous 
attribute as continuing AE for the previous period and the new attribute in the consecutive period.
If an AE improves in any attribute in a different trial period, the above methods for different 
episodes of the same AE in the same period apply and the AE will be reported as “ongoing” from 
the previous period as described in Section 15.1.2.1.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 107 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.1.11.5
Causal relationship of TEAEs to IMP
The causal relationship of TEAEs to IMP is categorized as follows: 
Category
Assessment by investigator:
related
certain 
probable / likely
possible
not related
unlikely
not related 
unknown
unassessable/ unclassifiable
conditional /unclassified
causal relationship is missing
18.1.11.6
List of deaths
Death can be identified by outcome of AE equal “fatal”. 
18.1.11.7
Time to onset of AE
Time to onset will be calculated based on first administration of IMP. Time to onset of AE will be 
calculated based on the imputed value for AE start date. In case the time of first administration of 
IMP is missing, time equal “00:00” will be used for calculation.
18.1.11.8
Duration of AE
Duration of AE will be calculated based on the imputed values for AE start date and stop date. 
If duration of AE could not be calculated due to unknown date information the following 
assessment to categories will be used:
•
If the AE is marked as “ongoing” the duration will be categorized as “ongoing”
•
Otherwise the duration category will be set to “missing”.
18.1.12
Laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters
Age determined at Visit V2/VE for Part 1/Part 2, respectively will be used for all reference ranges 
throughout the trial. 
Ordering of parameters
Laboratory parameters, vital signs and ECG parameters will be ordered alphabetically within their 
parameter group (e.g., hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis). Visits will be sorted 
chronologically. If changes from BL are displayed by visit all visits will be displayed first followed 
by all the changes from baseline.
Not exact values
Not exact laboratory values such as < x, > x will not be included in the analysis of continuous 
parameters. The frequency of occurrence of not exact values will be displayed in the respective 
table where applicable.
Categorical parameters
For categorical parameters, 2 types of tables are created:
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 108 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
1.
Frequency tables display the pre-defined categories by visit and overall post-baseline.
2.
Shift tables display the shift from baseline at each visit and overall.
Both types of tables show the number of subjects still in the trial (n) at the visit and the number of 
missing values (nMiss) at the visit. For the overall presentation, all post-baseline values on 
treatment are taken into account and nMiss is the number of subjects without any on-treatment post-
baseline values.
In tables where parameters are classified as abnormal low, normal, abnormal high based on 
reference ranges, and alert low, normal, alert high based on sponsor-defined alert ranges the 
available pre-defined categories must be displayed in tables even if there are categories to which no 
subjects belong. Categories that are not applicable must be omitted.
18.1.12.1
Overall post-baseline value
For the shift table and PCI frequency table of laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters, an overall 
post-baseline value will be derived. Therefore, all post-baseline assessments, including unscheduled 
assessments, are taken into account.
For the overall post-baseline summary subjects might have both low and high values. These 
subjects will be categorized in a new category “high and low” and excluded from the categories 
“high” and “low”. The inclusion of this category in the frequency and shift tables is only required if 
there are any subjects falling into this category.
18.1.13
Subjective opiate withdrawal scale
The answer to each item will be available from the eCRF and thus available in SDTM. The total 
score will be calculated as sum of the individual answers and available in the ADaM data set. If at 
least one answer is missing, the total score will be set to missing.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698


Grünenthal
Confidential
Statistical Analysis Plan – KF5503-66
including Amendment 02
Page 109 of 109
DMS version 3.0
13 Feb 2018
18.2
Sponsor defined alert ranges for laboratory parameters
Potentially clinically important values for laboratory parameters are assessed based on the sponsor 
defined alert ranges, and can be both, either alert high or alert low values. The sponsor defined alert 
ranges were defined in the laboratory statement of work and are implemented in the SDTM data. 
Therefore, they are not repeated here. 
18.3
List of statistical output documentation
The statistical output documentation that will be included in the ICTR Section 16.1.9 will contain 
the original SAS-output for the analysis of the primary endpoint, including sensitivity analyses. 
Further details will be specified in the Tables Figures and Listings -shell specification document.
DMS version: 
 
ID: 
 
3.0
1120698